15 Most Peaceful Asheville Airbnbs to Unplug and Unwind

Need a digital detox? Asheville’s mountain cabins and tree-lined escapes offer the kind of tranquility that melts stress away—no meditation app required. For travelers looking to trade traffic noise for birdsong or Zoom calls for stargazing, these Asheville Airbnbs are made for that kind of reset.

And don’t worry if you’re craving some action after all that unwinding, you’re never far from Asheville’s charming downtown scene, packed with cozy cafés, art galleries, award-winning breweries, and live music. Nature and culture in one beautiful package.

Related: 

Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate

Sleeps 12 guests

If you’re dreaming of mountain mornings, crisp air, and a space that feels like a warm hug, Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate is your happy place. This cozy and lakefront condo is just the right size for unplugging from the chaos and breathing in that fresh Mars Hill air.

Step out onto your private balcony, feel the breeze, and watch the treetops sway. There’s a grill out there, too—because dinner always tastes better outdoors. Inside, things stay snug and sweet with a fireplace that makes the whole room glow, a comfy living area, and a kitchen perfect for making pancakes or popcorn.

After a long day of exploring the mountains or doing absolutely nothing (which is totally valid), curl up in the king and queen bedroom, flip on the TV, or soak in the tub. It’s a simple, quiet, peaceful place to recharge—exactly what you’re looking for when you say you want to “get away.”

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Balcony with mountain views and a grill for easy outdoor meals
  • Fireplace by the living area for cozy nights in
  • Large private pond and a quaint deck
  • Fully equipped kitchen with a breakfast nook
  • Additional guest cottage with full kitchen and living area

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We loved everything about our stay here! This was the perfect family gathering place. Completely tranquil, clean, and it had everything we needed, including kitchen supplies. Check in and check out we’re very easy. It is close enough to restaurants and grocery stores to be convenient while also providing a beautiful drive along the way. There were a few deer in the early evenings and bunnies throughout the day. We will treasure our time here.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Silver Spoon

Sleeps 8 guests

If your idea of the perfect day includes misty mountain views, coffee on the deck, and soaking in a hot tub as the stars come out, then head over to Silver Spoon. This is a hillside cabin that has a front-row seat to Asheville’s natural beauty—quiet, scenic, and perfectly set up for groups and families who want to slow down and settle in.

Wake up to rolling valley views and grill lunch on the upper balcony while you enjoy some well-earned downtime by the fireplace. Between the games downstairs and cozy chats over snacks in the sunny kitchen, this home gives you space to unwind. 

Without needing to go anywhere, and located just far enough from the buzz of downtown but close enough for easy day trips, Silver Spoon is your escape to simple comforts and mountain magic.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Huge deck with panoramic views and a private hot tub
  • Fireplace, vaulted ceilings, and a light-filled living room
  • Lounge area with a pool table and bar seating
  • Loft area with beanbags and dedicated workspace desk
  • Close to Asheville but surrounded by peaceful scenery

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This house was so perfect! Attention to detail in architecture and interior design. There was not one thing we needed that was not supplied by the house. The pool table room was so much fun for our family and we hot tubed on the deck with the amazing Mountain View’s every evening! There is so much space in this house so you can easily find solace if needed. Short drives to all the cool stuff around and still come home to peace and quiet. Not one negative thing about this experience!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Riverside Trade Retreat

Sleeps 8 guests

Want a stylish space to slow down, spread out, and sip your morning coffee in peace? Riverside Trade Retreat checks all the boxes. This boutique-style home wraps you in industrial and modern vibes, perfect for cozying up or spending the afternoon doing absolutely nothing.

It’s all curated decor, exposed brick, hardwood floors, and that just-right lighting for your next photo dump inside. A velvet sofa sets the mood for chill movie nights, and the fully equipped kitchen makes it easy to whip up snacks, brunch, or comfort food favorites. 

Head out to the private terrace for a grilled dinner under the stars and have a breath of fresh air too! You’ve got extra seating on the porch—perfect for sunrise sips or golden hour unwinds.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Attention-grabbing industrial aesthetic and interior
  • Private terrace with a grill, dining table, and outdoor lounge space
  • Board games and cards are available
  • 7 minutes to downtown Asheville and the River Arts District
  • Pet-friendly and easy onsite parking

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We enjoyed our stay while in Asheville. The place was beautiful and comfy – especially the beds. We cooked a lot so having a large kitchen was really nice. Note: no dishwasher. There is a nice porch but, keep in mind, it is located right next to a busy road so pretty loud during the day but quiet at night. And not walkable, so you’ll need a car to get around. Otherwise, the AvantStay people were very responsive and helpful. Definitely recommend the apartment! ~Wendy”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Leyland

Sleeps 20 guests

Sometimes, all you need is a quiet place in the woods, a good book, your favorite people, and breathtaking Blue Ridge views. Among the trees and just outside central Asheville, Leyland is the perfect place to unplug, slow down, and breathe in that fresh mountain air. 

Whether you’re hiking or cozying up with your crew inside, this home is all about that sweet balance of nature and comfort. The living room is great for movie nights, the kitchen has everything you need to fuel your adventures, and the 5 comfy bedrooms give everyone space to wind down. 

And with Asheville just under ten minutes away, you’re close to all the buzz… but far enough to forget about it. Adventure when you want it, quiet when you need it.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 5-bedroom mansion layout perfect for large groups and families
  • Multiple deck balconies with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views
  • Private hot tub & fire pit for outdoor relaxation
  • Large recreation room with a foosball table
  • Easy access to Biltmore Estate, River Arts District & outdoor adventures

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This was a fantastic place to stay! It was spacious and comfortable, the kitchen was very well stocked, the views were amazing. It’s not far from downtown Asheville, so very easy to get to town and call Ubers if needed. There were 14 of us here for a long weekend, and it was absolutely perfect!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Creekside Mountain

Sleeps 8 guests

Need a reset? Creekside Mountain is the kind of peace you can feel. This home is all about slow mornings, quiet walks by the creek, and deep breaths you didn’t know you needed. And yeah, the sound of water bubbling nearby? That’s nature’s playlist, on loop.

Wake up, step onto the deck, and let the cool mountain air hit your face just right. Then wander down to the creek, kick off your shoes, and dip your toes in. Whether you’re here for forested hikes, fireside reads, or just to hear actual birds instead of phone notifications, Creekside is your unplug-and-unwind headquarters.

Back inside, it’s all warm hardwood floors, charming antiques, and natural light flooding through skylights. And when you’re ready to peek back into the real world, Asheville and Black Mountain are just 15 minutes away.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Set on 3 private acres for full serenity
  • Private sauna to unwind after long hikes
  • A 5-minute walk to the Blue Ridge Parkway Trail
  • Wooded, secluded feel—yet only 15 mins to Asheville & Black Mountain
  • Warm, welcoming vibe with charming décor

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“I had a amazing trip and it was definitely the help of this awesome home. Super comfy and plenty of room. Very close to a lot of attractions as well. Would definitely recommend 100%”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Mountain Gem

Sleeps 8 guests

Peace and quiet had a perfect address, and it’s Mountain Gem. Perched in the Cataloochee Hills, this log cabin is where you exhale the second you arrive. Wraparound decks, starry-night hot tub dips, and a vista that’ll make your morning coffee feel like a spa treatment.

Outside, the mountains stretch out like a painting while you grill dinner or gather around the fire pit for s’mores and stories. The soaring ceilings, a cozy fireplace, and cathedral-style windows make the open living room feel just right. Whether you’re prepping a pancake breakfast in the kitchen or calling foosball shots from the loft, it’s mountain living without the fuss.

Mountain Gem gives you space to breathe—but keeps you close enough to explore when you’re ready. It’s the sweet spot between remote and reachable.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 20-mile Smoky Mountain views from the wraparound deck
  • Hot tub by the deck and fire pit with Adirondack chairs
  • Cozy interior, gas fireplace, and open loft for family hangouts
  • BBQ grill is available for guest use
  • 35 miles to Asheville for easy day trips, art strolls, and eats

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“This place was super nice and a great location! Great for a relaxed weekend or being out and about.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Honeycomb Hideaway

Sleeps 4 guests

Come easy at Honeycomb Hideaway. This treetop A-frame is all about chill vibes and fresh air, found between Asheville’s creative charm and the wild beauty of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Whether you’re road tripping in spring or catching golden leaves in fall, this cabin makes it easy to slow down, breathe deep, and just be.

Start your morning sipping coffee on the deck with a mountain view and end your night stargazing around the fire pit. Huge windows fill the space inside with soft light, and a spiral staircase leads you up to a loft that’s perfect for reading, journaling, or just getting cozy. 

After a hike or brewery run, melt into the soaking tub or crash early in one of two queen bedrooms. From the quiet trails of Chimney Rock to Asheville’s famous food and arts scene, you’re close to everything, yet it still feels like your own secret escape in the trees.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • A-frame cabin with serene mountain views
  • Spacious deck with a fire pit courtyard for outdoor hangs
  • Two cozy queen bedrooms and a modern soaking tub
  • Close to Chimney Rock, Lake Lure & Asheville’s breweries
  • The perfect balance of unplugged & close to town

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“My ten year old son and I stayed in this beautiful cabin to celebrate my birthday and we LOVED it! It was so cozy yet unique. I was nervous to go back down the mountain the first night staying(I drive a Subaru Impreza) since it had rained recently so the gravel path up the mountain was a little rough, but I was able to DoorDash. The driver just didn’t want to come up the driveway(the steepest part) luckily one of the avantstay hosts had come to change out the carbon monoxide detector and assisted me getting the food. This was by far the best experience through any rental service I’ve ever used. I plan on staying here again and I would highly recommend staying here to anyone/everyone.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Magnolia Sycamore

Sleeps 8 guests

Just a few minutes from the famous Biltmore Estate, Magnolia Sycamore is your cup of calm nature. This sleek townhome is perfect for anyone craving easy access to adventure and a quiet place to rest afterward. 

Whether you’re here for sunny spring strolls or cozy fall nights by the fire pit, this home is ready to welcome you all year round. You’ll find warm wood accents, streaming sunlight, and everything you need to kick back. The living room and rec room are perfect for slow mornings, movie nights, or just hanging out. 

Light up the fire pit or toss some burgers on the grill after a day of hiking. Step onto your private deck and hear the gentle sounds of a nearby stream. There’s just something about the air here that makes everything feel a little easier.

And if you’re planning a bigger gathering, good news—this home is part of our Sycamore Collection. Bring the whole crew and stay close by with our nearby homes: 

Cypress Sycamore, Sweetgum Sycamore, Red Bud Sycamore, White Pine Sycamore, Dogwood Sycamore, and Willow Sycamore.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Just 6 minutes to downtown Asheville and close to Blue Ridge Parkway trails
  • Private deck with a stream view, gas grill, and fire pit
  • Enough bedrooms for everyone to get a good night’s sleep.
  • Streaming TVs, fast WiFi, and a fully equipped kitchen
  • Near other Sycamore homes for group bookings

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Great apartment. great location. There was a trick to the door lock, needed to pull the door to you to open. AvantStay was very responsive and explained, but would have liked this info up front. Honestly not sure if I was told up front, but garage was not available for use, had a kinda den area set up. Made parking right, limited. Overall pleased and enjoyed.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Artist’s Palette

Sleeps 2 guests

Wanting a little quiet? Artist’s Palette is here for your escape. Tucked in the trees just outside Asheville, this 1-bedroom cabin is peaceful, playful, and packed with an artist’s charm. Cozy by the fire pit, soak in the hot tub, and sip your morning coffee on a balcony. 

Inside, it’s light, colorful, and full of good vibes. You’ll find a bright living room for movie marathons, a kitchen with bar seating for breakfast chats, and even a little desk nook for checking in (but only if you must!). 

With just the right balance of comfort and nature, this is where you come to catch your breath. Perfect for a solo reset, a romantic weekend, or a remote work getaway where the WiFi’s strong but the distractions are far, far away.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Surrounded by forest views, just 30 minutes from Asheville
  • Private outdoor hot tub and fire pit for a magical evening
  • Covered deck with grill, outdoor fireplace, & comfy seating
  • Queen bedroom, fully stocked kitchen & remote-work desk
  • Quiet, creative space for total relaxation

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We had a lovely and relaxing stay. The design and layout is very thoughtful. Taking full advantage of the views and seclusion. The amenities this home has is second to none. The fireplaces, grill, huge deck, pristine hot tub and kitchen had everything you could possible need or want. The value is truly amazing. Only disappointment is not being there in the fall to see the leaves change color. We missed it by a couple weeks! We will definitely be back. Highly recommend !”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Hickory Nut Hideaway

Sleeps 6 guests

Located just between Asheville’s buzz and Lake Lure’s calm, Hickory Nut Hideaway is where front-porch mornings meet mountain-view evenings. This sweet Cape Cod-style home is your go-to for slow days, starry nights, and all the warm, quiet moments in between.

A light-filled layout with everything you need: a comfy living room for movie nights, a dining area for shared meals, and a full kitchen that makes breakfast feel like a breeze. When it’s time to relax, head to the wraparound deck for a quiet coffee or settle in by the fire pit with blankets and a sky full of stars.

Here for the adventure, too? You’re just minutes from hiking trails, paddling spots, farm stands, and some of the area’s best bites. It’s peace and proximity all in one.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Wraparound deck with lounge seating areas 
  • Private fenced yard with fire pit & grill for cozy cookouts
  • King primary suite with an ensuite bathroom
  • Just minutes from Fairview, Lake Lure, and outdoor activities
  • Peaceful, quiet vibe—perfect for slowing down

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This was a beautiful location and lovely space to spend 2 weeks. We were able to get into town easily and then come back to enjoy the serenity of the mountain.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Little Pisgah Sunrise

Sleeps 6 guests

Some mornings are just too good to sleep through—and this mountaintop retreat proves it. At Little Pisgah Sunrise, you’ll wake up to quiet skies, misty mountain views, and that soft golden light only the Blue Ridge can deliver.

This cozy hideaway is perfect for those looking to slow things down and soak in the peace of nature. The open living space invites easy conversation and unhurried moments—whether you’re making pancakes, playing cards around the dining table, or curling up on the couch for movie night.

Step out onto the covered balcony with your glass of wine and take in the panoramic views that stretch all the way. You’ll feel like you’re worlds away, but Asheville’s restaurants, shops, and trails are just a short drive down the mountain.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Big backyard with a picnic table
  • Peaceful mountaintop location with sweeping views
  • Covered balcony made for coffee sipping and sunset toasts
  • Open-concept living area with full kitchen and cozy vibes
  • Easy 15-minute drive to Asheville, Biltmore Village & trailheads

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Silver Maple

Sleeps 8 guests

Into a quiet Asheville nook is where Silver Maple can be found, where cozy modern living collides with misty mountain mornings. Enjoy a cup of coffee on the back patio as the sun rises over the Blue Ridge. 

Find chic house finishes, a sleek kitchen for cooking up your comfort food, and comfy couches. You can also settle in for movie night in the bonus lounge (yep, the garage got a glow-up). It’s the kind of space that feels good in every season—whether you’re bundled in flannel or sipping lemonade under the cotton-candy sky. 

This retreat is all about laid-back luxury, and if you’re dreaming of a quiet Asheville escape where the pace slows down and the mountain views do all the talking, this is your spot to kick back and really unwind.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Chic interiors and beautiful house design that just fit 
  • Converted garage lounge for games or movies
  • Fully equipped kitchen and indoor dining
  • Backyard patio with golden hour vibes for a little quiet time
  • Just 7 mins to Biltmore & 12 mins to River Arts District

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We truly enjoyed our stay and AvantStay was available to help with any questions. The home was equipped with everything we needed to make our stay comfortable. Great experience!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Sage Lodge

Sleeps 6 guests

Take a deep breath—Sage Lodge is exactly the kind of cozy, slow-living escape that mountain getaways were made for. This charming, quiet, and full of timeless character house is built around the same time as the Biltmore Estate, and still holds onto that historic charm. 

But with a modern twist, this hideaway retreat is made for slow mornings, long chats, and golden hour dinners outside. Inside, you’ll find bright, thoughtfully designed spaces with their old-school yet clean and modern charm.

If you’re craving stillness and a little mountain magic while wrapping yourself in history, comfort, and nature’s quiet beauty, then this is the place for you to make every moment feel calm and connected.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 3 comfy bedrooms and 2 full bathrooms for easy group getaways
  • Spacious front porch and outdoor deck with grill and dining space
  • Fully equipped kitchen with sleek appliances
  • Washer/dryer available for use
  • 15 minutes to Asheville’s best food, arts, and adventures

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We really enjoyed our stay! The house was extremely clean. The deck and grill were of benefit, as well as the well-stocked kitchen, for making meals. And the location was easy access to downtown and the Biltmore.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Among the Clouds

Sleeps 6 guests

Perched high in the hills with dreamy views of the mountain, Among the Clouds lives up to its name. As you sip your hot drink on the porch or sink the day into the hot tub, you’ll feel like you’re floating above it all. 

It’s the kind of place where the fog rolls in like a movie scene—and all your worries roll out too. The cozy living room is made for chilly nights and movie marathons by the fireplace. The fully stocked kitchen and big dining table make group dinners super easy. When it’s time to crash, three bedrooms offer soft beds and plenty of space to rest up for the next day’s adventures.

And let’s talk about the outdoor space—rocking chairs paired with mountain views, a fire pit for s’mores and stories, and even wooded trails to explore. It’s pure mountain magic, with a side of peace and quiet.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Stunning views of Mt. Pisgah and the Blue Ridge Parkway
  • Hot tub and rocking chairs on the porch for ultimate relaxation
  • Cozy fireplace, fully equipped kitchen, and comfy bedrooms
  • Fire pit, picnic table, and forest trails just outside your door
  • Great for year-round visits, from leaf-peeping to snowy stargazing

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We loved our stay! Remote enough to enjoy the peace and quiet but not too far from the city. The cabin looks exactly like the photos. Perfect space for 4 adults and my dog! The fire pit and hot tub were our favorite after a day of hiking. The space was so cozy we actually did less of the things we planned because we just really enjoyed staying in to relax. WiFi is spotty and you have no cell service which was not an issue for us but something to consider if you’re traveling and that’s a big deal for you. I would absolutely recommend this stay and hope to come back again in the future.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Idyllic Mountain

Sleeps 7 guests

Say hello to Idyllic Mountain, your peaceful hideaway in a quiet mountain cove. This charming farmhouse has it all: views for days, a cozy interior, and outdoor spots that feel like they were made for unplugging.

Wake up to horses grazing nearby and mountain views out every window. Grab your coffee and head to one of two big covered decks for a slow morning with the sunrise. Vaulted ceilings and huge windows let in tons of sunlight in the house. In the evening, cozy up by the fire pit with a warm drink and some good conversation.

A kind of place where you can gather as a group or sneak away for some solo quiet time,  whether you’re hiking, biking, or just kicking back in the rocking chairs, Idyllic Mountain is all about relaxing at your own pace.

✨ Why You’ll Love It:

  • Secluded yet just 15 minutes from Asheville
  • Mountain and horse farm views from almost every window
  • Covered decks and a fire pit for the perfect chill zone
  • Bright, open floor plan with vaulted ceilings and a fireplace
  • Great for families or small groups looking to unwind in nature

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This is the perfect combination of getting to enjoy the tranquility of Asheville’s natural beauty, views of the mountains and a peaceful retreat, while being minutes away from conveniences of stores and access to everything downtown. Outside is plenty of space, an abundance of wildlife to enjoy, decks to relax on, a fire pit to cozy up to and gorgeous views. Inside is a beautiful, wonderfully-appointed, easy, welcoming floor plan for a family or friends to enjoy. Comfy reading nooks, ample natural light, a great, working kitchen and comfortable bedrooms with luxurious linens made us feel right at home. We wished we could stay longer and will be back next time we visit!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Why Asheville Is the Perfect Place to Unwind

When it comes to true relaxation, Asheville delivers on every level. Tucked into the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains, this peaceful paradise invites you to slow down, breathe deep, and soak in the quiet magic of the outdoors. 

Whether you’re sipping a hot cocoa on a misty porch, strolling through a local farmers market, or hiking along the Blue Ridge Parkway, the pace here is calm, the people are kind, and the views? Always breathtaking.

Here are 5 reasons why Asheville is the ultimate unplug-and-unwind destination:

  • Experience Blue Ridge Magic: Wake up to misty mountain views, golden hour hikes, and trails that lead straight to waterfall wonderlands. It’s nature therapy at its finest.
  • Have Peaceful, Secluded Stays: From A-frames in the woods to cabins with panoramic decks, Asheville Airbnbs are built for privacy, serenity, and quiet mornings with coffee and birdsong.
  • Try the Creative Soul & Local Flavor: Art studios, farmer’s markets, indie bookstores, and some of the best bakeries you’ll ever find—downtown Asheville is calm, cool, and full of character.
  • A Complete Wellness Central: This is spa country. From hot tub soaks to forest bathing, yoga on the deck to mineral springs day trips, relaxation is practically a sport here.
  • The All-Season Beauty: Come for cozy winter cabin vibes, dreamy spring blooms, sunny summer trails, or fall foliage so good it looks photoshopped. Asheville is stunning year-round!

✨ Pro tip: Pair your stay with one of our favorite hikes, or check out our guide to things to do in Asheville and the best time to visit Asheville for a sprinkle of perfect adventure between naps.

Find Your Peace with AvantStay

You don’t need a flight across the globe to find calm—you just need the right porch, a cozy blanket, and a cabin in Asheville. From spring blooms to snowy mornings, this mountain town is your go-to for all-season peace.

Our homes are chosen for comfort, designed for connection, and managed with care—so you can focus on doing nothing, beautifully, while you disconnect from the buzz of the world. 

👉 Browse all of our Asheville homes today!

10 Cool Joshua Tree Airbnbs with Private Pool

Floating weightlessly under the vast desert sky, surrounded by the breathtaking landscapes of Joshua Tree. Unwinding after a day of hiking and adventure. Cooling off from the scorching sun or stargazing from the private hot tub. 

Having a dip in the pool in this rugged desert oasis of Joshua Tree is definitely the ultimate luxury. From gems with sleek in-ground pools to charming houses with their own cowboy-chic plunge pools, we’ve rounded up 10 of the coolest Airbnbs in Joshua Tree that are making a serious splash. 

Sip craft cocktails by the pool as the sun dips below the horizon or host a pool party under the twinkling desert stars. These poolside retreats let you experience the best desert lifestyle ever – where relaxation, adventure, and pure fun are!

Key Takeaways

In-ground pool: There’s something undeniably alluring about an in-ground pool nestled within a desert oasis. Spend lazy afternoons floating in the cool water, drifting away as the warm breeze caresses your skin.

  • Yucca Haven
  • Flora
  • Harmony House
  • Chicory
  • Sky Ranch Noir
  • Desert Shadows
  • Lava Rocks

Above-ground pool: Truly a joy as inviting waters tempt you to dive right in and let your cares melt away. Whether it’s a cozy plunge pool perfect for quick dips or a larger, statement-making stunner, these above-ground beauties offer a refreshing escape from the desert heat.

  • Casa De Kota
  • Carmella
  • Asteroid

Articles You May Like: 

1. Yucca Haven

4 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

If your idea of a desert escape includes sun-soaked pool days, outdoor entertaining, and plenty of relaxation, then Yucca Haven is calling your name. This stunning modern 4-bedroom, 2-bath retreat offers gorgeous views and resort-style amenities. 

Step into a resort-style backyard featuring multiple lounge areas perfect for sunbathing and nooks for stargazing. Gather around the modern firepit at sunset, swing beneath the custom wood pergola, or relax in the hammock beneath native Joshua trees. 

Inside, you’ll find an open-concept living area bathed in natural light, with a designer suite and spa-style en-suite bathroom. 

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground swimming pool
  • Huge wooden swings
  • Built-in outdoor kitchen & BBQ
  • Game room with pool table and foosball
  • Dedicated work desk
  • Designer kitchen with stainless steel appliances
  • Driveway parking for up to 6 vehicles
  • Pack n’ play and high chair available 

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

2. Flora

7 Bedrooms | 14 Guests

Recently featured in Architectural Digest (2023), Flora is a stunning Western-inspired retreat designed for those who appreciate a cozy desert escape. The backyard is an entertainer’s paradise, a very ideal house for large groups, family gatherings, and design lovers alike—there’s something for everyone. 

As the sun sets, gather around the fire pit for stargazing and storytelling under Joshua Tree’s breathtaking night sky. This home has been thoughtfully designed for comfort and entertainment at every turn, with impeccably curated interiors, plush furnishings, and a bright, airy ambiance.

Exploring Joshua Tree National Park, visiting the Hi-Desert Nature Museum, or enjoying live music at Pappy & Harriet’s are some of the adventures you can do in the heart of the desert.

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground pool & spa
  • Full-sized Bocce Ball court
  • Game room with billiards & horseshoes
  • Fire pit for cozy desert nights
  • 7 spacious bedrooms & an open-concept living space
  • Detached garage with an additional full bathroom
  • Driveway parking for up to 8 vehicles

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

3. Harmony House

4 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Harmony House is your stylish sanctuary in Yucca Valley, where you can experience desert magic. A house that brings people together, gathering them around the sleek dining table for a meal with family and friends. 

Get ready for an adrenaline rush by challenging your group to a game on the private pickleball court. This place has everything you need to leave your worries behind, just letting loose and exploring to your heart’s content.

Retreat to serenity for an unforgettable campout under the vast desert sky.

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground pool & spa (heated upon request)
  • Private pickleball court 
  • Vintage turntable, piano & guitar
  • Fire pit & outdoor dining area
  • Oversized outdoor shower
  • Star-gazing yurt 
  • Large driveway with parking for up to 6 vehicles

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

4. Chicory

2 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

Small in size, big on style—Chicory is a modern desert house that proves great things come in romantic packages. With sleek architecture, meticulous interior design, and floor-to-ceiling windows that flood the space with natural light, this desert oasis is straight-up drop-dead gorgeous. 

Best for lovebirds, this retreat has a wood fence that surrounds the entire property, ensuring you have total privacy where you and your sweetheart can truly escape the world buzz. As you step outside, you’ll find your private pool and spa, the best way to cool off under the desert sun or unwind beneath the stars. 

Located just five minutes from Joshua Tree National Park, this home is the perfect base camp for anyone looking for a peaceful retreat with a touch of luxury.

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground pool & spa (heated upon request)
  • Wood fence surrounding the entire property for privacy
  • Fold-out mattress & trifold mattresses for additional sleeping options
  • Pet-friendly (with approval & additional fee)
  • Prime location
  • Driveway parking for two vehicles

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

5. Sky Ranch Noir

5 Bedrooms | 12 Guests

A design-forward desert oasis created by executive producer Chris Hanley, Sky Ranch Noir is a cinematic home in the serene Joshua Tree. This single-level compound in North Joshua Tree offers an expansive open-concept layout perfect for groups seeking the ultimate modern desert retreat. 

Step outside to discover the true soul of the property: a private resort-like backyard overlooking uninterrupted Mojave vistas. A wraparound patio sets the scene for sunrise yoga or sunset cocktails, while the amenities not only provide fun but also wellness at every turn. 

As the sun sets, gather around the fire pit, settle into the hammock, or watch the stars emerge in the famously dark desert skies, just 20 minutes from Joshua Tree National Park. 

Key Amenities:

  • Private custom pool and hot tub with sun loungers 
  • Sauna, pickleball, basketball court, small putting green
  • Game room with pool table, foosball, and shuffleboard
  • Wraparound patio with outdoor seating and dining table
  • Open-concept layout with modern kitchen and BBQ grill
  • Parking for up to 6 cars

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

6. Desert Shadows

5 Bedrooms | 12 Guests

If you’re looking to recharge, reconnect, or just indulge in a little desert serenity, Desert Shadows is the ultimate peaceful getaway. This lovely single-level retreat is perfectly positioned near Joshua Tree National Park’s entrance, offering beautiful desert views and a private oasis for relaxation. 

Cool off in the pool, relax under the shaded patio lounge, or enjoy the whimsical tree swing. The enclosed, beautifully landscaped yard is perfect for outdoor living and unwinding.

After desert adventures, gather for alfresco meals with the gas grill, then enjoy starlit conversations around the gas firepit or soak in the hot tub.

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground pool & hot tub
  • The entire backyard is fenced in for dogs
  • Gas firepit & outdoor dining with gas grill
  • Living room fireplace & piano
  • Well-equipped kitchen 
  • Dining for 8 & a bistro table for 2
  • Circular driveway parking for 4 cars
  • Near Joshua Tree National Park entrance 

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

7. Lava Rocks

4  Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Buckle up, adventure-seekers – because the fun train has officially arrived at Lava Rocks! This sleek, contemporary retreat is a straight-up thrill ride of modern style and outdoor exploration. With so many possible things you can do at this home, it is designed for nonstop enjoyment and adventure.

No desert retreat would be complete without a little exploration. Conquer the hiking trails of Joshua Tree National Park or venture into the rugged beauty of Black Rock Canyon. And as the sun sets, gather around the fire pit with your loved ones and soak up the breathtaking desert night sky.

Experience desert living at its most daring, where you can chase desert sunsets and have the best fun in your desert playground.

Key Amenities:

  • Private in-ground pool & spa (heated upon request)
  • Game zone with ping pong & foosball tables
  • Spacious fire pit area
  • Outdoor BBQ grill & alfresco dining space
  • Garage & driveway parking for up to 8 vehicles
  • Prime location

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

8. Casa De Kota

4  Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Privacy, style, and memories—welcome to Casa De Kota, a boho-chic desert house retreat. With spacious newly remodeled interiors, an expansive yard, and an above-ground pool, this home is the best getaway for families, friend trips, and outdoor adventurers.

Find a fully fenced backyard with a refreshing above-ground pool, hammock, and fire pits—perfect for evenings under the stars. And when it’s time to unwind, retreat to a primary suite with a California king bed and a jetted soaking tub.

In the mood to explore quirky shops? Or do you just want to relax in your private desert hideaway? No problem!

Key Amenities:

  • Above-ground pool for cooling off in the desert heat
  • Spacious, fully fenced backyard
  • Two fire pits 
  • Foosball table & exercise equipment in the game garage
  • Hammock & outdoor dining area 
  • Primary suite with a jetted soaking tub
  • Dedicated dining room with seating for 8
  • Driveway parking for up to 5 vehicles

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

9. Carmella

4  Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Step outside and get ready to soak up the good life under the desert sun – Carmella is calling your name! Designed for relaxation, outdoor fun, and unforgettable moments with your crew, this home makes every moment feel inviting.

Need some quiet time? Grab a book and sway in one of the hammocks while enjoying the warm desert breeze. Step outside to a spacious backyard made for lounging and play. Sunshine, style, and desert vibes—and cool off in the Cowboy pool.

Carmella is your perfect desert hideaway for making lasting memories with family, friends, and loved ones!

Key Amenities:

  • Cowboy pool (available May–October only)
  • Outdoor entertainment space with ping pong & putting green
  • Hammocks & fire pit 
  • Chef’s kitchen with high-end appliances
  • Modern, stylish interiors with spacious gathering areas
  • Driveway parking for up to 4 vehicles
  • Close to top local eateries

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

10. Asteroid

4  Bedrooms | 8 Guests

A boho-chic ranch retreat with unbeatable desert views, Asteroid is the perfect mix of style, seclusion, and adventure. Nestled right on the edge of Joshua Tree National Park, this eclectic home has expansive landscapes, a charming courtyard, and a cowboy pool for cooling off under the desert sun.

Spend your days soaking up the valley sunshine from playful outdoor seating areas or exploring nearby Skull Rock and Arch Walk. As the evening rolls in, gather around the fire pit, dine al fresco at the large outdoor table, and watch the stars light up the night sky.

Whether you’re snapping the perfect shot, Asteroid is your best escape to enjoying the peace of the desert and Joshua Tree’s magic.

Key Amenities:

  • Cowboy pool (available May–October only)
  • Expansive desert courtyard with lounge seating
  • Large outdoor dining table for alfresco meals
  • Fire pit 
  • Close to famous rock formations
  • Plenty of parking

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

Nearby Attractions in Joshua Tree 

The Joshua Tree region is absolutely dominated by its dramatic and otherworldly desert landscape, which provides a jaw-droppingly stunning natural backdrop for our luxury Airbnb rentals in the area.

It is surrounded by a variety of attractions that cater to different interests, from nature lovers to adventure seekers. Here are some of the top nearby attractions.

Joshua Tree National Park

Renowned for its iconic Joshua trees, massive rock formations, and diverse wildlife. You can do activities like hiking, rock climbing, stargazing, and wildlife viewing. 

Hidden Valley

A scenic valley surrounded by large boulders, perfect for hiking and exploring. You may also want to take photos of the unique rock formations.

Keys View

Offers panoramic views of the Coachella Valley, especially during sunrise and sunset. It is the ideal spot to watch the sky change colors while picnicking.

Cholla Cactus Garden

Have a nature walk at a dense field of teddy bear cholla cacti, known for their unique appearance and “jumping” spines. Be careful, though!

Skull Rock

A natural rock formation resembling a skull, easily accessible from Park Boulevard, where you can do a short hike and quick picnic.

Jumbo Rocks

Known for its massive rock formations and scenic hiking trails, it features over 100 campsites amidst the rocks.

Arch Rock

A natural arch located near the White Tank Campground, which has a unique shape and bouldering nearby.

Barker Dam Trail

Suitable for families or beginners, it is a short, easy hike that passes by a historic dam and offers views of the surrounding desert.

Indian Cove Nature Trail

This is a popular spot for climbers, with a scenic trail of unique rock formations that shows the natural beauty of Indian Cove.

Pioneertown

A nearby town that offers a Wild West experience with shops, restaurants, and live music for all people visiting Joshua Tree.

For more activity ideas, read our curated guide of the top 32 things to do in Joshua Tree year-round. And if you’re planning to go to Joshua Tree soon, check out the best time to visit Joshua Tree for best insights on weather, events, activities, and deals.

There’s Something for Everyone in Joshua Tree

Think about it – where else can you find such a wild and wonderful natural wonderland, complete with those iconic Joshua trees, towering granite monoliths, and crystal-clear starry skies…all while enjoying the lap of luxury in your very own private oasis with a sparkling swimming pool? 

Book your Joshua Tree vacation home with AvantStay and spend the lazy days by the poolside!

Nashville vs. Scottsdale for Bachelorette Rentals: Which Market is Better in 2026?

Your group chat is debating Nashville versus Scottsdale for the bachelorette weekend, and the answer depends on whether you want honky-tonks or poolside cabanas. These cities operate on opposite seasonal calendars, deliver wildly different nightlife vibes, and stretch your budget in completely different directions. Nashville keeps costs lower with walkable Broadway bars while Scottsdale spreads out across desert estates with private pools. Let’s break down the real differences so you can pick the destination that actually fits your crew’s style and travel window.

TLDR:

  • Nashville favors groups who want walkable nightlife and live music until 3 a.m.; Scottsdale suits pool parties and desert activities.
  • Nashville peaks spring and fall; Scottsdale shines October through April when temps stay in the 70s-80s.
  • Scottsdale costs more for drinks and dining but offers larger estate homes with private pools.
  • AvantStay manages properties in both cities with 24/7 Butler app support and consistent quality standards.

Factor

Nashville

Scottsdale

Nightlife Vibe

Honky-tonks, live music, bars until 3 a.m., rowdy and high-energy

Pool clubs, upscale lounges, earlier nights, polished and sophisticated

Best Season

Spring (April-May) and Fall (September-October)

October through April (70s-80s)

Drink Prices

$6 beers, affordable bars

$15+ cocktails, bottle service common

Walkability

High – Broadway bars within 4 blocks

Low – attractions spread across miles

Daytime Activities

Food tours, music venues, murals, Southern culture

Desert hikes, ATV tours, spa treatments, pool parties

Accommodation Style

Urban homes near downtown, compact footprint

Large estates with private pools, more space per dollar

Transportation Needs

Optional – walkable if near Broadway

Required – rideshares or rental car necessary

Aesthetic

Country-glam, cowboy boots, neon lights, unfiltered fun

Desert chic, poolside sophistication, Instagram-curated

Nightlife and Entertainment: Which City Parties Harder

When you’re planning a bachelorette weekend, the nightlife can make or break the trip. Both cities deliver high-energy party scenes, but the vibe couldn’t be more different.

Nashville: Honky-Tonks and Live Music

Nashville’s nightlife centers on Broadway’s honky-tonk corridor, where you can bar-hop without leaving a four-block radius. Live bands play free shows from morning until 3 a.m., and the party spills onto the street. Pedal taverns cruise past neon-lit storefronts while bachelorette groups crowd rooftop bars like L.A. Jackson and The Valentine. The energy runs high-volume and unapologetically country, with line dancing and whiskey shots as standard currency.

Scottsdale: Poolside Lounges and Desert Chic

Scottsdale takes a more polished approach. Old Town’s bar scene offers everything from cowboy bars to upscale cocktail lounges, but the real draw is the day-club culture. Pool parties at Maya Day + Nightclub and rooftop experiences dominate summer weekends. The dress code skews sophisticated, and bottle service is common. Nights wind down earlier here compared to Nashville, but daytime pool parties can run until sunset.

Weather and Seasonality: Timing Your Bachelorette Party

Picking the right dates can save your bachelorette party from weather disasters. The two cities operate on opposite seasonal calendars, which gives you flexibility depending on when you’re ready to book.

Nashville sees temperatures from 31°F to 90°F year-round, with summers turning hot and humid. Spring (April through May) and fall (September through October) offer mild temps, lower humidity, and outdoor patios that stay comfortable past midnight. Winter can dip below freezing, but the honky-tonks stay packed.

Scottsdale flips the script entirely. Summer temperatures climb to 106°F with bone-dry heat that makes pool time non-negotiable. The ideal window runs October through April, when sunny days hover in the 70s and 80s.

Rain matters too. Nashville gets frequent summer thunderstorms that can derail rooftop bar plans. Scottsdale stays reliably dry, making outdoor activities safer year-round.

Cost Breakdown: Where Your Dollar Goes Further

Your budget will stretch differently depending on which desert or music city you pick. The cost gap shows up fast once you break down the major expenses.

Accommodations tend to run pricier in Scottsdale during peak season (January through April), when demand from snowbirds and spring breakers pushes rates higher. Nashville stays more consistent year-round, though CMA Fest and NFL weekends spike prices. Per-person costs balance out when you split a large vacation rental among eight or more guests.

Dining and drinks favor Nashville. You’ll find $6 beers on Broadway and affordable Southern food that feeds a crowd. Scottsdale leans upscale, with cocktails routinely hitting $15 and dinner reservations commanding premium tabs. Pool clubs charge entry fees and expect bottle service.

Transportation costs less in Nashville if you stay near Broadway. Scottsdale sprawls, so rideshares between Old Town, resorts, and hiking spots add up quickly. Both cities offer affordable flights from major hubs.

Activities and Experiences: Beyond the Bars

A great bachelorette party needs more than just bar crawls. Both cities pack their daylight hours with group-friendly activities that let you bond before the night begins.

Nashville: Food, Music, and Southern Culture

Nashville built its reputation on music, but the daytime scene offers variety beyond Broadway. Food tours through the Gulch and East Nashville give your group a taste of hot chicken, biscuits, and craft breweries. The Parthenon in Centennial Park makes for photo ops, and mural hunting in 12South keeps Instagram feeds busy. Live music doesn’t stop when the sun comes up, with the Grand Ole Opry offering matinee shows.

Scottsdale: Desert Adventure and Wellness

Scottsdale leans into outdoor experiences and self-care. ATV tours through the Sonoran Desert and guided hikes up Camelback Mountain appeal to active groups. Spa culture runs deep here, with most resorts offering group packages with massages, facials, and poolside service. Day clubs blur the line between relaxation and party, with DJs spinning while you float in cabanas.

Accommodations: Vacation Rental Inventory in Both Markets

The rental landscape differs between these two markets based on local demand and property types. Nashville sees over 30,000 bachelorette parties annually, which has shaped its accommodation options to favor group bookings.

Nashville offers a mix of large vacation homes in neighborhoods like The Gulch and Germantown, plus boutique hotel options. Multi-bedroom houses with proximity to Broadway command premium rates during peak weekends. Inventory leans toward urban convenience over sprawling outdoor space.

Scottsdale’s rental market centers on large estate homes with private pools in Paradise Valley, Carefree, and Cave Creek. Properties here prioritize outdoor living with resort-style amenities. You’ll find more space per dollar compared to Nashville’s compact urban footprint, but locations spread across wider distances.

Group size drives your best option. Parties of 8-12 work well in either market. Groups over 16 fare better in Scottsdale’s larger estates.

Accessibility and Travel Logistics for Groups

Getting your group to the party matters just as much as the party itself. Both cities offer major airport access, but the ground game plays out differently.

Nashville International Airport sits 15 minutes from downtown. Direct flights connect from most U.S. cities, and rideshares to Broadway run $25-35. Once you arrive, walkability wins if you stay near the action. Most honky-tonks cluster within stumbling distance of each other.

Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport serves Scottsdale, located 20-30 minutes away depending on traffic. Flight options match Nashville’s connectivity, but ground transportation costs more. Rideshares to Old Town average $40-50, and you’ll need wheels throughout your stay since attractions spread across miles.

Nashville works better for groups who want to ditch rental cars. Scottsdale requires transportation planning, but the tradeoff brings private pool access back at your rental.

Vibe and Aesthetic: Matching Your Party Style

Nashville delivers country-glam energy with cowboy boots, fringe jackets, and neon-lit backdrops. The aesthetic runs high-volume and unfiltered. Think pedal taverns, matching white cowboy hats, and group shots on Broadway with live music spilling into the street behind you. The vibe celebrates loud, rowdy fun without pretense, and the party never apologizes for taking up space.

Scottsdale skews polished and Instagram-curated. Desert sunsets, poolside cabanas, and mid-century architecture create a sophisticated backdrop. The aesthetic favors flowy dresses, oversized sunglasses, and champagne glasses against mountain views. Pool floats and flower crowns replace cowboy hats. The energy runs aspirational rather than rowdy, with wellness brunches balancing late-night cocktails.

Your group’s personality decides the winner. If matching sequined boots and karaoke sound like your ideal Friday night, Nashville delivers. If you’d rather lounge poolside in designer swimwear with a charcuterie board, Scottsdale fits better.

Planning for Premium Group Travel with AvantStay

We manage properties in both Nashville and Scottsdale, so you can skip the endless scroll through unreliable listings. Every home in our collection meets the same standards: award-winning interiors, rigorous cleaning protocols, and around-the-clock support through the Butler app.

Our Nashville portfolio includes homes near Broadway plus The Gilmore, our boutique hotel property. Scottsdale options focus on spacious estate homes with private pools in Paradise Valley and Cave Creek. Both locations offer group-friendly layouts with multiple primary suites, entertainment areas, and fully equipped kitchens.

The Butler app handles requests from early check-in to private chef bookings. Coordinate bedroom assignments with your crew before arrival, schedule mid-stay cleanings, or add services like grocery stocking without chasing down hosts.

Pick honky-tonks or pool parties. The quality stays the same: identical concierge access, design standards, and guest support.

Final Thoughts on Nashville vs Scottsdale Bachelorette Trips

You can’t go wrong with either destination when you know what your group wants out of the weekend. A Nashville or Scottsdale bachelorette party creates completely different experiences, from honky-tonk hopping to desert spa days. Stop overthinking the perfect choice. Match the city to your vibe, book a place everyone can spread out in, and let the weekend unfold.

FAQ

What’s the best time of year to book a bachelorette rental in Nashville vs. Scottsdale?

Nashville works best in spring (April-May) and fall (September-October) when temperatures stay mild and humidity drops, while Scottsdale shines October through April when temps hover in the 70s-80s—summer heat in Scottsdale reaches 106°F and makes indoor spaces necessary.

How far in advance should I book a bachelorette rental in these cities?

Book at least 60 days ahead to qualify for full refund protection under standard cancellation policies, and plan even earlier if your dates fall during peak periods like CMA Fest in Nashville or January-April in Scottsdale when demand from snowbirds and spring breakers drives prices up.

Can I split payment among my group when booking through AvantStay?

Yes, the Butler app lets you share your reservation so group members can reserve individual bedrooms, and we offer split-payment options plus Affirm installment plans so you can book now and pay later without putting the full cost on one person.

Do I need a rental car for a bachelorette party in Nashville or Scottsdale?

Nashville’s honky-tonk corridor sits within walking distance if you stay near Broadway, making rental cars optional, but Scottsdale spreads across miles between Old Town, hiking spots, and resort areas—you’ll need rideshares or a rental car to get around.

What services can I add to my bachelorette rental through AvantStay?

Request private chefs, grocery stocking, mid-stay cleaning, in-home massage, fridge prep, and curated local experiences (wine tastings, guided hikes) directly through the Butler app—available 24/7 without chasing down property hosts.

5 Bedroom Luxury Vacation Rental Furnishing Costs: Complete Investment Breakdown for Property Owners in 2026

When you search for the furnishing a 5 bedroom luxury vacation home, you’ll find estimates ranging from $30,000 to over $100,000. That spread exists because most guides treat vacation rentals like residential properties. But you’re not decorating a home; you’re creating an experience that needs to photograph like a boutique hotel, survive commercial-grade use, and support nightly rates that cover your investment. We’re walking through the actual numbers based on what works in competitive luxury markets.

TLDR:

  • Furnishing a 5-bedroom luxury vacation rental ranges from $30,000 to $100,000+ depending on quality tier and market positioning.
  • Your communal spaces drive bookings more than bedrooms, so allocate the largest budget share to living rooms and outdoor areas.
  • Contract-grade furniture with 3-5 year commercial warranties reduces replacement costs and booking interruptions.
  • Premium furnishing lifts nightly rates 20-40% and typically pays for itself within 18-36 months through higher revenue.
  • AvantStay manages end-to-end design and furnishing with in-house teams, removing the 60-100 hour DIY time investment.

Total Investment for a 5 Bedroom Luxury Vacation Home

When you’re preparing a 5-bedroom luxury vacation home for guests, the financial commitment extends well beyond picking out sofas and beds. The average cost falls between $30,000 and $60,000, but that baseline assumes a standard residential property. For a luxury vacation rental designed to command premium nightly rates, you’re looking at a higher threshold. Industry furnishing benchmarks show wide variation based on property size and market positioning.

The real number depends on how you define “furnishing.” Your total investment needs to cover furniture for every room, artwork and decor that photographs well, commercial-grade linens and towels for quick turnover, fully stocked kitchenware for group cooking, outdoor furniture and amenities, smart home tech and security systems, and all the initial supplies guests expect on arrival.

We approach this as a revenue-driving investment, not a decorating project. Every dollar you spend should work toward bookings, five-star reviews, and repeat guests.

Budget Tiers for Luxury Vacation Home Furnishing

Not every luxury rental requires the same level of investment. Your budget tier should match your target guest profile and the nightly rates you need to hit your revenue goals.

Mid-Range Investment: $30,000 to $60,000

This entry point works for markets where luxury means clean design and reliable quality over designer labels. You’ll furnish with durable pieces from retailers like West Elm, Crate & Barrel, and Article. The aesthetic is cohesive but not custom. Expect mixed materials, some laminate finishes, and decor sourced from accessible brands. This tier supports nightly rates in the $400 to $700 range depending on your market.

Upscale Investment: $60,000 to $100,000

This tier positions you to compete for high-value group bookings and corporate retreats. You’re selecting higher-end brands like Restoration Hardware, Room & Board, and Pottery Barn, mixing in statement pieces and original art. Finishes are solid wood, stone, and metal. Every room feels intentional. Luxury vacation rentals regularly require $25,000 to $100,000 when targeting high-end guests who compare your property to boutique hotels.

Ultra-Luxury Investment: $100,000+

This is where properties become destinations in themselves. Custom furniture, designer lighting, high-end appliances, and curated art collections create an experience that supports $1,000+ nightly rates. You’re buying for longevity, brand recognition, and the kind of aesthetic that drives social media shares and repeat bookings.

Room by Room Cost Breakdown for Large Vacation Homes

Breaking down your investment by room helps you allocate budget where it matters most for bookings and reviews. Here’s what you should expect to spend per space in a 5-bedroom luxury vacation rental.

Room Type

Cost Range

Key Investment Areas

Primary Suite

$8,000 – $15,000

King bed, quality mattress, hotel-grade linens, seating area, nightstands, lighting

Guest Bedrooms (4)

$4,000 – $8,000 each

Comfortable beds, storage, task lighting, blackout window treatments

Living Room

$8,000 – $18,000

Large sectional, media console, smart TV, accent chairs, coffee table, area rugs

Dining Area

$3,000 – $8,000

Table seating 10-12, chairs, buffet or sideboard, statement lighting

Kitchen

$5,000 – $12,000

Small appliances, cookware, dishware for 12+, glassware, serving pieces, pantry staples

Outdoor Spaces

$6,000 – $20,000

Seating for groups, dining table, lounge chairs, fire pit, umbrellas, outdoor kitchen elements

Bathrooms (5+)

$1,500 – $3,000 each

Towel sets, bath mats, storage, mirrors, toiletries, hair dryers

Entertainment Areas

$3,000 – $10,000

Game tables, bar setup, sound system, extra seating

Your outdoor and living spaces drive bookings more than individual bedrooms, so focus your budget on these areas. Groups spend most of their time gathering together instead of in private rooms, which means your communal spaces deserve the lion’s share of your furnishing budget to maximize guest satisfaction and repeat bookings.

Durability Investment for High-Turnover Properties

Luxury vacation rentals face a durability challenge that residential properties never encounter: hundreds of guests per year sitting on your sofas, sleeping in your beds, and using your outdoor furniture. Choosing pieces that look high-end but fail within 12 months creates a cycle of replacement costs and booking interruptions that erase your profit margins.

Contract-grade furniture carries higher upfront costs but pays back through longevity. Look for kiln-dried hardwood frames with reinforced corner blocks and double-doweled joints. Performance fabrics like Crypton, Sunbrella, and microfiber blends resist stains while maintaining a residential look that photographs well. Indoor-outdoor rugs handle spills better than natural fiber options.

Mattresses deserve special attention. You need commercial-grade support that holds up under 200+ sleep cycles annually while still delivering the comfort guests expect in luxury accommodations. Warranties matter: choose pieces backed by at least 3-5 year commercial warranties instead of residential guarantees.

Outdoor furniture takes the hardest beating. Powder-coated aluminum frames, all-weather wicker, and marine-grade cushions survive sun exposure and weather cycling better than wood or standard patio sets.

Screenshot 2026-02-24 234204.png

How Furnishing Quality Impacts Nightly Rates and Occupancy

Your furnishing choices directly shape your revenue potential in measurable ways. Properties with well-coordinated luxury design produce better listing photos, which increases booking inquiries and conversion rates. These same design investments lead to higher guest satisfaction scores because visitors notice comfortable spaces and thoughtful details.

Quality furnishing drives repeat guests and referrals, and the investment timing is particularly strategic now. Luxury properties are the only price tier expected to see occupancy growth in 2026, with an anticipated increase of nearly 2%, while budget-tier listings are forecast to decline by 3%. Visitors remember properties that stand out, returning for future stays or recommending your rental to friends planning group trips.

View your furnishing budget as a revenue-generating investment instead of a fixed expense, and you’ll see returns within your first year of operation.

Professional Design Services vs DIY Furnishing

Property owners face a choice early on: hire professionals or manage procurement themselves. Each path carries different cost structures and time commitments that affect speed to market.

Interior designers commonly charge 10-20% of the total furniture budget or offer flat-rate packages that can range from roughly $8,000 to $25,000 for full-home projects, depending on size and scope. Some designers receive 20-30% trade discounts from vendors, though how much of that savings is passed on varies by firm.

Professional teams can often reduce timeline friction through vendor relationships and procurement experience, sometimes shortening the furnishing process by several weeks. They also deliver cohesive aesthetics designed to photograph well from day one.

Managing furnishing yourself eliminates design fees but requires substantial time investment. For a five-bedroom property, owners can expect to spend 60-100 hours across sourcing, ordering, delivery coordination, and setup, often more if issues arise.

Calculating Your Furnishing ROI and Payback Period

Your furnishing investment should pay for itself through increased revenue within 18 to 36 months. Calculate your payback period by dividing total furnishing costs by the incremental annual revenue generated from higher nightly rates and improved occupancy.

Vacation rental properties typically deliver 8% to 12% annual returns. Premium furnishings that lift your nightly rate by $100 generate $36,500 in additional annual revenue at full occupancy. A $60,000 furnishing investment would achieve payback in roughly 20 months at that performance level.

Factor depreciation into your planning. Furniture typically depreciates over 5 to 7 years for accounting purposes, though quality pieces often last longer under proper maintenance. Budget 15-20% of your original investment for refresh cycles every 3-4 years to maintain listing competitiveness.

Track your cost per booking and revenue per available night before and after furnishing upgrades to measure actual impact on property performance.

Screenshot 2026-02-24 234238.png

AvantStay’s Approach to Property Design and Revenue Optimization

At AvantStay, we remove the guesswork from furnishing decisions through our award-winning in-house design team. Our designers create bespoke spaces tailored to each market, whether that’s mountain-cabin aesthetics in Colorado or coastal elegance in Southern California. We build properties around experiential elements that drive bookings: outdoor kitchens, entertainment areas, and Instagram-worthy spaces designed to maximize your ADR.

Properties that join our portfolio benefit from data-driven design decisions informed by performance across 2,300+ listings, including insights from our AI-powered Voyage pricing engine that tracks which amenities and design features command the highest rates in your specific market.

Final Thoughts on Furnishing a Five Bedroom Luxury Rental

Your furnishing budget sets the foundation for every review, repeat booking, and revenue milestone your property hits. The properties that perform best balance upfront investment with durability, choosing pieces that look exceptional while surviving hundreds of guest stays. We help property owners through our management services by handling design, procurement, and ongoing maintenance cycles. Start with a clear picture of your target guest and nightly rate goals, and your furnishing decisions become straightforward.

FAQ

How much should I budget per bedroom when furnishing a luxury vacation rental?

Budget $4,000 to $8,000 per guest bedroom and $8,000 to $15,000 for the primary suite, but allocate more to communal spaces like living rooms ($8,000-$18,000) and outdoor areas ($6,000-$20,000) since groups spend most of their time in shared spaces.

What’s the typical payback period for a luxury vacation rental furnishing investment?

Your furnishing investment should pay for itself within 18 to 36 months through increased nightly rates and improved occupancy, with well-furnished properties commanding rates 20-40% higher than comparable homes with generic furnishings.

Should I hire a professional designer or furnish my vacation rental myself?

Professional designers charge 10-20% of your furniture budget but reduce your time to first booking by 4-8 weeks and deliver cohesive aesthetics that photograph well immediately, while DIY saves design fees but requires 60-100 hours of your time for sourcing, ordering, and coordination.

What furniture materials hold up best in high-turnover vacation rentals?

Look for kiln-dried hardwood frames with reinforced joints, performance fabrics like Crypton or Sunbrella, powder-coated aluminum outdoor pieces, and commercial-grade mattresses with 3-5 year warranties that can handle 200+ sleep cycles annually without losing support.

When should I plan to refresh my vacation rental furnishings?

Budget 15-20% of your original investment for refresh cycles every 3-4 years to maintain listing competitiveness, though quality commercial-grade pieces often last longer with proper maintenance and strategic replacement of high-wear items like outdoor cushions and linens.

Is Luxury Travel Worth the Money? An Honest Answer (2026)

You’re comparing a $700 hotel room to a $2,800 luxury rental and thinking the hotel wins every time. But that hotel sleeps two people while the rental sleeps ten, flipping the entire calculation on its head. Whether luxury travel makes financial sense comes down to group size, how you’ll use the space, and what you’re actually paying for per person.

TLDR:

  • Luxury rentals cost $250-$312 per person nightly for groups vs. $350+ per hotel room
  • Full kitchens save groups $2,000-$3,000 on dining over a four-day trip
  • Professional management delivers 24/7 support, rigorous cleaning, and consistent standards
  • Groups of 4+ see better value in luxury rentals; solo travelers should book hotels
  • AvantStay manages 2,300+ properties with vertical integration and in-app concierge services

The Real Cost of Luxury Travel in 2026

When people talk about luxury travel being expensive, they’re usually comparing apples to oranges. A five-star hotel room might run $600-$800 per night in a popular U.S. destination during peak season. A luxury vacation home or boutique property? You’re looking at anywhere from $1,500 to $5,000+ per night depending on size and location.

At first glance, that feels prohibitively expensive. But here’s where the math gets interesting: that hotel room sleeps two people, maybe four if you’re cramming kids onto a pullout sofa. A luxury rental with five bedrooms sleeps 10-12 comfortably, often more. Per person, the gap narrows dramatically.

The luxury travel market in 2026 is expected to surpass USD 1,828 billion, driven partly by travelers realizing this math works in their favor. The shift isn’t about people suddenly becoming wealthier. It’s about understanding what you’re actually paying for and who’s splitting the bill.

Beyond nightly rates, luxury properties often include full kitchens, which can save $100-$200 per day in restaurant costs for a group. Standard vacation rentals might offer a kitchen too, but luxury properties typically stock higher-end appliances, cookware, and space that actually makes cooking enjoyable instead of a compromise.

Beyond the Price Tag: What Luxury Actually Delivers

Luxury travel delivers measurable differences in daily comfort. Properties maintain strict standards with detailed cleaning protocols and regular audits between each stay. That level of care shows up in how you experience the space from the moment you arrive.

Professional management means someone actually answers when the hot tub stops working or the WiFi drops. 24/7 support resolves most issues within hours, not days. Compare that to messaging an absent host on a standard rental and waiting indefinitely.

Amenities go beyond decoration into real value. Outdoor kitchens, heated pools, fire pits, and game rooms keep groups engaged on-property instead of constantly hunting for entertainment elsewhere. The return shows up in how you actually spend your vacation time.

Property standards matter more than photos suggest. High-thread-count bedding, quality mattresses, water pressure that works, and climate control in every room sound basic until you’ve stayed somewhere without them. Infrastructure investments separate luxury properties from budget rentals in ways that affect your entire stay.

The Psychology Behind Luxury Travel Value

The financial calculation only tells half the story. The other half lives in how you remember the trip five years later.

Research shows that experiences create lasting psychological value that material purchases can’t match. Travel memories actually appreciate over time as you retell stories, share photos, and recall moments with the people who were there. That $3,000 luxury vacation becomes more valuable in retrospect, not less.

The reason comes down to novelty: travel constantly exposes you to new environments, unexpected moments, and sensory input your brain hasn’t processed before. This creates stronger memory formation than routine experiences.

Luxury properties amplify this memory-making process. Waking up in a space that feels exceptional registers differently than adequate accommodations. The pool where your group spent sunset, the kitchen where you cooked together, the fire pit conversations all become reference points for years of future storytelling.

Human brains favor experiential memories over possessions because experiences connect to identity and relationships. The trip becomes part of how you see yourself and your bonds with travel companions in ways a purchased object never does.

Hidden Savings in Luxury Properties

A split-screen comparison showing luxury vacation rental cost savings: Left side shows a modern gourmet kitchen in a luxury rental with fresh groceries on the counter, a family cooking together, and a subtle price tag showing "$320 for 4 days". Right side shows an upscale restaurant dining scene with the same family, with a price tag showing "$3,200 for 4 days". The image should clearly convey the financial difference between cooking in a luxury rental versus dining out. Photorealistic style, bright and inviting, with clean composition that emphasizes the cost-saving concept.

Luxury properties bundle services that hotels charge separately. WiFi, parking, resort fees, and gym access typically add $50-$100 daily at hotels. Vacation homes include these as standard, with no surprise charges at checkout.

Full kitchens create the biggest financial impact. Dining out for a group of eight runs roughly $150-$200 per meal. Three restaurant meals daily over four days costs about $3,200. Groceries for the same group cost around $40 per person across four days, totaling $320 and saving nearly $3,000.

You don’t have to cook every meal to see savings. Even preparing breakfast and lunch while dining out for dinner cuts restaurant expenses by two-thirds. The kitchen becomes a financial tool, beyond simply being an amenity.

Quality construction prevents expensive problems. Reliable appliances, functioning HVAC, and good WiFi mean you’re not losing vacation time troubleshooting issues or paying for workarounds.

When Luxury Travel Isn’t Worth It

Luxury properties stop making sense when you’re traveling solo for a few nights. Paying $500-$1,000 per night for space you don’t need feels wasteful no matter how nice the amenities are. Hotels win here on both price and practicality, unless you’re seeking luxury desert properties.

The same logic applies when you’re barely at your accommodation. If you’re hiking all day, taking photography expeditions at dawn, or wandering cities from breakfast until late dinner, you’re paying for amenities you won’t use. A clean bed and reliable shower are enough. Save the money.

Budget constraints matter more than aspirations. If booking luxury means skipping the trip’s main purpose, or if you’ll spend the vacation stressed about credit card bills, choose something more affordable. Travel should reduce stress, not create it.

Some travelers genuinely don’t care about property quality beyond basic cleanliness and safety. If high-end finishes, designer spaces, and curated amenities don’t register as valuable to you personally, spending extra for them makes no sense. Know what you actually value, not what you think you should value.

When Luxury Travel Becomes Necessary

Certain travel situations make luxury properties less optional and more necessary for the experience to work at all.

Multi-generational family trips need both togetherness and separation. Three generations sharing hotel rooms creates friction. A luxury home with multiple primary suites, varied common spaces, and outdoor areas lets grandparents, parents, and kids coexist comfortably. Everyone stays together without being on top of each other.

Milestone celebrations where the property is the destination require more than basic accommodations. A 40th birthday weekend, bachelor party, or anniversary trip where the group plans to spend most of their time at the property needs pools, outdoor kitchens, entertainment spaces, and aesthetics worth photographing. The location becomes the event venue.

Remote work scenarios lasting a week or longer demand quality infrastructure. Reliable high-speed WiFi, dedicated workspace, good lighting, and quiet areas aren’t amenities when your income depends on them. Trying to work from a poorly equipped rental costs more in lost productivity than upgrading would have.

Professionally Managed Properties: The Middle Ground

Professionally managed properties sit between traditional hotels and independent vacation rentals, combining the consistency of hotel service with the space and economics of whole-home rentals.

AvantStay manages 2,300+ properties directly across 65+ markets, which means every property meets the same standards. That vertical integration matters because nothing gets outsourced to third parties hoping they’ll maintain quality. Design, cleaning, pricing, guest support, and maintenance all run through one accountable system.

The Butler app gives you 24/7 access to support, not an absent host who might respond eventually. Need a private chef, fridge stocking, or mid-stay cleaning? Request it in-app. Check-in instructions, property manuals, and service requests all live in one place instead of scattered across text messages and email threads.

Properties go through rigorous cleaning inspections between every stay, plus quarterly full audits. Smart locks, high-speed WiFi, and noise monitoring come standard. The goal is hotel reliability in spaces built for groups, where per-person costs make luxury accessible.

Group Travel Economics: When Splitting Costs Changes Everything

Group Size

Hotel Cost (per night)

Hotel Cost (per person)

Luxury Rental Cost (per night)

Luxury Rental Cost (per person)

Savings Per Person

2 travelers

$700 (1 room)

$350

$1,500

$750

-$400 (hotel wins)

4 travelers

$1,400 (2 rooms)

$350

$2,000

$500

-$150 (hotel wins)

8 travelers

$2,800 (4 rooms)

$350

$2,500

$312

+$38 (rental wins)

10 travelers

$3,500 (5 rooms)

$350

$2,500

$250

+$100 (rental wins)

12 travelers

$4,200 (6 rooms)

$350

$3,000

$250

+$100 (rental wins)

The math flips when you travel with others. Eight friends booking hotels need four rooms at around $350 each, totaling $1,400 nightly or $175 per person.

A luxury vacation rental at $2,500 per night divides to $312 per person. That extra $137 buys you a full kitchen, shared living areas, a pool, outdoor spaces, and actual time together instead of cramming into someone’s hotel room.

The sweet spot starts at four to six travelers. Below that, hotels win on price alone. Above it, rentals pull ahead financially.

Groups of 10 or more see the best value. Homes sleeping 12-20+ guests often drop below $200 per person nightly for truly luxurious stays. The larger your group, the more financial sense luxury rentals make.

Final Thoughts on Choosing Luxury Travel Wisely

Deciding if luxury travel delivers value requires honest assessment of your situation, not aspirational thinking. Groups of eight or more almost always benefit from luxury rentals both financially and experientially, while solo travelers rarely see the math work out. The properties make sense when you’ll actually use the kitchens, pools, and shared spaces, not when you’re just looking for a place to sleep between adventures. Calculate your real costs including meals and hidden hotel fees, then decide based on your group’s actual needs. The right answer changes with every trip.

How much does a luxury vacation rental typically cost per person?

While luxury properties range from $1,500 to $5,000+ per night, the per-person cost drops significantly with groups. For example, a $2,500/night property split among 8 guests costs $312 per person—often less than booking separate hotel rooms at $350 each.

What size group makes luxury rentals financially worthwhile?

The sweet spot starts at 4-6 travelers, where luxury rentals begin competing with hotel costs. Groups of 10 or more see the best value, often dropping below $200 per person nightly for high-end properties that would cost $700+ per night per hotel room.

Can you really save money by having a full kitchen in a luxury rental?

Yes—dining out for a group of 8 costs roughly $150-$200 per meal, totaling around $3,200 over four days for three meals daily. Groceries for the same group run about $320 total, saving nearly $3,000 even if you only cook breakfast and lunch.

When should you skip luxury travel and book something simpler?

Skip luxury properties if you’re traveling solo for a short trip, spending minimal time at your accommodation due to activities, or if the cost creates financial stress. Luxury makes sense when you’ll actually use the space and amenities, not when you just need a place to sleep.

What makes professionally managed properties different from standard vacation rentals?

Professionally managed properties like AvantStay’s portfolio offer hotel-level consistency with 24/7 support, rigorous cleaning protocols between stays, standardized smart home technology, and in-app services like private chefs or mid-stay cleaning—eliminating the unreliability of absent independent hosts.

Master Lease Tenant Bankruptcy: What Property Owners Need to Know in 2026

The day your master lease tenant files bankruptcy, property, you’re managing a court-supervised financial crisis. Your tenant owes you money, yet the automatic stay blocks collection. They’re occupying your property but you can’t evict them. Meanwhile, they’ve got months to decide whether they’re keeping or rejecting your lease while you wait. Here’s how the assumption and rejection process actually works, what the statutory caps mean for your potential recovery, and why property owners are rethinking master lease structures as commercial bankruptcy filings climb in 2026.

TLDR:

  • Tenant bankruptcy triggers automatic stay, blocking eviction and rent collection actions immediately
  • Your recovery caps at one year’s rent or 15% of remaining term (max 3 years) if tenant rejects lease
  • Letters of credit offer better protection than security deposits during bankruptcy proceedings
  • Post-petition rent qualifies as priority administrative expense, giving you stronger recovery rights
  • AvantStay’s institutional-grade management eliminates single-tenant bankruptcy risk through diversified revenue streams

Understanding the Automatic Stay and Its Impact on Your Rights

When a commercial tenant files for bankruptcy, most collection actions come to an immediate halt. The automatic stay under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code takes effect the moment the petition is filed, barring landlords from demanding past-due rent, initiating eviction proceedings, or applying security deposits without court approval.

The stay is designed to give the tenant temporary relief while the court evaluates creditor claims and determines how the lease will be treated. Even if rent has been unpaid for months, landlords cannot act independently. The stay remains in place until the case is closed, the court grants relief, or the lease is formally assumed or rejected. Violating the automatic stay can result in sanctions, making prompt consultation with bankruptcy counsel essential.

Assumption vs. Rejection: What Your Tenant Will Decide

A tenant in bankruptcy has a limited period to determine the lease’s outcome. In a Chapter 11 case, the debtor generally has 120 days from the petition date to assume or reject the master lease, subject to court-approved extensions.

If the lease is assumed, the tenant must cure all defaults, pay outstanding rent, and continue performing under the original terms. Rejection treats the lease as breached, requiring the tenant to surrender the premises and leaving the landlord with a claim for damages as an unsecured creditor. A third alternative, assumption and assignment, allows the tenant to transfer the lease to a qualified third party that satisfies the lease’s original financial and operational requirements.

Each option carries distinct implications for cash flow, timing, and control of the property.

Lease Option

Landlord Impact

Timing

Financial Recovery

Assumption

Lease continues on original terms; tenant must cure all defaults and pay back rent in full

Decision required within 120 days (subject to extensions)

Full recovery of pre-petition arrears plus ongoing rent payments at contract rate

Rejection

Lease terminates; landlord regains possession after tenant vacates property

Decision required within 120 days (subject to extensions)

Capped at greater of one year’s rent or 15% of remaining term (maximum 3 years); filed as unsecured claim with minimal recovery

Assumption and Assignment

Lease transfers to qualified third party; original terms remain intact

Decision required within 120 days; assignment requires court approval

Full cure of defaults by assignee; landlord receives adequate assurance of future performance from new tenant

Post-Petition Rent Obligations During Bankruptcy

The filing date creates a clear split. Rent that accrued before the petition date is handled through the claims process, while rent that comes due after filing must be paid in full as long as the tenant remains in possession of the space.

A commercial tenant is obligated to pay current rent until the lease is formally rejected. These post-petition obligations are treated as administrative expenses, giving them priority over general unsecured claims if the tenant fails to pay.

If the tenant stops paying rent after filing but before rejecting the lease, the landlord may seek relief from the automatic stay or file an administrative expense claim. While these remedies carry greater priority than pre-petition claims, recovery still depends on court approval and available estate assets.

Careful tracking of rent accruals and payment dates during this period can significantly strengthen an administrative expense claim.

Screenshot 2026-02-01 214841.png

Security Deposits vs. Letters of Credit in Bankruptcy

The type of security you hold when your commercial tenant files bankruptcy matters. Security deposits become part of the bankruptcy estate, subject to claim caps and requiring court approval before you can apply them against damages.

Letters of credit offer better protection. Most bankruptcy courts treat them as outside the estate, letting you draw on them without court approval or cap restrictions. When your tenant files Chapter 11, you can typically access the full amount to cover unpaid rent and damages.

For master lease structures involving substantial properties, requiring a letter of credit instead of a cash deposit gives you faster access to funds and higher recovery potential during tenant bankruptcy.

Filing Your Claim in Bankruptcy Court

You’ll file claims in two categories when your commercial tenant enters bankruptcy. First, submit a proof of claim for pre-petition damages within the court-mandated deadline, typically 70 days after filing. Calculate rejection damages using the statutory cap: the greater of one year’s rent or 15% of remaining lease value up to three years.

Second, file administrative expense claims separately for post-petition rent that went unpaid while your tenant occupied the property before lease rejection. These claims receive higher priority and aren’t subject to damage caps. Missing either deadline can forfeit your recovery rights.

Special Considerations for Master Lease Structures

Master lease arrangements add complexity beyond typical commercial leases. When you lease your property to a master tenant who subleases to end users, their bankruptcy creates unique exposure beyond standard landlord-tenant relationships.

Courts sometimes recharacterize master leases as guaranty agreements rather than true leases, especially when the master tenant operates more like a property manager. This reclassification strips away lease-specific protections and treats you as an unsecured creditor with weaker recovery rights.

Your master tenant collects rent from subtenants during bankruptcy but may not pass it through to you while the automatic stay blocks your collection efforts. You’re watching rental income flow to a bankrupt entity with no guarantee you’ll receive it, and courts must approve any payments to you.

The Rising Bankruptcy Risk Environment in 2025-2026

The bankruptcy environment facing property owners has grown more challenging. Commercial filings rose 5 percent to 31,810 in 2025 from 30,201 in 2024, signaling heightened distress across tenant categories.

Property owners entering master lease arrangements in 2026 face elevated risk that tenants who appear financially solid today could face distress within 12 to 24 months. You need protective measures in place before signing. Requesting letters of credit rather than security deposits, shorter assumption windows, and stronger financial covenants becomes critical when tenant bankruptcy probability is rising across the market.

How AvantStay’s Institutional-Grade Management Protects Property Owners

AvantStay’s vertically integrated management model offers property owners an alternative to master lease arrangements that concentrate bankruptcy risk with a single commercial tenant. When you partner with us, you maintain direct ownership while we handle operations through institutional-grade systems.

Our approach diversifies revenue risk across hundreds of individual short-term bookings rather than depending on one tenant’s financial health, helping property owners maintain strong occupancy even during challenging market conditions. The Lighthouse portal gives you real-time visibility into occupancy, revenue, and property performance, while our proprietary revenue management algorithm optimizes pricing.

With over $5 billion in assets under management and exclusive access to Marriott Bonvoy’s 140 million members, we provide distribution strength and operational accountability that traditional master lease structures can’t match.

Screenshot 2026-02-01 214721.png

Final Thoughts on Master Lease Bankruptcy Exposure

When your master lease tenant goes bankrupt, you’re watching rental income flow through a distressed entity while automatic stays block your collection rights and damage caps limit recovery. Smart property owners in this environment choose protective structures upfront, from requiring letters of credit to partnering with operators who distribute revenue risk across hundreds of individual bookings rather than one tenant’s solvency. You can’t control bankruptcy filings, but you can control how much exposure you accept when structuring your rental agreements. Better decisions at signing mean better outcomes during distress.

FAQ

What happens to rental income if my master lease tenant files bankruptcy but hasn’t rejected the lease yet?

Your tenant must continue paying post-petition rent as an administrative expense until they formally reject the lease, giving you priority collection rights over general unsecured creditors if they default during this period.

How long does my commercial tenant have to decide whether to keep or reject the lease in Chapter 11?

Your tenant typically has 120 days from the bankruptcy filing date to assume or reject your master lease, though courts often grant extensions that can prolong your uncertainty for months.

Can I access my tenant’s security deposit immediately when they file bankruptcy?

No, security deposits become part of the bankruptcy estate and require court approval before you can apply them, but letters of credit typically remain outside the estate and can be drawn without court permission or damage caps.

What’s the maximum I can recover if my commercial tenant rejects a long-term master lease?

Rejection damages are capped at the greater of one year’s rent or 15% of the remaining lease term up to three years, meaning you’ll recover far less than the full contract value as an unsecured creditor.

Why are master lease structures riskier than direct property management during bankruptcy?

Master leases concentrate all revenue risk with a single tenant whose bankruptcy blocks your access to rental income, and courts may reclassify the arrangement as a guaranty rather than a lease, stripping away your landlord protections.

10 Best Airbnbs for Christmas in USA

The holidays in December bring that special kind of magic when family gathers under one roof, filling rooms with laughter and creating memories that last a lifetime. 

And Christmas getaways offer something: space to spread out, kitchens for baking cookies together, and cozy living rooms where the whole family can watch holiday movies by the fireplace.

But finding the best places to go for Christmas vacations mean more than just booking somewhere to sleep. It’s also about discovering a home where traditions unfold naturally, where kids wake up excited on Christmas morning, and where everyone feels the warmth of togetherness.

Whether you’re planning a multi-generational reunion or a festive escape with friends, the right home transforms your celebration from ordinary to unforgettable. 

Ready to discover where your family will celebrate this year? Let’s explore the homes where Christmas magic happens naturally.

Christmas-Ready Airbnbs in USA

These handpicked Airbnbs for Christmas offer everything from beachfront settings to mountain retreats. Each property welcomes you and your families with open spaces, thoughtful amenities, and locations that make it truly special. 

💡 Looking to stay in cabins this holiday season? Check out our list of 10 cozy winter cabins for an unforgettable holiday retreat.

Salty Peach – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Salty Peach brings island vibes to your holiday celebration with one of Port Aransas’ largest private pools and an expansive backyard that feels like your own coastal resort. Families trade snow for sunshine here, celebrating Christmas with beach walks and poolside gatherings under the Texas sun. 

Best Home Features:

  • Huge private pool with expansive yard, outdoor dining for 10, fire pit, and shuffleboard
  • Top deck with cozy porch swing, BBQ grill, and multiple outdoor lounging areas
  • 4-5 blocks to the beach with easy golf cart access to restaurants and shopping

Why You’ll Love Salty Peach: The open-concept living space keeps everyone connected while the shuffleboard and outdoor amenities create endless entertainment for all ages.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Wow! What an incredible trip to Port A! This being our first Christmas away from home, we opened gifts on Christmas Eve and travelled to the Salty Peach for 6 days of fun! As we drive up, we were already in love with the downstairs and outdoor accommodations. TV, fire pit, games, pool, water toys, outdoor seating, grill, just incredible! Walking upstairs to the house was like viewing it online! Beautifully decorated! Everything as shown! Kids loved the shuffleboard! Bedrooms were spacious and clean. Bathrooms perfect. Bath towels and beach towels ready to use! Gorgeous kitchen, lots of seating and detailed decor to make the place feel so inviting. Neighbors were nice, quiet – dead-end street but easy to locate. We will be back and definitely will seek another AvantStay property. Thanks for making our first Christmas away from home perfect!” – Roneka L.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Sonoma Sunshine – Sonoma, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Nestled next to vineyards, Sonoma Sunshine gives your celebration that authentic Sonoma feeling while remaining close to world-class wineries and downtown Santa Rosa. The multiple living spaces here mean adults can enjoy quiet moments while kids explore the expansive grounds.

Best Home Features:

  • Outdoor pool, hot tub, inner courtyard with fountain, and panoramic countryside views
  • Piano in the living room, two separate living spaces, fireplace, and gourmet kitchen
  • 20 minutes to Sonoma wineries, 30 minutes to Santa Rosa attractions

Why You’ll Love Sonoma Sunshine: The thoughtful design brings everyone together naturally. Gather around the piano for carols, share meals in the spacious dining area, or watch sunsets over the vineyards. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The time we spent there was wonderful, the location beautiful everybody had a good Christmas.” – Helle G.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

412 Seascape – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

For intimate Christmas gatherings, 412 Seascape is the best home to go to. It is where the sound of waves becomes your holiday soundtrack that gives couples or small families privacy and comfort during the festive season. 

Best Home Features:

  • Oceanfront location with the best Atlantic Ocean views and sea breezes
  • Access to Wild Dunes resort amenities, including pristine beaches and resort dining
  • Minutes from historic Charleston and Isle of Palms attractions

Why You’ll Love 412 Seascape: Wake up to ocean views, enjoy coffee on your private balcony, and experience Christmas intimately with the peaceful rhythm of coastal living.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My wife of 45 was recently diagnosed with breast cancer, as her husband I had one thing in mind and that was for her to be able to relax not think about all that comes with the dreaded scheduling and surgery needless to say this was a much needed and appreciated stay. Can’t say enough about the help from staff, view of the condo and the whole experience. Hopefully we will be back next year to celebrate cancer free. Thanks to everyone and Merry Christmas” – Nathan D.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Historic Modern on Main – Hudson Valley, New York

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Experience classic holiday feeling in the heart of Stone Ridge, where mature trees and natural beauty create a winter wonderland setting. The flower-lined entrance at Historic Modern on Main welcomes you to be cozy and comfortable, while being surrounded by the peaceful wooded landscape that makes Hudson Valley holidays magical.

Best Home Features:

  • Private backyard with a firepit, pet-friendly home, modern, fully-equipped kitchen
  • Colorful, inviting interiors with spacious living areas perfect for gathering
  • Near Mohonk Preserve, Minnewaska hiking, Woodstock, and the Shawangunk Wine Trail

Why You’ll Love Historic Modern on Main: Just walking distance from local cafes, while putting you near holiday activities like exploring snow-dusted trails and Hudson Valley towns.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“It’s a lovely home with comfortable beds and very clean. The kitchen is well appointed, and if we’d had time to use the dining room, it’s quite lovely. There’s a fantastic coffee shop across the street—Black Dot. Loved it.” – Robin S.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Lakeside on Lagunita – Big Bear, California

Can accommodate up to 7 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

The best Christmas experiences can also happen if paired with lake views. At Lakeside on Lagunita, this is your home for winter wonderland adventures. Every bedroom has its own balcony where you can drink hot chocolate and watch the snow fall on the mountains. You get peaceful lake time and easy access to ski resorts—the best of both worlds.

Best Home Features:

  • Private dock with lake access, deck with hot tub overlooking serene water views
  • Cozy fireplace, BBQ grill, and al fresco dining area
  • Minutes from Bear Mountain and Snow Summit ski resorts

Why You’ll Love Lakeside on Lagunita: You and your loved ones can wake up to lake views, gather around the fireplace for evening stories, and enjoy the hot tub under starry winter skies.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We have stayed at this cabin hosted by Avantstay twice in the last 5 weeks. It is a beautiful cabin for a great value and avantstay are very responsive. We will be back soon!” – Bill K.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Cooperage – Paso Robles, California

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

A finalist home in our 2025 AvantStay Awards, Cooperage, is a wine country home that is perfect for Christmas with family and friends. This home has a vineyard out front and a private field out back, creating a retreat where adults enjoy valley vistas while kids can also play and have fun.

Best Home Features:

  • Vineyard, private soccer field, fire pit, and covered patio
  • Big outdoor table for al-fresco dinners, BBQ grill, and picnic area
  • Office with work stations, playroom, wet bar, and a breakfast nook
  • Open living room with fireplace, chef’s kitchen with island and gas range
  • 10 minutes to downtown Paso Robles wineries and tasting rooms

Why You’ll Love Cooperage: A fancy but comfortable home where you can eat dinner under the stars, visit nearby wineries during the day, and gather around the fire pit to wrap up the day. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a wonderful experience at this beautiful modern Paso Robles property. Large clean rooms easily accommodated our group of 10. We enjoyed comfortable beds, a kitchen with every gadget we could want for cooking, a fully stocked game cabinet, and views from both the front and back of the house. AvantStay’s thoughtful personal touches were the icing on the cake: they provided welcome snacks and coffee; were incredibly responsive to questions; and after learning we were celebrating Christmas, they set up a Christmas tree and decorations for us. I’d give an extra star if we could. Thank you for the fabulous getaway- we will be back!” – Erin G.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Lucky Bill – Park City, Utah

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Perfect for a ski-town themed Christmas, Lucky Bill comes with Jordanelle Reservoir views and easy access to world-class slopes. This three-story mountain cabin has features of winter scenery, plus dedicated spaces for fun indoors. You get outdoor adventures and cozy indoor hangouts, which is everything you need for the holidays.

Best Home Features:

  • Hot tub with views from 3 multiple decks, private movie theater room
  • Game room with shuffleboard and pool table for family fun
  • Just 15 minutes from Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street

Why You’ll Love Lucky Bill: A real mountain home with all the fun extras where you can ski during the day, relax with amazing views, then watch Christmas movies together.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was a great space for our family to meet for Thanksgiving. The kitchen has almost everything we needed for a big meal prep and was spacious. We loved the media room for Karaoke night and Christmas movies. The hot tub was a great addition! Joking to the lake was convenient too. Overall, plenty of room for gatherings and activities together as well as quiet moments alone. We had a little trouble getting the projector in the media room to work, but the hosts were very responsive to help us figure it out.” – Heidi H.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Sip, Sip Away – Lake Norman, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds plus loft and 3 baths

Sip, Sip Away turns lakefront living into a holiday celebration destination with its endless ways to celebrate and have fun. This 3/4 acre property has tons of space for big families to spread out and enjoy the holidays together.

Best Home Features:

  • 24’x48′ saltwater pool with water slide, al fresco dining area, and enclosed hot tub room
  • Private dock with kayak and paddleboard, fire pit, and expansive fenced yard 
  • Game room in the garage with ping pong and air hockey, loft with sleeper sofa
  • Open living room with lake views, kitchen with two ovens for big holiday meals

Why You’ll Love Sip, Sip Away: This place has everything for kids to play all day, for adults to relax by night, and for everyone who wants to come together for meals and memories.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“A perfect place together with family and friends for Christmas or Summer time.” – Gwendolyn Y.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Cherokee — Nashville, Tennessee

Can accommodate up to 10 guests per unit | 2–3 beds and 2.5–3.5 baths

Cherokee brings the whole group to Nashville without anyone having to compromise on comfort. This collection of eight chic residences sits just minutes from Broadway’s honky-tonks, the Ryman Auditorium, and Nashville’s best holiday dining — and every unit comes with a chef’s kitchen perfect for Christmas dinner, a record player to set the festive mood, and a spacious living room where the whole group can gather and toast to the season. Book a single 3-bedroom unit for an intimate family Christmas, or combine multiple units for a larger gathering that keeps everyone close while giving each person their own private space. It’s the kind of setup that makes Music City feel like home for the holidays.

Best Home Features:

  • Mix of 2-bedroom (sleeps 8) and 3-bedroom (sleeps 10) units — bookable individually or combined for large groups
  • Chef’s kitchens with high-end finishes, elegant dining tables, and record players
  • Spacious living rooms with plush seating, Smart TVs, and warm contemporary design
  • Minutes from Broadway honky-tonks, Ryman Auditorium, Nissan Stadium, and Nashville Farmer’s Market
  • Pet-friendly with private parking on site

Why You’ll Love Cherokee: The flexible unit configuration means you can scale the stay to your group — intimate or grand — while everyone enjoys the same upscale design and walkable Nashville location that makes the holidays feel special.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Where sophistication and warm contemporary style come together to provide the ideal haven for Nashville family vacations and wayfarings to the exciting Broadway Street.”Expedia Guest

Book via Airbnb | 👉Book with AvantStay

Rancho Mirage – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Located in one of Coachella Valley’s most exclusive areas, Rancho Mirage  is the best place for high-end desert living for Christmas, mountain views, and warm sunshine instead of snow. This home is where you can also experience desert peace that make Christmas this year feel extra special. 

Best Home Features:

  • Private pool with hot tub, fire pit, putting green, and bocce ball court
  • Long outdoor table for Christmas dinner, multiple gathering areas
  • Large kitchen with big island, living room with fireplace
  • Short drive to El Paseo shopping, golf courses, and Palm Springs fun

Why You’ll Love Rancho Mirage: You can swap snow for sunshine this December while still keeping all the warmth and family time that makes the holidays great.

💡This property is awaiting its first guest reviews. Be the first to create holiday memories here and share your family’s Christmas celebration experience!

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

How to Celebrate Christmas in an Airbnb

Celebrating Christmas away from home might feel a little different at first, but staying in a vacation rental actually gives you the freedom to mix your favorite traditions with fun new ones. Plus, having an entire home to yourselves means you can celebrate exactly the way your family wants.

1. Bring the Festive Spirit

Turn your booked Airbnb into a cozy holiday home. It could be by packing a few simple decorations or booking a Christmas-themed Airbnb. Bringing special ornaments your family loves is a sweet way to make decorating a group activity. 

But before you pack everything for your upcoming trip with us, we recommend calling our guest experience team first to ask if the home you booked already comes decorated for the holidays or if we have holiday-ready homes available.

Simply contact us at experience@avantstay.com or call us at (833) 442-8268.

2. Plan Special Holiday Meals

The kitchen is your secret weapon for Christmas. Plan meals ahead so everyone can make their favorite dish. Lots of families say cooking together in a big rental kitchen creates better memories than eating out. Pack your special spices, cookie cutters, or family recipes so you can make everything just right.

But if you want to make meals and feast even easier, and more special, AvantStay offers incredible upgrades. Simply choose by having a:

  • Private Chef – Enjoy a chef-prepared holiday dinner without lifting a finger. (48+ hours’ notice required.)
  • Stocked Fridge – We’ll handle the grocery run! Send your list or pick from curated packages like BBQ Night, S’mores, or Salty Snacks.

3. Create New Christmas Traditions

Did you know that new places often bring families closer as you try new things and make new stories to tell. Use where you are to start new traditions your family will always remember. Walk on the beach Christmas morning, hike in the mountains to see snow, or check out local holiday markets.

Avoid holiday delays and transportation headaches! Our transportation services can handle all your rides throughout your stay so you can focus on enjoying the celebration.

4. Keep Communication Open with Your Host

Tell your host about your Christmas plans before you arrive. Many hosts are happy to help with special requests like checking in early to set up, or they can tell you about local holiday events. Some might even offer extras like firewood for the fireplace or tips on where to go, celebrate and see the best Christmas lights. 

If you’re staying with AvantStay, our concierge team can help with special requests, reservations, and anything else you need to make your holiday stress-free. Simply send us an email at reservations@avantstay.com.

Need More Christmas Inspiration? 

Check out our holiday and winter travel blogs for ideas on Christmas activities, winter getaways, family travel tips, and more. 

Celebrate Christmas with AvantStay

The holidays only come once a year, and where you celebrate makes all the difference. These Airbnb homes aren’t just places to sleep, but they’re where your family will make memories you’ll talk about for years.

From beach houses where kids learn Christmas can include swimming, to mountain cabins where snow makes everything look like a postcard, each home has plenty of space and everything you need. 

Whether you’re getting the whole family together, celebrating with friends, or just want somewhere special for the holidays, these homes are ready for you.

Ready to make this Christmas one you’ll never forget? Check out more AvantStay holiday homes and book your celebration before these last spots are gone.

Christmas spots fill up fast! And these are the few homes still available for the holidays. Don’t wait and miss out while you’re still thinking about it!

AvantStay Unlocked: Vacation Rental Management Program

When it comes to vacation rental management contracts, one size doesn’t fit all. That’s why AvantStay offers a flexible solution designed to work for you and your home. Keep reading to learn more about our Vacation Rental Management Agreement (VRMA) program and how we help homeowners hit their financial goals.

Vacation Rental Management Agreement 

Before diving into the details, it’s important to think about how often you plan to use your vacation home. If you’re looking to enjoy your property throughout the year while maximizing its rental potential, our Vacation Rental Management Agreement (VRMA) is the ideal fit.

How VRMA Works

We earn a percentage of the revenue we bring in and pay you a monthly revenue share. Your earnings vary based on bookings and demand, allowing you to capitalize during peak seasons and high-traffic holidays.

Who pays for the costs associated with operating my home as a short-term rental?

Our Home Care Program is included as a standard component of our VRMA plans and covers in-house maintenance and repair services, inspections, and work order visibility for one low monthly fee. You’ll receive unmatched professional care from our skilled staff and trusted contractors who strive to go above and beyond, so you’ll never have to worry about a thing. 

What about design services, furnishing, and the photoshoot?

All AvantStay homeowners have access to our award-winning interior design services for a low one-time fee based on your furnishing requirements. Our interior designers create custom, locally inspired designs in line with our elevated branding that guests love and have come to expect—that way, you know the furniture you’re buying will boost your vacation rental’s ROI.

From there, we help you procure high-quality, durable furniture, equipment, and amenities to elevate the guest experience and drive premium daily rates. We pass along our discounted rates to you so you capture those savings, and coordinate delivery and installation on your behalf so you don’t have to lift a finger! 

To bring it all together, we take care of the professional photoshoot and listing creation for all of our owners—for free! Our design, furnishing, and photography services are guaranteed to drive guest satisfaction, higher occupancy, and ultimately more revenue

Who pays for the technology you have to invest in to turn my home into a short-term rental?

Our VRMA program includes cutting-edge smart (IoT) technology that remotely monitors everything from entry surveillance to noise to occupancy, all to ensure your home stays safe and protected. All of our smart home devices, such as smart locks, noise sensors, doorbell cameras, and more, are compliments of AvantStay. Plus, we do the installation for you! Helping protect your home while offering a seamless guest experience.

Full-service vacation rental management 

As an AvantStay homeowner, you’ll always receive best-in-class local care and get unmatched personalized service through a dedicated Owner Experience Manager who will quickly assist with any inquiries.

You can also rest assured that our Policy and Risk team keeps a constant pulse on the ever-evolving short-term rental regulatory requirements across the country, so your home is always in good standing.

We pair all of that personal support with a proprietary tech suite that powers bookings, operationalizes in-field management, and activates an elevated guest experience. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s income so you can sit back and relax—it’s that simple.

Interested in learning more about AvantStay’s Vacation Rental Management Agreement program? Our team is ready to help. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

Guest Review Roundup: July 2026

Delivering a consistent, first-class hospitality experience for every guest is the standard at which we operate. We give guests all the amenities of a hotel paired with the comfort of a private space to create a one-of-a-kind vacation.

By going above and beyond for our guests, we receive more five-star ratings than the competition, drive more bookings, and maximize homeowner income. Of course, we couldn’t do it without our owners’ stunning homes.

Check out some of our favorite guest reviews.

South Pine — Cherry Ridge | Breckenridge, CO

Linda H. | ★★★★★

“We enjoyed the unusual amenities of multiple fireplaces, an indoor water fountain, the hot tub, and very high, vaulted ceilings in multiple rooms. The house setting feels private despite its neighborhood location — the perfect base for a group getaway.”

VIEW HOME


Wilson Creek Manor | Temecula, CA

Bandith | ★★★★★

“The family loved the game room, huge dinner table, and comfortable social living area — and Wilson Creek Manor is right across the street from three wineries. It can accommodate so many people with privacy and space.”

VIEW HOME


Prestwick — Vista | San Diego, CA

All Rights Reserved

Kristina | ★★★★★

“We were absolutely blown away by the panoramic ocean views — they are even more incredible in person. The home is stunning and thoughtfully designed, making it the perfect place to relax and unwind.”

VIEW HOME


Wanderer | Smoky Mountains, TN

La’Tisha | ★★★★★

“My family travels to Pigeon Forge at least once a year, and this is by far the best cabin we’ve stayed in. The highlight was the indoor pool and jacuzzi — and every bedroom had its own private bathroom, which made accommodating a large group so much more comfortable.”

VIEW HOME


River House | Hudson Valley, NY

Rachel | ★★★★★

“The views were incredible, very private, and there were so many spaces within the house and property for us to congregate or have our own space when needed. The pool was very welcoming.”

VIEW HOME


The Reserve at Polo Villas #16 | Coachella Valley, CA

Danielle | ★★★★★

“The pictures were beautiful, but we were absolutely blown away when we stepped into the home — pictures really don’t do this place justice. Each couple had their own private room and bathroom, and the pool felt like we were at a resort.”

VIEW HOME


Via Los Laureles — Colina | Temecula, CA

Sandra | ★★★★★

“The views from this house are incredible — it is very peaceful and private. We absolutely loved the well-equipped detached garage with games, and the whole layout gave everyone their own space.”

VIEW HOME


Via de Oro Estate | Temecula, CA

Marietta | ★★★★★

“The view was absolutely stunning — the property is nestled on top of a hill overlooking a beautiful valley, and having breakfast on the patio while watching hot air balloons float over the mountains was an experience beyond words. The modern decor and private theater room made every evening just as special.”

VIEW HOME


The Reserve at Polo Villas #12 | Coachella Valley, CA

Noah | ★★★★★

“The house was MASSIVE — much bigger than it even looked in the photos, with huge bedrooms almost all featuring en-suite bathrooms. The villa was tastefully decorated with all new furniture, and the kitchen and dining spaces were perfect for our group of 12.”

VIEW HOME


Lighthouse | Isle of Palms, SC

Randall | ★★★★★

“The house is fantastic — a beautiful oceanfront deck with a great pool, a well-stocked kitchen, plus a pool table and foosball table for the group. Very comfortable beds and furniture throughout.”

VIEW HOME

Elevating Guest Experience with AvantStay

A high-quality guest experience is the backbone of a successful vacation rental business. Why not partner with the leading hospitality platform to bring that to your vacation rental? 

We ensure that each home is stocked with anything guests might need during their stay, including an array of high-quality consumables and thoughtful, localized welcome packages. If guests need additional supplies or want to begin their stay with a fully stocked fridge, they can easily request that upgrade via our app. 

AvantStay guests also have access to 24/7 live support via SMS, email, or phone, and we troubleshoot every issue to ensure they are well cared for so you can sit back and relax. By resolving 90% of guest issues on the first call, we receive higher ratings and better guest satisfaction scores than any other manager in the space.

Interested in learning more about how AvantStay delivers a premium experience that leaves guests eager to book again? Our team is ready to help.

Get in touch with our vacation rental management experts today!

7 Best Nashville Bachelorette Airbnb Rentals in Pink and Glam

Nashville has become the top destination for bachelorette parties across the country. Music City offers honky-tonk nightlife, Instagram-worthy spots, and a southern feel that makes every bride squad feel like superstars. 

The secret to an amazing bach weekend isn’t just the destination, but it’s where you stay. These carefully handpicked Nashville bachelorette Airbnb rentals offer more than just a place to sleep.

These homes are your best base for glam sessions, pregame cocktails, and making lasting memories with your girlies before saying “I do.”

Best Pink Nashville Bachelorette Airbnb Homes

Here are your pink and glam headquarters, where morning starts with champagne, evening begins with getting ready together, and where to crash after Broadway bar crawls. 

Last Rodeo Suite

Can fit up to 12 Guests | 4 bedrooms and 3 bathrooms

Putting you in the center of your own pink cowgirl fantasy, Last Rodeo Suite has a stunning design that screams bachelorette party goals. This award-winning retreat features a gorgeous pink theme with disco balls, neon signs, and Instagram-worthy angles throughout every room. 

Best Home Features:

  • Dedicated photo wall with ring lighting, glam backdrop, and props
  • Stunning rooftop patio with sun loungers, seating area, and outdoor dining table
  • Just 10-15 minutes from Downtown Nashville and the Broadway

Why You’ll Love Last Rodeo Suite: Every detail in this home was curated specifically for bachelorette parties and girls’ trips. The interior design screams pink, and your bride tribe will definitely love capturing picture-perfect memories here.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“My bachelorette party and I had a wonderful stay here! If I’m being honest, the place was better than we expected. It was so cute and perfect for the weekend having everything we needed! We even ran out of dishwasher tabs and they wasted no time to provide us with more to ensure we kept everything clean! Would definitely recommend this spot as it’s not far from downtown, felt safe and was within walking distance from some great restaurants (Edlys BBQ & Bar Taco). Thanks for such a great, comfortable stay!” – Hannah S.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Doralee

Can fit up to 10 Guests | 3 bedrooms and 3 bathrooms

Doralee channels Dolly Parton’s energy in this multi-story retreat that invites your bride squad into playful lighting and unique decor throughout. The dining area and gourmet chef’s kitchen make it perfect for group brunches and celebrating with champagne.

Best Home Features:

  • Crown jewel rooftop terrace with BBQ grill, firepit table, and pavilion dining
  • Mini putting green for an additional entertainment option
  • Stone’s throw location from Downtown Nashville and Music Row

Why You’ll Love Doralee: The rooftop terrace becomes your private stage for unforgettable bachelorette moments, whether you’re basking in the sun, grilling up delights, or gathering around the firepit for late-night conversations with your bride tribe.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“The house was absolutely beautiful! The neighborhood felt safe, and while it wasn’t necessarily walkable to any main restaurants, all the ubers were so cheap and it was very quick to get places. Everything in the house was super aesthetic and it was great that every bedroom had a bathroom too. We had 7 girls stay here for a bachelorette and it was perfect!” – Ruby C.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Outrider Bachelorette Escape

Can fit up to 24 Guests | 8 bedrooms and 6 bathrooms

Outrider Bachelorette Escape offers the best Nashville bach experience with an exclusive buyout of two complete units just five minutes from Broadway. Your group will have the perfect backdrop for a full slumber party experience and your final fling before the ring festivities.

Best Home Features:

  • Communal rooftop perfect for group hangs and sipping cocktails
  • Two fully equipped kitchens for whipping up group brunches
  • Just five minutes from Broadway’s neon lights and live music scene

Why You’ll Love Outrider Bachelorette Escape: Designed specifically for bachelorette celebrations with playful, chic, and feminine decor, this massive retreat gives your large bride squad double the space with two glam rooms to get party-ready with hair and makeup stations. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“We stayed in the buy out of 1022 and 1024 for my best friends bachelorette! The units met our needs with 15 guest and check was easy. We had no complaints about our stay.” – Ryann B.

“We had the best time! Definitely would recommend staying here for your bach party!!” – Caleigh MP.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Hart Suite Buyout 8

Can fit up to 16 Guests | 6 bedrooms and 4 bathrooms

Giving your bride squad the comfort of home with way more fun through this stylish townhouse buyout of two units, Hart Suite 8 is a Nashville buyout retreat that includes locally inspired artwork, a record player, and a guitar that add authentic Music City vibes to your bach weekend. 

Best Home Features:

  • Full kitchen and laundry facilities with fun details like record player and guitar
  • Spacious, comfortable bedrooms perfect for post-Broadway recovery
  • Easy 10-minute drive to Broadway Street’s lively bar scene

Why You’ll Love Hart Suite: The 2-story townhouses’ layout gives your group plenty of space to spread out while maintaining that cozy feeling where everyone can gather for group bonding and bach party sessions.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“Great stay at this stylish spot! Just a short Uber to Broadway and 12th Avenue—perfect location for exploring Nashville. The place was clean, comfy, and had fun touches like a record player that added to the vibe. Would definitely stay here again!” – Deanna B.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Wildest Dreams Loft

Can fit up to 14 Guests | 4 bedrooms and 3 bathrooms

Be glitter-filled and burst with bold colors and playful accents at the Wildest Dreams Loft. And channel different T.S. eras while giving your bride squad the perfect stage to celebrate. This chic retreat features vibrant murals, plush sofas, and photo-ready backdrops throughout every room. 

Best Home Features:

  • Pink neon signs, cowboy hat accents, and a mini game nook
  • A glam vanity framed with glowing lights and has big mirrors
  • Located in a walkable area with The Gulch, SoBro, and Downtown

Why You’ll Love Wildest Dreams Loft: You’ll feel like living straight out of an album cover, as this home has statement décor and backdrops. It is perfect for capturing you and your group’s pop-star energy and a bach party that everyone will remember forever.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“This was an absolutely stellar stay from start to finish. From the time we booked until after we checked out, communication was incredible. We received full, clear instructions on everything about the stay. We also received a ton of recommendations for all types of vacation options nearby and in the Nashville area. From dining to drinking to attractions, & everything in between, we had ideas about things to do our entire stay. The space had easy parking and was very accessible. Inside it was very spacious, and we accommodated nine very easily. There were great common spaces and private rooms, and a fantastic outdoor terrace. The entire space was super clean, and there were a number of amenities provided, from drinking glasses to cookware, paper towels, and bathroom needs (even a guitar + record player!). Anytime we had any questions, the hosts were ultra-responsive (we’re talking minutes) even on the weekend, and they answered all of our needs just as quickly. Couldn’t recommend more!” – Scott S.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Magnolia #1

Can fit up to 12 Guests | 4 bedrooms and 3 bathrooms

Experience Victorian and 19th-century vibes at The Magnolia. This two-story home has red-brick exteriors and is located in a historic part of town. Your bach squad can explore converted warehouse boutiques and indulge in incredible restaurants right outside your door.

Best Home Features:

  • Elegant furnishings with a fully equipped kitchen and in-suite laundry
  • Board games for indoor fun and a shared courtyard for outdoor relaxation
  • Prime Germantown location and just a 10-minute Uber drive away from Broadway

Why You’ll Love The Magnolia #1: The neighborhood here puts your group in the heart of Nashville’s culinary scene, where you can discover local flavors like brisket at Butchertown Hall and oysters at Henrietta Red without traveling far from your bach headquarters.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“The place was excellent and exactly how it was listed. The communication with host was impeccable. The location is close to a lot of nice restaurants, bars, clubs and parks. Had parking right in front which made it so easy to unload. The place was clean and pleasant. I’ll definitely recommend it to other friends and family members, and I’ll for sure come back as well. Thank you” – Simoní S.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Conway D204

Can fit up to 14 Guests | 4 bedrooms and 3 bathrooms

Just a 5-minute Uber to Broadway’s excitement, Conway D204 is your Music City getaway home. The two living areas let your bride squad spread out while the modern kitchen with island seating becomes perfect for group meals and champagne toasts.

Best Home Features:

  • Private rooftop patio with outdoor lounging and dining setup
  • Two living areas and a modern kitchen with a breakfast nook
  • Heart of Downtown location within walking distance to local bars and restaurants

Why You’ll Love Conway D204: The rooftop area provides a private and all-day space where your bach party can gather for alfresco dinners, and end nights telling stories while sipping evening cocktails, with stunning city views as your backdrop.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying: 

“We had the most amazing girls’ trip this past weekend! The property was absolutely perfect — spacious, clean, and super comfortable. There were six of us, and we never once felt crowded. The home had everything we needed and more, which made our stay incredibly easy and enjoyable. The location was a huge bonus! Just 10 minutes from Broadway Street, great restaurants, and plenty of shopping — it couldn’t have been more convenient. We were all so impressed and truly felt right at home. Highly recommend this place, and we will definitely be booking with them again for our next trip!” Mary K.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Plan the Perfect Nashville Bachelorette Weekend

Nashville has earned its nickname “Nashvegas” for good reason, as this city knows how to show bach parties an unforgettable time. To make sure your soon-to-be-bride gets the most out of every moment, start by knowing the essentials first, such as the best things to do in Nashville or this quick guide below.

Getting Around Music City

Music City has a vibrant nightlife with incredible food and that famous southern hospitality that makes every visitor feel welcome. And most Nashville bachelorette activities happen within a small area spanning Downtown, Broadway, The Gulch, and nearby neighborhoods. 

Walking works well during daytime exploring, but comfortable shoes are essential since Nashville involves lots of walking between venues. The city’s free Music City Circuit buses connect major areas, though most bach parties prefer rideshares for convenience and group travel.

Rideshare services work great for bachelorette parties, but expect higher prices during peak nightlife hours on weekends. Many groups also rent party buses instead for bar crawls to keep the celebration going between stops.

Related: Best Music Museums in Nashville

When to Book Your Bach Weekend

Nashville’s bachelorette season runs year-round, but spring and fall offer the best weather for rooftop parties and outdoor activities. Summer brings the hottest nightlife scene but also the biggest crowds on Broadway. Winter bach parties get cozy fireside vibes and fewer tourists competing for the best spots.

Our best tip is to book your Nashville Airbnb at least 3-4 months in advance, especially for spring weekends and major Nashville events like the CMA Music Festival. The best bach-friendly properties fill up quickly because Nashville hosts thousands of bachelorette parties every year!

Related: The Best Time to Visit Nashville

Must-Do Bachelorette Activities

Broadway Street offers the classic Nashville bach experience with multi-level honky-tonk bars featuring live music and dancing. Popular stops include Tootsie’s Orchid Lounge, The Stage on Broadway, and Honky Tonk Central for that authentic country music vibe your bride squad came for.

Beyond Broadway, plan group activities like pedal tavern tours, rooftop bars with skyline views, and photo sessions at Nashville’s famous murals. The Country Music Hall of Fame also offers bach-friendly group experiences, while neighborhoods like The Gulch provide upscale dining and sophisticated nightlife options.

Related: Nashville Bachelorette Guide

Book the Best Nashville Bachelorette Experience

Your bride-to-be deserves a celebration as special as she is, and these carefully curated rentals provide the glamorous home base where your bach weekend dreams become a reality. 

From Broadway’s neon-lit bars to rooftop cocktails with skyline views, Nashville has the best bach-friendly and pink and glam properties. 

Don’t wait until the last minute, as these rentals book up fast, especially during peak bachelorette season. Secure your Nashville bachelorette Airbnb today! 

BBook now and experience the best bach with AvantStay!

The Cheapest Way to Vacation With a Big Group Without Sacrificing Quality in 2026

You’ve been calculating group trip costs wrong, and it’s costing everyone more money than necessary. Cheapest way to vacation with groups flips the script on per-room pricing and focuses on per-person rates instead. When eight people need four hotel rooms at $150 each, you’re spending $75 per person just for a place to sleep with no shared space. Book one vacation rental at $400 and everyone pays $50, gaining a full kitchen, living areas, and $200 in group savings that can go toward activities or meals.

TLDR:

  • Vacation rentals cost $50-80 per person versus $85-90 per person for hotel rooms when traveling in groups.
  • A $2,000 villa split among 8 people runs $250 each, less than a single mid-range hotel room.
  • Full kitchens save groups $800+ on a 4-day trip by cooking just breakfast and two dinners.
  • Book 90+ days out and during shoulder season to drop rates 20-30% below peak pricing.
  • AvantStay manages 2,300+ properties with 4+ bedrooms designed for group travel.

The Per-Person Economics of Group Travel: Why Hotels Don’t Add Up

When you’re planning a trip for eight people, the hotel math gets painful fast. Four couples need four separate rooms, and even at a modest $150 per night, you’re looking at $600 total. That’s $75 per person just for a place to sleep, with no shared space to actually hang out together.

Now picture a vacation rental at $400 per night for the whole property. Split eight ways, that’s $50 per person. You’ve saved $200 as a group, and you get a full kitchen, living room, outdoor space, and the ability to actually spend time together without cramming into someone’s hotel room.

Vacation rentals win on pure economics when you’re traveling with friends or family. The more people you add, the better the per-person rate becomes. A $2,000 luxury villa that sleeps 12? That’s about $167 per person, often less than a single mid-range hotel room.

Understanding the True Cost of Hotels for Large Groups in 2026

Hotels cost more than ever in 2026. Mid-range hotels average $171 per night across the USA, with peak season rates jumping to $318 per room.

For your group of 10 needing five rooms, you’re looking at $855 per night at average rates. During high season, that climbs to $1,590 nightly. A long weekend costs $4,770 before anyone eats breakfast or plans an activity.

These prices exclude resort fees and parking. You’ll also deal with scattered rooms across different floors and hotel common areas that close at 10 PM, forcing your group to coordinate whose room to gather in.

Vacation Rentals: The Budget-Friendly Alternative for Groups

Vacation rentals solve the group travel puzzle that hotels can’t. 56% of travelers say vacation rentals work better for larger groups or families, and the reasons go beyond just price.

You get actual living space where everyone can gather without feeling cramped. Multiple bathrooms mean no morning lineup. Bedrooms spread across different floors give couples and families privacy while keeping the group under one roof. Full kitchens let you cook breakfast together or prep snacks without ordering room service for 10 people.

Accommodation Type

Average Cost Per Person

Shared Common Space

Kitchen Access

Group Capacity

Best For

Hotels (Multiple Rooms)

$85-90 per night

Limited to lobby and common areas with restricted hours

None, must eat out or order room service

Unlimited but rooms scattered across property

Business groups needing individual privacy with minimal shared time

Vacation Rentals (AvantStay)

$50-80 per night

Full living rooms, dining areas, outdoor patios, game rooms

Fully equipped kitchens with appliances and cookware

4-30+ guests in single property

Families and friend groups wanting quality time together with hotel-level amenities and management

Hostels (Private Group Rooms)

$30-50 per night

Shared communal spaces with other guests, limited privacy

Basic shared kitchens with limited equipment

6-12 guests per private room

Budget-focused young travelers willing to sacrifice comfort and privacy

Campground Cabins

$15-40 per night

Outdoor areas only, minimal indoor gathering space

None, communal facilities separate from cabin

6-12 guests with basic shelter

Outdoor enthusiasts prioritizing nature access over indoor comfort

The real shift happens when you stop thinking per-room and start thinking per-bedroom. A six-bedroom rental sleeping 12 people costs the same total whether it’s three couples and six kids or 12 college friends. Split that nightly rate by bedrooms or by heads, and luxury becomes accessible.

How to Calculate Your Per-Person Cost for Group Accommodations

Start with the nightly rate of your rental, then divide by the number of people. That’s your per-person accommodation cost. Compare that number to what each person would pay for their share of hotel rooms.

For six people needing three hotel rooms at $171 each, you’re spending $513 total, or $85.50 per person. A three-bedroom rental at $350 per night drops that to $58 per person, saving $27 each or $162 as a group per night.

Scale up to 10 people and five hotel rooms cost $855 ($85.50 per person). A five-bedroom rental at $600 per night runs just $60 per person, pocketing your group $255 in savings daily.

With 15 people, eight hotel rooms run $1,368 total ($91 per person) while an eight-bedroom estate at $1,200 per night works out to $80 per person. Larger groups unlock better rates because you’re spreading fixed costs across more travelers.

The Hidden Value of Shared Amenities in Group Rentals

Vacation rentals save money beyond the nightly rate through amenities hotels charge extra for. Full kitchens cut the need to eat every meal out. For a group of eight over a four-day trip, cooking just breakfast and two dinners saves around $800 compared to restaurant prices.

Vacation rental guests cite cost savings and kitchen access as top motivators. You can prep morning coffee, pack snacks for outings, and cook group dinners without dropping $200 every time everyone gets hungry. In-unit laundry means packing lighter and rewearing clothes without paying hotel laundry fees. Game rooms, pools, and fire pits become free entertainment instead of paying for group activities every evening.

Booking Strategies to Secure the Best Group Rental Rates

Book at least 90 days out for the best selection and rates. Popular destinations fill up fast during peak season, and early booking locks in lower prices before demand spikes. Off-peak and shoulder season travel can drop rates 20-30% compared to summer or holiday weekends.

Check multiple booking channels. Direct booking sites sometimes offer better rates than OTAs, while other times third-party sites run promotions. Compare rates across Airbnb, Vrbo, and partner sites to find the best deal for your dates.

Filter by bedroom count and maximum occupancy to find properties sized for your group. Look for listings with multiple primary suites, which give couples and families privacy worth paying slightly more for. Properties with standout amenities like pools, game rooms, or outdoor kitchens deliver better per-dollar value because they keep your group entertained on-site instead of paying for activities elsewhere.

Large Capacity Properties: More Bedrooms, Lower Cost Per Person

Properties with six or more bedrooms seem expensive at first glance. A 10-bedroom estate at $3,000 per night sounds like a splurge until you realize it sleeps 20 people. That’s $150 per person, competitive with budget hotels that offer a fraction of the space and amenities.

The counter-intuitive truth: bigger properties cost less per person. An eight-bedroom home at $1,800 per night splits to $112 per person for 16 guests, while a four-bedroom at $800 splits to $100 per person for just eight guests. You’re getting double the space and amenities for barely more per person.

AvantStay manages properties that sleep 30+ guests, where groups split costs down to $75-$100 per person while enjoying private pools, game rooms, and outdoor entertainment spaces that would cost thousands to access separately.

Alternative Accommodation Options Beyond Traditional Vacation Rentals

If you’re willing to trade comfort for savings, hostels with private group rooms can run $30-50 per person per night. You’ll share bathrooms with other guests and lose access to kitchens and common areas, which makes group bonding harder.

Campground cabins at state parks and private sites offer basic shelter for groups of 6-12, typically priced between $100-250 nightly. These come with minimal furnishings and communal facilities, but they suit outdoor-focused groups who don’t need home comforts.

Some travelers book entire motel floors or cluster RV rentals at glamping sites. While creative, these options lack the shared kitchens and living spaces that actually bring groups together during downtime.

For groups who refuse to choose between price and experience, whole-home vacation rentals remain the sweet spot. You get privacy, full amenities, and per-person pricing that undercuts hotels while keeping everyone comfortable under one roof.

The Group Travel Boom: Why More People Are Choosing Shared Trips

Group travel isn’t a passing trend. Bookings rose 21% in Q1 2025 as families and friend groups shifted away from solo trips toward shared experiences.

The reasons go beyond saving money. After years apart, people want to celebrate milestones together: birthdays, graduations, weddings, and reunions. Groups of 8-15 now book entire homes for Friendsgiving weekends and multi-family getaways that were once considered rare.

Younger travelers especially view group trips as the norm. Splitting a rental among seven friends costs less than separate hotel rooms while creating better memories. The shared kitchen, living spaces, and private outdoor areas matter more than individual privacy.

This shift continues to grow as more groups realize the math: dividing rental costs by people instead of rooms makes luxury vacations surprisingly affordable.

How AvantStay Delivers Premium Group Experiences at Per-Person Prices That Beat Hotels

We manage 2,300+ properties built for groups who want quality without the hotel price tag. Every home includes 4+ bedrooms, multiple primary suites, and amenities like pools and game rooms that you’d pay extra to access elsewhere.

The per-person math works in your favor. A $2,000 villa split among eight people runs $250 each, often less than a single hotel room. You get professional management, consistent cleanliness standards, and 24/7 support through our Butler app.

Our properties maximize shared value through fully stocked kitchens, outdoor patios and fire pits, and layouts designed for groups to actually spend time together. You get premium group travel at per-person rates that beat hotels.

Final Thoughts on Group Travel Economics

The difference between hotel clusters and whole-home rentals becomes obvious once you divide by people. Group vacations without hotel rooms costs less per person while giving you more space, better amenities, and actual time together. Your group saves money on rooms and meals while gaining the kind of shared experiences that make trips memorable. Check availability for your dates and group size to see how the per-person rates compare to what you’re used to paying.

FAQ

How much can a group actually save by choosing a vacation rental over hotels?

For a group of 10, you’ll typically save $255 per night by booking a five-bedroom rental at $600 versus five hotel rooms at $171 each. That’s over $1,000 in savings for a four-night trip, plus you get kitchen access to cut meal costs by hundreds more.

What’s the ideal group size to get the best per-person rate on a rental?

Groups of 8-16 people hit the sweet spot where per-person costs drop to $75-150 per night in properties with premium amenities, making luxury surprisingly affordable compared to budget hotels at $85+ per person.

When should I book a group rental to get the lowest rates?

Book at least 90 days before your trip to lock in lower prices and better selection, and consider shoulder season travel to save 20-30% compared to peak summer or holiday rates.

Can cooking in a vacation rental really make a difference in trip costs?

Yes, and cooking just breakfast and two dinners for a group of eight over four days saves around $800 compared to eating every meal at restaurants, making the kitchen one of your biggest money-saving amenities.

How do I know if a larger property will actually cost less per person?

Divide the nightly rate by maximum occupancy to get your per-person cost: an eight-bedroom home at $1,800 sleeping 16 people ($112 per person) often beats a four-bedroom at $800 sleeping 8 ($100 per person) while giving you double the space and better amenities.

The Best Time to Visit Charleston

Step into a city where history whispers from every cobblestone street and southern charm flows as freely as sweet tea on a summer porch. From the famous Rainbow Row with its colorful historic houses to the enchanting Spanish moss draped over ancient oak trees, Charleston is the South Carolina gem that offers visitors a true taste of the Old South with modern sophistication. 

Experience the elegant antebellum architecture, world-class dining, and breathtaking coastal beauty. And if you’re drawn to horse-drawn carriage tours through historic districts, award-winning restaurants, or stunning beaches are just minutes away. Indeed, Charleston creates magic at every turn.

This coastal city transforms beautifully throughout the year, giving travelers different experiences depending on when they choose to explore its treasures. Each season brings its own special appeal to the Holy City, from blooming azaleas in spring to perfect beach weather in summer.

Stroll through historic plantations, sample incredible Lowcountry cuisine, or simply soak up the charm of the French Quarter. Here’s your complete guide to choosing when to visit Charleston for your perfect Southern adventure.

About Charleston, SC

Charleston sits beautifully on South Carolina’s coast, where the Ashley and Cooper Rivers meet the Atlantic Ocean. This city is famous for its historic charm, incredible food scene, and friendly Southern hospitality. The Historic District alone has over 2,800 historic buildings, making it one of America’s best-preserved colonial cities.

Charleston enjoys a subtropical climate with mild winters and warm, sunny summers. Temperatures typically vary from 43°F to 89°F and rarely go below 30°F or above 94°F. The city gets plenty of sunshine year-round, though summers can feel humid and sticky.

Charleston Travel Seasons at a Glance

Learning Charleston’s seasonal patterns helps you pick the perfect time for your Southern getaway. Here’s when the city gets busy and when you’ll have more space to explore.

Peak Times: March to May and October

Spring brings perfect weather and blooming gardens, making it Charleston’s busiest tourist season. October offers ideal fall weather without summer’s heat and humidity. Hotels book up early and prices reach their highest during these popular months.

Great Times: September, November, and February

These shoulder months offer nice weather with fewer crowds than peak season. You’ll find better hotel deals and shorter lines at popular attractions while still enjoying comfortable temperatures for sightseeing.

Quieter Times: December, January, June to August

Winter months have the fewest tourists and best hotel prices, though some attractions may have shorter hours. Summer brings hot, humid weather that keeps some visitors away, but it’s perfect for beach activities.

Why Visit Charleston?

Charleston offers way more than just historic tours and southern food, though those are amazing, too. You can explore incredible museums like the Charleston Museum, America’s first museum, or spend your day at beautiful beaches like Folly Beach and Isle of Palms.

The city’s food scene goes far beyond traditional southern cooking. You’ll find everything from innovative farm-to-table restaurants to cozy cafes serving perfect shrimp and grits. Charleston’s different neighborhoods each offer unique experiences – from the trendy Upper King Street area to the romantic French Quarter.

Charleston loves the outdoors with beautiful parks, harbor tours, and nearby plantation gardens. The city’s location means you’re always close to both history and nature. Charleston also serves as a perfect base for exploring the South Carolina Lowcountry with its stunning landscapes and charming coastal towns.

The mild climate supports outdoor activities most of the year, with festivals, markets, and outdoor dining happening across the seasons.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Charleston

  • Charleston in January: Cool winter weather, fewest crowds, cozy indoor attractions
  • Charleston in February: Mild temperatures return, still quiet, great for museums
  • Charleston in March: Spring begins, gardens start blooming, crowds increase
  • Charleston in April: Perfect spring weather, peak garden season, busy tourist time
  • Charleston in May: Beautiful warm days, Spoleto Festival season, ideal temperatures
  • Charleston in June: Summer heat starts, humid weather, fewer tourists
  • Charleston in July: Hottest month, very humid, great for beach activities
  • Charleston in August: Peak summer heat, most rainfall, perfect swimming weather
  • Charleston in September: Heat starts easing, fewer crowds, nice for exploring
  • Charleston in October: Perfect fall weather, comfortable temperatures, popular time
  • Charleston in November: Cool, comfortable days, fewer tourists, beautiful weather
  • Charleston in December: Cool winter weather, holiday decorations, quiet season

When Is the Best Time to Visit Charleston?

The best time to visit Charleston is March through May and October through November. During these months, temperatures stay comfortably between the 60s and 80s, making it perfect for walking tours, garden visits, and outdoor dining. You get beautiful weather, manageable crowds, and great conditions for all the activities Charleston offers.

These shoulder seasons give you many benefits, like comfortable weather, reasonable crowd levels, and the best conditions for experiencing Charleston’s outdoor attractions and historic sites.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring shows Charleston at its absolute best. The city comes alive in the spring with perfect weather and gorgeous blooming gardens everywhere. Daily temperatures reach comfortable highs around 80°F, with nights rarely dropping below 50°F, and rainfall stays moderate.

This season offers perfect conditions for Charleston’s outdoor attractions, from walking tours through the Historic District to visiting famous plantations and their stunning gardens. The pleasant temperatures make spring ideal for carriage rides, outdoor dining, and rooftop bar visits without summer’s intense heat and humidity.

Charleston Weather in Spring

  • March: 48°F (low) / 69°F (high) | Rain: 3.2 inches
  • April: 55°F (low) / 76°F (high) | Rain: 2.8 inches
  • May: 64°F (low) / 83°F (high) | Rain: 3.5 inches

Things to Do in Charleston During Spring

Spring weather makes every Charleston activity more enjoyable. Garden tours become spectacular as azaleas, camellias, and other flowers bloom throughout the city. Walking tours through historic neighborhoods are comfortable without summer’s oppressive heat.

The comfortable temperatures make spring perfect for exploring different areas like the French Quarter, King Street shopping, and waterfront parks. Spring evenings are ideal for harbor cruises, outdoor concerts, and romantic dining on restaurant patios.

Charleston Events in Spring

  • Charleston Wine + Food Festival (March) – Major culinary celebration with famous chefs
  • Charleston Fashion Week (March) – Fashion shows and designer events throughout the city
  • Cooper River Bridge Run (April) – Major 10K race across the iconic bridge
  • Spoleto Festival USA (May-June) – World-renowned performing arts festival

Local Eats in Charleston During Spring

Spring offers perfect weather for exploring Charleston’s incredible food scene outdoors. Restaurant patios and outdoor dining areas provide ideal settings, while the comfortable temperatures make it easy to walk between different neighborhoods, sampling everything from shrimp and grits to she-crab soup.

Charleston Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts many visitors, especially during festival season, so book hotels and popular restaurants well ahead of time. Pack layers as temperatures can change from morning to evening. This is the best time for first-time visitors to experience Charleston’s famous charm and hospitality.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer brings hot, humid weather with highs regularly reaching the upper 80s to low 90s and lows staying in the comfortable 70s. The season gets the most rainfall, especially in August. This time offers long daylight hours for sightseeing and perfect conditions for beach activities.

Summer provides great beach weather and many outdoor events, though it also brings intense heat, humidity, and afternoon thunderstorms. You’ll enjoy extended daylight hours and warm evenings perfect for outdoor dining, once the heat eases.

Charleston Weather in Summer

  • June: 72°F (low) / 87°F (high) | Rain: 5.8 inches
  • July: 76°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Rain: 6.7 inches
  • August: 76°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Rain: 7.2 inches

Things to Do in Charleston During Summer

Summer activities focus on Charleston’s beaches and indoor attractions during the hottest parts of the day. Folly Beach and Isle of Palms offer perfect conditions for swimming, surfing, and beach relaxation. Many indoor attractions, like museums and historic houses, provide air-conditioned relief.

The warm weather is great for harbor tours and sunset cruises. Many restaurants expand their outdoor seating with fans and misters. Summer evenings are perfect for outdoor activities once temperatures cool down after sunset.

Charleston Events in Summer

  • Folly Beach Sea and Sand Festival (June) – Beach celebration with live music
  • Charleston Harbor Fest (July) – Waterfront festival with food and entertainment
  • MOJA Arts Festival (September-October) – Celebration of African American and Caribbean culture
  • Sunset Serenade Concerts (June-August) – Free outdoor concerts in Marion Square

Local Eats in Charleston During Summer

Summer dining focuses on refreshing foods perfect for hot weather. Many restaurants offer expanded outdoor seating with cooling systems, while beachside spots create perfect casual dining experiences. This is a great time for enjoying Charleston’s famous sweet tea and frozen cocktails.

Charleston Travel Tips During Summer

Summer requires planning around heat and humidity. Pack lightweight, breathable clothing and always carry water. Plan indoor activities during peak heat hours (noon to 4 PM) and save outdoor exploring for early mornings and evenings.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall represents one of Charleston’s most pleasant seasons, especially October and November. The weather becomes more comfortable with moderate temperatures, lower humidity, and manageable crowds. This season offers some of Charleston’s most perfect conditions with beautiful weather and reasonable tourist levels.

Fall keeps comfortable temperatures perfect for all outdoor activities, while the oppressive summer heat and humidity begin to fade. The season offers great value with moderate crowds and gorgeous weather for city exploration.

Charleston Weather in Fall

  • September: 71°F (low) / 84°F (high) | Rain: 4.5 inches
  • October: 61°F (low) / 78°F (high) | Rain: 2.8 inches
  • November: 52°F (low) / 71°F (high) | Rain: 2.1 inches

Things to Do in Charleston During Fall

Fall provides excellent conditions for all Charleston activities. Walking tours become comfortable again, and garden visits are pleasant without summer’s heat. Cultural attractions and historic sites offer perfect environments for visiting without summer crowds.

The stable weather makes fall ideal for neighborhood exploration, from French Quarter strolls to King Street shopping excursions. Fall evenings are perfect for outdoor dining and harbor cruises with stunning weather conditions.

Charleston Events in Fall

  • Charleston Food & Wine Festival (October) – Another major culinary celebration
  • MOJA Arts Festival (September-October) – African American and Caribbean cultural festival
  • Ghost Tours Season (October) – Popular haunted history tours throughout the city
  • Charleston International Film Festival (November) – Independent film celebration

Local Eats in Charleston During Fall

Fall dining showcases seasonal ingredients and comfortable outdoor dining conditions. Restaurant patios provide perfect settings, and the pleasant weather makes it easy to explore Charleston’s diverse neighborhoods and their unique food offerings.

Charleston Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers great weather and crowd balance, with October being especially popular. Pack light layers for temperature changes throughout the day. Take advantage of shoulder season rates and less crowded attractions during this ideal time.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter brings mild conditions with average temperatures from the 40s to mid-60s. The city experiences its driest season with occasional cool spells. This season offers unique experiences like holiday decorations and cozy indoor attractions.

Winter provides comfortable temperatures for sightseeing and cultural activities. The season offers great value with the smallest crowds and lowest hotel rates of the year.

Charleston Weather in Winter

  • December: 45°F (low) / 64°F (high) | Rain: 2.7 inches
  • January: 43°F (low) / 61°F (high) | Rain: 2.9 inches
  • February: 47°F (low) / 65°F (high) | Rain: 2.8 inches

Things to Do in Charleston During Winter

Winter activities take advantage of mild temperatures and clear air. Museums and historic houses become especially appealing, while walking tours offer comfortable conditions without summer heat. Many outdoor activities remain possible during Charleston’s mild winter days.

The comfortable conditions make winter perfect for exploring antique shops, art galleries, and cozy restaurants. Winter evenings are perfect for intimate dining experiences and indoor entertainment.

Charleston Events in Winter

  • Charleston International Antiques Show (January) – Premier antiques and art show
  • Lowcountry Oyster Festival (January) – Celebration of local oyster culture
  • Charleston Restaurant Week (January) – Special menus at top restaurants
  • Holiday Festival of Lights (December) – Beautiful light displays at James Island County Park

Local Eats in Charleston During Winter

Winter dining features hearty comfort foods and cozy restaurant experiences throughout Charleston’s neighborhoods. Many places offer special winter menus, and the mild weather still allows for enjoyable patio dining on warmer days.

Charleston Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers excellent value with the smallest crowds and reasonable hotel rates. Pack layers for temperature changes and light rain gear for occasional showers. Take advantage of cultural events and indoor attractions during the cooler season.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Charleston (By Interest)

Charleston’s diverse attractions and generally favorable climate make timing important for getting the most out of specific experiences. Here’s when to visit based on what you want to do:

For Smallest Crowds: January to February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Fewest Crowds

Winter months provide the most space at popular attractions. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday during any season helps you avoid weekend crowds at historic sites and popular restaurants.

For Perfect Weather: March to May and October to November

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Ideal Weather

These periods offer optimal temperatures, moderate rainfall, and comfortable humidity levels without summer’s oppressive heat or winter’s occasional cool spells.

For Beach Activities: May to September

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Swimming and Beach Fun

Warmest temperatures and longest days make these months perfect for Folly Beach, Isle of Palms, and other nearby beaches for swimming, surfing, and beach relaxation.

For Festival Experiences: March and May to June

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Major Events

Charleston Wine + Food Festival in March and Spoleto Festival USA in May-June represent Charleston’s biggest cultural events, bringing world-class experiences to the city.

For Garden Tours: March to May and October to November

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Gardens and Plantations

Perfect temperatures and blooming seasons create ideal conditions for exploring Charleston’s famous gardens at Magnolia Plantation, Middleton Place, and throughout the city.

For Best Value: December to February and June to August

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Budget Travel

Off-peak periods offer big savings on hotels and attractions while still providing enjoyable weather and experiences, though summer brings heat and humidity.

For Historic Tours: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Charleston for Walking Tours and History

Comfortable temperatures and pleasant weather create perfect conditions for exploring Charleston’s historic district, taking carriage tours, and visiting historic sites.

Where to Stay in Charleston

Find places to stay that perfectly capture Charleston’s unique historic charm and luxury while providing stunning views and exceptional amenities. Here are incredible Charleston vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay:

  • State St A and State St B – Luxurious downtown apartments in a prime location. 
  • Haven – Beachfront gem on the Atlantic coast with stunning ocean views.
  • Windward House – Mediterranean-inspired Folly Island retreat with saltwater pool.
  • Jessamine – Bright, airy beach house with complete amenities, perfect for groups.
  • Lighthouse – A coastal home right in front of Folly Beach with direct beach access.

Create Your Charleston Itinerary

Ready to plan your Southern adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Charleston experience! Our concierge service can arrange historic tours, restaurant reservations, and unique local experiences that showcase the real Charleston.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get insider tips from locals, and manage your entire stay through one easy platform.

For more inspiration on island activities, explore our comprehensive guide to the best things to do in Charleston. And if you want to explore more of Charleston, check out our guide on the best things to do in North Charleston.

Ready to Plan Your Charleston Adventure?

No matter when you choose to visit, Charleston’s incredible historic charm, amazing food culture, and warm hospitality will create unforgettable memories. The city’s perfect mix of old-world elegance and modern sophistication means every visit offers new discoveries and authentic Southern experiences.

We have the ideal Charleston sanctuary waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible Southern adventures can be when you experience Charleston’s legendary charm, history, and coastal beauty.

FAQs

Is Charleston expensive to visit?

Charleston can be costly during peak seasons (March-May and October) when hotel prices go up because of high demand and perfect weather. However, you can find great value during winter months (December-February) when you’ll get lower rates, smaller crowds, and mild weather perfect for exploring the city’s historic attractions and cozy restaurants.

How crowded does Charleston get?

Peak seasons bring big crowds, especially during major events like Spoleto Festival, when downtown areas, popular restaurants, and historic sites can become very busy. For more relaxed experiences, visit during shoulder seasons (September, November, February) or explore Charleston’s charming neighborhoods and lesser-known attractions during weekdays.

When to avoid Charleston?

Summer months (June-August) bring intense heat and humidity that can make outdoor activities uncomfortable during midday hours, though this is the perfect time for beach activities. March through May sees the biggest crowds and highest prices due to perfect weather and blooming gardens. However, Charleston’s generally pleasant climate and rich culture make it an enjoyable destination year-round with proper planning and realistic expectations about weather and crowds.

12 Best Palm Springs Airbnbs You’ll Wish You Lived In

Warm desert air, stunning mountain views, and the company of your favorite people, all gathered around a beautiful outdoor table, sharing delicious food and creating unforgettable memories–you’ll wish you never have to leave but live in this house. 

Palm Springs is synonymous with sunshine, relaxation, and a laid-back desert lifestyle. A place where time slows down, and the simple pleasures of life take center stage. And what better way to truly soak in the essence of Palm Springs than with a delightful al fresco dining experience?

To help you find the perfect setting for your outdoor feasts, we’ve curated a list of the 12 best Palm Springs Airbnbs that you’ll wish you lived in.

Yellowjacket

4 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

Warm Palm Springs air, a gentle breeze rustling through the palms, and you’re gathered around that picture-perfect covered outdoor dining table. Let’s dial up the al fresco dining vibes for Yellowjacket

Sunlight streams through, casting a golden glow on your laughter-filled brunch, or maybe it’s evening, and you’re enjoying a delicious dinner under the stars, with the majestic Mt. San Jacinto State as a stunning backdrop. This isn’t just a meal; it’s an experience, a chance to truly savor the desert air and connect with your favorite people.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Outdoor dining table
  • Private pool and hot tub
  • Full kitchen with outdoor BBQ grill
  • Fire pit
  • Lawn games such as ladder ball or cornhole
  • Bikes and helmets are available

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Lloyd

4 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

Get ready for some serious fun in the sun at Lloyd, your trendy Palm Springs desert escape! Dive into the refreshing pool, get a little competitive over a game of ping pong, and then gather around the outdoor dining table for some epic al fresco feasts. 

Sunshine, laughters, and delicious food under the desert sky. If you and your crew are all about good times, this is the spot. Cool California desert vibes with high ceilings and a chef’s dream kitchen take up inside the house! But let’s be honest, you’ll be spending most of your time outside, soaking up that Palm Springs energy and making memories.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Al fresco meals by the outdoor dining table
  • Private pool with option to heat
  • Table tennis table
  • Shaded lounge chairs 
  • Pack n’ play & high chair available
  • Parking for 4 cars

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

El Mirador 

3 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

El Mirador is your own personal Palm Springs haven where relaxation and good times flow effortlessly. Lazy mornings start indoors, maybe with a coffee and a good book, but as the day warms up, you’ll be drawn outside to the cool pool waiting for a jump. 

Think sizzling grills, the smell of delicious food filling the air, and the vibrant colors of a sunset as you enjoy dinner with friends. Whether you’re lounging by the pool, getting competitive over a game, or simply enjoying the beautiful weather, this is your best spot to unwind, connect, and truly experience the magic of unforgettable al fresco gatherings.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Summer dining table setup
  • Private pool and hot tub with lounge chairs 
  • Board games and cornhole
  • Pool & pingpong table
  • Fireplace in living room
  • Pack n’ play available

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Villa Valentina

4 Bedrooms | 12 Guests

Roll up to Villa Valentina, and you’re instantly hit with that cool Palm Springs vibe – sleek, modern, but totally chill. It’s like this place just gets you. Tucked right against those incredible mountains, it’s got views for days, and downtown’s just a quick five-minute zip away. 

Let’s be real, the backyard is where it’s at. A private pool begging for a dip, a hot tub for those chill evenings, and this massive patio with a BBQ just screaming for some al fresco action. Seriously, imagine kicking back with your friends and family, music playing, laughing your head off around that outdoor dining table as the sun sets.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Private pool & hot tub with fountain
  • Has a canopy sunbed
  • Outdoor dining patio
  • Built-in BBQ grill
  • Dedicated workspace with printer
  • Close to downtown

*Please note that this house is available for stays of 30 nights or longer.

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Park View

3 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

Just minutes from downtown, Park View is your dream Palm Springs getaway that is perfect for your group. With an amazing outdoor dining setup, ample patio seating, dedicated al fresco dining tables, and a built-in BBQ grill, all begging for memorable meals together.

Spend your sunny days lounging by the sparkling pool and hot tub, and fun evenings playing cornhole on the lawn or by the game room before gathering around the fire pit under the stars. Park View is indeed your ideal spot for an unforgettable escape centered around good times and great outdoor meals.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Private pool & hot tub
  • Al fresco dining tables
  • Fire pit 
  • Built-in BBQ grill and outdoor mini fridge
  • Pool table and foosball
  • Game room with a bunch of arcade game machines

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Catalina

4 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

An oasis within an oasis! Step into Catalina and experience having your own personal paradise where the sprawling backyard and the shimmering pool invite you to spend your sunny days. As the summer evening approaches, gather by the beautiful dining space for an unforgettable al fresco experience. 

With a gazebo and BBQ grill nearby, the outdoor area is designed for pure enjoyment and effortless hosting. When you’re ready to explore, you’ll find world-class golf, fantastic outdoor dining options, and incredible hiking trails just a few drives away. 

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Outdoor dining tables and chairs
  • Swimming pool and sun loungers
  • Jacuzzi with complimentary spa heat
  • Shady gazebo spot 
  • BBQ grill 
  • Pool equipment available

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Gobi

2 Bedrooms | 4 Guests

A colorful ranch-style retreat designed for fun in the sun, introducing Gobi! This place is your own private oasis, surrounded by a brick wall and desert foliage, giving you that perfect sense of seclusion.

Catching incredible sunsets and have a delightful al fresco meal with your loved ones under the wooden pergola – with a grill ready to fire up, you’re all set for delicious meals with a view. When the evening air cools down, come slip into the hot tub and gather around the modern fire pit for some cozy chats and tea.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Wooden pergola for outdoor dining
  • Private pool and hot tub
  • BBQ grill area
  • Modern fire pit area
  • Washer and dryer available
  • Dedicated work desk space

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Palo Verde

3 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

Tucked away on a quiet street, past swaying palms and yucca, Palo Verde is a true gem. It is close to downtown but feels worlds away. A place where the mountains are at your fingertips, and every corner exudes relaxation and peace. 

Throw open the French doors and step into a lush backyard paradise with a deep pool and expansive, well-maintained patios. Palo Verde’s vibrant green landscape contrasts with the desert hues. Enjoy the changing colors of the sky as you gather for a memorable meal by the gardens with your family and friends. 

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Private lap pool
  • Casita with outdoor entrance and patio
  • BBQ grill and fireplace
  • Washer and dryer available
  • Pack n play and high chair available
  • Pet friendly (with pet fee)

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Azul Oasis

4 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

Soak up the Palm Springs sunshine at Azul Oasis, your personal desert retreat just a hop from downtown! This stunning home is practically begging for group getaways, with tons of space to chill and have fun. The al fresco dining – with a grill ready to go and a fantastic outdoor dining table – will set you up for some seriously memorable meals under the desert sky.

Bake up those rays by the huge swimming pool, and then as the evening rolls in, gather around the fire pit or hop in the hot tub for some stargazing. Inside, it’s all bright and open, with two living rooms so everyone can find their chill spot, and a fully stocked kitchen ready for whipping up your favorite dishes.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Private pool and spa
  • Outdoor dining setup with BBQ grilling area
  • Firepit
  • Bocce ball court
  • Inside mini bar
  • Dedicated desk space

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Biskra

3 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

Be charmed by the desert foliage, immense palm trees, and geometric details that transport you back in time (but with modern comforts!). Experience classic Palm Springs chic at Biskra, a sunny, spacious, and secluded mid-century gem designed by local legend Hugh Kaptur! Kaptur designed the pool area to be the best of the best, with a custom-built pool glistening in the sunshine and a gorgeous view. 

Inside, it’s all open-concept, and you’ll be instantly drawn to the backyard where you can slide open the glass doors, grab a cocktail from the kitchen, enjoy an outdoor feast, and step into your own private oasis. 

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Swimming pool with pool loungers
  • Outdoor dining table and chairs
  • Board, cards, and puzzle games
  • BBQ grill
  • Dishwasher, washer, and dryer available
  • Pet friendly (with pet fee)

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Villa Toscana

5 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Villa Toscana is your taste of the Tuscan charm. Nested at the edge of the mountains is your palatial escape for you and your favorite people. Pull up to this gorgeous villa and be greeted by a jaw-dropping sight: a spectacular outdoor living space with swaying palm trees, tall hedges, and a sparkling saltwater pool and spa. 

With easy access to downtown Palm Springs, its stylish restaurants, and bustling atmosphere, Villa Toscana offers the best of both worlds – a secluded oasis with the excitement of the city just minutes away and an unforgettable al fresco dining experience in your booked home.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Spectacular outdoor al fresco setup with BBQ area
  • Saltwater pool and spa
  • Theater room with leather reclining chairs
  • Game room with ping pong and foosball
  • New tile fireplace
  • Close to downtown Palm Springs

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Casa del Colibri

5 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Welcome to the glamorous Casa del Colibri – a historic Palm Springs estate with some seriously dramatic mountain views! Live the high life, just steps from downtown, in a Spanish Colonial Revival that oozes old Hollywood; a place where Bing and Dixie Crosby, and Sammy Davis Jr. once kicked back! 

A featured estate on the Palm Springs Historical Society Celebrity Homes Tour, lounge by the huge saltwater pool, have a friendly game of bocce ball, or gather in the spacious pavilion for some unforgettable al fresco dining. A kaleidoscope of colorful Spanish tiles and cool decor, this Casa is indeed a place to make every moment feel special.

Why You’ll Love It:

  • Pavilion with grilling area
  • Luxe backyard with outdoor dining setup
  • Large saltwater pool and spa
  • Fireplace and fire pit
  • Private pickleball court and bocce ball area
  • Pool table, foosball, and board games

Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price)

Running out of activities? Read our guide on the 33 Things To Do in Palm Springs!

Increase Bookings From Pet Owners: How To Run a Pet-Friendly Vacation Rental

Allowing pets in your vacation rental can be a rewarding decision. It’s no surprise that Americans love their furry friends and loyal travel companions—66% of US households own a pet and since November 2022, over 3 million pets have stayed at an Airbnb. So, why not tap into this large market to fill up your booking calendar and increase your rental income? If you’re on the fence about making your vacation rental pet-friendly, we’ll cover the perks, how to protect your home, and how to drive more bookings from pet owners. 

Why you should allow pets 

There are many benefits that come from allowing pets in vacation rentals. When you partner with AvantStay, your pet-friendly rental will shine on our platform. Only 37% of AvantStay homes allow pets, and we showcase these properties with a dedicated filter and “pet-friendly” icons (check out our pet-friendly vacation rentals collection that makes it easy for travelers to find the perfect pad for their pooch). In addition, owners with pet-friendly homes often enjoy: 

Increased earning potential

Not all vacation rentals allow pets, so you can charge higher ADRs for this special accommodation. You can also charge guests non-refundable pet fees—for example, AvantStay charges $150 per pet

Guests booking longer stays

Because guests won’t have to leave Fido at home, they’ll likely book longer stays without the stress of boarding or finding a pet sitter. 

More repeat guests

Finding the perfect pet-friendly vacation rental can be tough, so guests will likely be eager to book again after having a positive experience at your home. 

How to make your vacation rental pet-friendly

While you may be dwelling on the cons and what-ifs of allowing pets in your vacation home, there are simple measures you can take to protect your rental property and create an exceptional experience for guests and pets alike. 

Keep it clean

Hire a reliable housekeeping team who will thoroughly clean between each stay. Add extra steps to your cleaning checklist for pet-friendly vacation rentals, like deep cleaning the floors and furniture. 

Prepare your space 

Pet-proof your home as much as possible so your vacation rental can go the distance. Invest in HEPA air purifiers to reduce odor and dander, opt for tile or laminate flooring over carpet, purchase washable area rugs, and choose furniture with easy-to-remove (and wash) coverings. In addition, make sure your backyard is secured so pets can enjoy themselves off-leash. 

Update your house rules 

Update your house rules to reflect your pet policy. Be sure to include the number of pets allowed, any weight or breed restrictions, and off-limit areas for animals. If you have any fees or security deposits that cover pet accidents or damages, list those here as well. 

Provide pet-friendly amenities

Impress your guests and reel in five-star ratings by supplying pup-approved amenities. Make sure you include these on your listing page or pre-check-in communications so guests don’t waste time packing them themselves. Consider providing: 

  • Water and food bowls
  • Dog bed
  • Waste bags
  • Chew toys
  • Leash 
  • Grooming supplies
  • Treats 
  • Stain and odor removers

How to boost bookings from pet owners

Once your vacation rental is equipped to welcome pets, showcase it to the world. These simple tips can help you reach more pet owners and increase bookings. 

Update and optimize your listing

When updating your headline and description, incorporate search engine optimization (SEO) strategies to further boost your reach to pet owners. Research search terms (“keywords”) that are popular in your market and add those to your listing. Some examples could be “dog-friendly Joshua Tree vacation rental” or “private beachfront cottage – pets allowed.” 

In addition, entice potential guests to click “book now” by showcasing your pet amenities and listing nearby dog-friendly activities and attractions. Include these in your welcome book and pre-check-in communications so guests can easily access them. 

Market to pet owners  

Give your marketing strategy a revamp to make your pet-friendly rental shine; these tactics can help you target more pet owners. 

Leverage niche listing sites

While you should list your home on all of the top distribution platforms, you can reach more pet owners by using pet-friendly listing sites. A popular option is BringFido, a pet travel and lifestyle brand that connects pet owners with more than 500,000 pet-friendly places, including vacation rental homes. 

Tap into social media

Social media is a great way to reach new audiences and keep your past guests engaged. Instagram, TikTok, and Pinterest are popular among travelers looking to plan their next trip, so be sure to show off your home and its pet-approved amenities across these sites. Also, ask guests to capture photos of their pets enjoying your vacation rental so you can share them across your accounts. 

Use paid advertising

Social media ads can amplify your reach to pet owners. Facebook and Pinterest make it easy to narrow your target audience. You can choose to show your ads to your ideal guest by using filters like location, age, interests, and more.

Pet-friendly vacation rentals by AvantStay 

Making your property pet-friendly can be rewarding, but can also take a lot of work and is not without its risks. We set the new standard for vacation rentals by delivering a consistent, high-quality vacation experience for both homeowners and guests. One of the ways we’re able to do this is with our experiences and upgrades. Guests can use our app to schedule mid-stay cleans, request amenities like treats, toys, and dog beds, ask for custom pet-friendly itineraries and local recommendations, and much more. This level of service drives some of the highest ratings in the industry, repeat guests, and allows us to charge premium daily rates.

For homeowners, you have the choice to allow pets in your vacation rental or not, but you’ll always receive best-in-class care with AvantStay. At your home, our local operations teams manage maintenance, upkeep, and surveillance, while our housekeeping team professionally cleans after every stay in adherence with CDC cleaning standards and our 100-point cleaning checklist—say goodbye to unwanted pet hair! 

Although guests are responsible for treating your property respectfully, there may be instances in which damages or pet accidents occur. We ensure any issues are fixed promptly and work with guests to determine what happened and collect the necessary payment. 

Employing a combination of our best-in-class care, streamlined back-end operations, and elevated hospitality brand, AvantStay helps you earn more revenue than any other property management company. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s returns—it’s that simple.

Interested in learning more about AvantStay’s management services? Our team is ready to help. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

What to Look for in a Family Vacation Property (Beyond ‘Kid-Friendly’ on the Listing) 2026

You filter by guest count and see a place that looks great in photos with a ‘family-friendly’ badge and good reviews. Then you arrive and realize the property has one bathroom for every six people, no ground-floor bedroom for your parents who struggle with stairs, a kitchen with counter space for one cook maximum, and eight people eating meals on the couch because the dining table only seats four. The specific features that make or break a multi-generational vacation rarely show up in standard listings. When you’re looking at what matters in family vacation properties, you need to know about ensuite bathroom counts, accessibility for older relatives, whether the kitchen can handle feeding your group without constant trips to restock groceries 40 minutes away, and if the layout prevents a 6 a.m. baby meltdown from waking the entire house. Most booking decisions focus on bedroom counts and proximity to attractions while ignoring the details that determine whether everyone enjoys the trip or just tolerates it.

TLDR:

  • Look for multiple primary suites with ensuite bathrooms, beyond bedroom count
  • Verify safety features like pool fencing, stair gates, and smoke detectors before booking
  • Check kitchen size, dining seating, and parking limits hidden in fine print
  • Choose properties with secondary gathering spaces so families can separate when needed
  • AvantStay manages 2,300+ properties with 24/7 Butler app support and verified safety standards

Room Configuration That Actually Works for Multi-Generational Groups

A luxurious vacation rental property floor plan illustration showing multiple bedroom suites with ensuite bathrooms, spacious common areas, and a ground-floor accessible primary suite. Modern architectural visualization style with warm, inviting colors. Show an open layout with distinct zones for different generations - master suites, family bedrooms, and shared living spaces. Premium vacation home interior design aesthetic with natural light and elegant furnishings visible through the layout.

A property that sleeps 12 might sound perfect until you realize it has two bedrooms and ten twin beds crammed into bunk rooms. The raw guest count tells you almost nothing about whether the space will work for your family.

Multiple Primary Suites Matter More Than Total Bedrooms

When you’re traveling with grandparents, in-laws, or multiple families, the number of primary suites (bedrooms with private attached bathrooms) matters more than total bedroom count. Look for properties where at least half the bedrooms include ensuite bathrooms. Larger properties should feature three to five primary suites so adults aren’t competing for shared hallway bathrooms.

Bathroom Ratios and Ground-Floor Accessibility

A good rule: aim for one bathroom per four guests minimum. Pay attention to bedroom placement, too. If grandparents struggle with stairs, a ground-floor primary suite is a necessity. Check floor plans for bedroom distribution across levels and whether any suites offer step-free access from parking areas.

Property Feature

What to Look For

Why It Matters for Multi-Generational Groups

Primary Suites

At least half of bedrooms should include ensuite bathrooms; 3-5 primary suites in larger homes

Prevents adults from competing for shared hallway bathrooms and provides privacy for multiple family units

Bathroom Ratio

Minimum one bathroom per four guests with ensuite options

Eliminates morning bottlenecks and accommodates different schedules across generations

Ground-Floor Accessibility

At least one primary suite on ground floor with step-free access from parking

Critical for grandparents or relatives with limited mobility who struggle with stairs

Kitchen Capacity

20+ cubic feet refrigerator, full-size dishwasher, counter space for two cooks, group-sized cookware

Lets you cook meals for large groups without constant grocery runs or kitchen bottlenecks

Dining Seating

Table that seats your entire group comfortably

Allows everyone to eat together without forcing some guests to eat on couches

Common Areas

At least two distinct gathering zones plus secondary spaces like dens or media rooms

Supports both group bonding and separation so different ages can enjoy activities simultaneously

Parking Capacity

One space per 3-4 guests with clear overflow parking options

Accommodates multiple families arriving separately without coordination hassles

Safety Features You Won’t Find in Standard Listings

Standard vacation rental listings rarely mention safety details beyond a quick checkbox. When 76% of families view travel as the best way to make memories together, those memories shouldn’t include preventable accidents.

Every property should have functioning smoke detectors on each level and carbon monoxide detectors near sleeping areas. Ask hosts directly about detector placement and testing schedules. Properties managed by full-service operators typically maintain quarterly inspection logs, while individual hosts may be less consistent.

If the property includes a pool, ask about fencing with self-latching gates and whether a safety cover is available during off-hours. Many jurisdictions require pool barriers, but enforcement varies widely. Hot tubs should have locking covers when not supervised.

Look for stair gates at both top and bottom of staircases, outlet covers in common areas, and furniture anchored to walls in bedrooms where young children will sleep. Few hosts proactively mention these details, so request photos or confirmation before booking if you’re traveling with toddlers.

Kitchen Equipment and Layout That Handles Group Cooking

Group meals are one of the biggest reasons families choose vacation rentals over hotels. In fact, 71% of travelers with children say the ability to cook their own meals is a major factor in booking a rental property. But not all kitchens can handle feeding 10 people breakfast at once.

Look for full-size appliances, including a refrigerator with at least 20 cubic feet of capacity and a dishwasher large enough to handle multiple place settings. Double ovens are a bonus when you need to prep multiple dishes simultaneously. Counter space should accommodate at least two cooks working together without bottlenecks.

Check whether the property includes cookware sized for groups: large stockpots, roasting pans, serving platters, and enough plates and utensils for everyone. Properties with a second refrigerator or beverage cooler in a garage or utility room make storing groceries far easier.

The dining table should seat your entire group comfortably. A 12-person property with seating for eight forces some guests to eat on the couch. Preparing meals in-house cuts costs and lets you accommodate allergies, dietary preferences, and picky eaters across three generations.

Common Areas Designed for Togetherness and Separation

A modern luxury vacation rental living room with multiple seating areas. Spacious open concept design showing a main gathering space with large sectional sofa and entertainment center, plus a separate cozy reading nook or den area in the background. Warm ambient lighting, floor-to-ceiling windows with natural light, elegant contemporary furniture, and premium finishes. Show depth and separation between different zones while maintaining visual connection. High-end vacation home interior photography style.

Family vacations work best when the property supports both group bonding and personal space. You need at least two distinct gathering zones: a main living area plus a secondary den, loft, or media room where teenagers can decompress separately from toddlers, or where part of the group can watch movies while others play board games.

Properties with basement recreation rooms, detached casitas, or separate wings give everyone breathing room. A quiet reading nook or covered patio lets someone escape the chaos without leaving entirely. Open floor plans photograph well but can backfire when a crying baby wakes the whole first floor at 6 a.m. Properties like the Coastal Cottage in Panama City Beach balance open living spaces with private retreat areas that work well for multi-generational groups.

Check how traffic flows between bedrooms, bathrooms, and living areas. Properties where you must walk through one bedroom to reach another create privacy issues. The layout should let different family units move through morning routines without constant collisions.

Policies and Occupancy Limits That Impact Your Booking

Most families focus on bedrooms and amenities but overlook the fine print that determines whether your reservation actually works. Occupancy caps, parking limits, and minimum stays often appear only at checkout or in a decline message.

Maximum occupancy is non-negotiable. A property listed for 12 guests means 12 people total, regardless of age. Some hosts count infants, others allow children under two without penalty. Confirm the age cutoff before assuming your baby doesn’t count toward the limit.

Parking restrictions can shrink your effective group size. If a property allows eight guests but has only three parking spaces with no street parking permitted, you’ll need carpools or ride shares. Ask about garage spots, driveway capacity, and overflow parking nearby.

Minimum night requirements spike during holidays and peak seasons. A property that books two-night stays in April might require seven nights over Thanksgiving. Pet policies vary just as widely. One property might welcome dogs under 40 pounds with a fee while the next bans animals entirely.

Review these terms before booking to prevent surprises when your group arrives.

Location Considerations Beyond “Near Attractions”

Proximity to theme parks sounds great until you realize the nearest grocery store is 40 minutes away and you’re feeding 12 people for a week.

Full-service grocery stores with delivery options matter when provisioning for large groups. Properties located 15 minutes or more from major supermarkets add unexpected driving time and limit your ability to restock forgotten items quickly. Urgent care clinics and pharmacies become relevant when traveling with young children or elderly relatives who may need medical attention outside regular hours.

Residential neighborhoods often enforce noise ordinances and parking rules stricter than tourism districts. Properties in quiet suburbs may prohibit gatherings after 10 p.m. or limit outdoor amplified music entirely. Check local regulations if your group plans evening patio dinners or pool activities.

Walkability depends on your group composition. Families with teenagers may want restaurants and coffee shops within walking distance. Multi-generational groups with limited mobility need properties where cars can access entrances directly and parking sits adjacent to front doors.

Technology and Communication Tools for Smooth Check-In

Smart locks eliminate the key exchange hassle when your group arrives in three cars across four hours. Digital access codes let everyone enter independently without coordinating handoffs in parking lots. Look for properties that send unique codes per reservation instead of static codes shared across multiple guests.

Property management apps should deliver check-in instructions at least three days before arrival, not the morning you leave home. You need time to review parking details, entry procedures, and alarm codes before you’re juggling luggage and tired kids. Apps with built-in messaging let you ask questions and receive answers within hours, not days.

WiFi capacity becomes critical when 12 people try streaming, video calling, and working remotely at once. Ask about internet speed and whether the router can handle 20+ connected devices without throttling. Properties with mesh networks or multiple access points across floors perform better than single-router setups.

Property managers who respond within two hours during business days and offer 24/7 emergency lines prevent minor issues from derailing your trip. A broken dishwasher is manageable if someone takes care of it same-day. Three days of ignored messages turns frustration into vacation regret.

How AvantStay Solves Group Travel Challenges Other Properties Miss

We manage 2,300+ properties across 65+ markets, each designed with the primary suites, kitchen capacity, and common spaces families actually need.

Our Butler app provides 24/7 support in your pocket. Request a private chef for family dinner, arrange pre-arrival grocery stocking, or schedule mid-stay cleaning when the game room gets messy. No phone tag or unanswered emails.

Every property follows the same 100-point cleaning checklist with quarterly audits. Smart locks, high-speed WiFi, and verified photos remove the uncertainty that comes with most vacation listings.

You can book at AvantStay, earn Marriott Bonvoy points, or redeem Capital One Travel rewards. Group travel shouldn’t mean guessing whether photos match reality.

Final Thoughts on Booking Group Vacation Rentals That Deliver

Finding a family vacation property beyond basic kid-friendly listings requires asking questions most travelers skip. Ground-floor accessibility, bathroom placement, and dining table size determine whether your rental supports connection or creates friction. You can book properties with verified features and skip the surprises that come with generic vacation listings. Group travel gets easier when someone already thought through the details that matter to families traveling together.

How many primary suites should I look for when booking for a multi-generational family?

Aim for properties where at least half the bedrooms include private attached bathrooms, with three to five primary suites in larger homes so adults aren’t competing for shared hallway bathrooms.

What’s the minimum bathroom-to-guest ratio I should target for group rentals?

You should aim for at least one bathroom per four guests to prevent morning bottleneck situations and keep everyone comfortable throughout your stay.

Can I count my infant toward the property’s maximum occupancy limit?

Occupancy policies vary by property—some hosts count infants while others allow children under two without penalty, so you need to confirm the specific age cutoff with your host before booking.

What kitchen features actually matter when cooking for 10+ people?

Look for a refrigerator with at least 20 cubic feet of capacity, a dishwasher large enough for multiple place settings, adequate counter space for two cooks, and group-sized cookware like large stockpots and roasting pans.

How far should my vacation rental be from a full-service grocery store?

Properties located more than 15 minutes from major supermarkets add unexpected driving time and limit your ability to quickly restock forgotten items when feeding large groups for multiple days.

AvantStay Unlocked: Elevated Guest Experiences

Delivering a consistent, first-class vacation experience for every guest is the standard at which we operate. We give guests all the amenities of a hotel, paired with the comfort of a private home to create a top-notch guest experience. By going above and beyond for our guests, we receive more five-star ratings than the competition, drive more bookings, and increase our homeowners’ revenue. 

Guest-ready homes 

A fantastic guest stay starts with a well-stocked home. ​​We ensure that each home is stocked with anything guests might need during their stay, including an array of high-quality consumables and thoughtful localized welcome packages. If guests need additional supplies or want to begin their stay with a fully-stocked fridge, they can easily request that upgrade via our app. 

Upgrades and experiences via the AvantStay app

beach picnic setup

In addition to fridge stocking, guests can request mid-stay cleans, book a private chef or in-home massage, and arrange at-home or local outdoor activities through our app. In addition, our local partnerships offer guests an opportunity to experience any destination like a true local with personalized recommendations and exclusive discounts. 

Some fan-favorite activities we’ve planned for our guests include: 

  • At-home spas
  • Wine tours
  • Snorkeling cruises
  • Paint parties
  • Casino nights
  • Snowmobile adventures
  • Dog sledding
  • Deep sea fishing 
  • Yoga and sound baths 
  • And more! 

Interactive spaces designed for the way people travel

AvantStay guests gathering around an outdoor firepit

We believe the best accommodations are designed to enhance every aspect of a guest’s travels, which is why we transform beautiful homes into incredible experiences that foster unforgettable memories. We style and equip homes with high-quality features to attract top-tier guests who trust our brand and treat your property with respect.

All AvantStay homeowners have access to our design and procurement services. Our interior designers create custom, locally inspired spaces that guests love. We also help procure high-quality, durable furniture and upscale amenities, and coordinate delivery and installation on your behalf so you don’t have to lift a finger. Our thoughtfully designed spaces encourage gathering and allow guests to make the most of their time at your home—leaving them recharged and ready to write a glowing review! 

Around-the-clock guest support 

AvantStay guests have access to 24/7 live support via SMS, email, or phone, and we troubleshoot every issue to ensure they are well cared for so you can sit back and relax. By resolving 90% of guest issues on the first call, we receive higher ratings and better guest satisfaction scores than any other manager in the space.

Earn more with an optimized home and top-notch guest experience

A high-quality guest experience is the backbone of a successful vacation rental business. Why not partner with the leading hospitality platform to bring that to your vacation rental? 

AvantStay offers end-to-end, flexible management programs to give you peace of mind. From financials to design to maintenance, we take care of your home as if it were our own. Our proprietary tech suite powers bookings, operationalizes in-field management and provides premium guest care. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s income so you can sit back and relax—it’s that simple.

Interested in learning more about how AvantStay delivers a premium experience that leaves guests eager to book again? Our team is ready to help. Get in touch with our vacation rental management experts today

8 Best Places to Visit in December in USA for Holiday Reunions

The first snowfall dusts the mountain peaks. Lights twinkle along charming Main Streets. The air carries the scent of pine and woodsmoke, and there’s that unmistakable feeling that magic is in the air.

December is the season for celebration, togetherness, and creating memories that last long after the new year begins. Whether you’re planning a white Christmas with the whole crew or a cozy post-holiday reunion filled with board games and hot chocolate, these eight destinations deliver the perfect backdrop for the most wonderful time of the year.

Each spot features spacious AvantStay homes designed for holiday gatherings with big dining tables for family feasts, fireplaces for storytelling, hot tubs for snowy evening soaks, and cozy corners perfect for unwrapping presents or toasting the end of another year.

1. Breckenridge, Colorado

Breckenridge in December is pure holiday magic. Fresh powder blankets the slopes, twinkling lights illuminate Main Street, and the mountain town transforms into a winter wonderland straight out of a holiday card. The early snowfall creates perfect conditions for skiing, while the town’s festive spirit makes every moment feel special.

Top Activities:

  • Hit the slopes at Breckenridge Ski Resort for fresh December powder
  • Watch the lighting of Breckenridge and explore the Ullr Fest parade
  • Take a horse-drawn sleigh ride through snowy mountain trails

Where to Stay: River Rock – A cozy alpine house with a hot tub and plenty of outdoor spaces for winter memories.

👉 Ready for a white Christmas? Browse our Breckenridge Airbnbs and check out our guide on the 40 best things to do in Breckenridge for the perfect itinerary.


2. Hudson Valley, New York

Curl up with cider by the fire, take peaceful snow walks, and enjoy a historic holiday charm. The Hudson Valley embraces the holiday spirit in December with festive markets, snow-dusted trails, and historic towns dressed in twinkling lights. The region’s cozy charm makes it perfect for a peaceful Christmas getaway or a low-key group retreat surrounded by winter beauty.

Top Activities:

  • Tour the decorated mansions at Staatsburgh and Vanderbilt estates
  • Browse local Christmas markets and antique shops in Rhinebeck
  • Ice skate at the Kingston rink or enjoy snowy hikes at Minnewaska State Park

Where to Stay: Charcoal Chalet – A moody house nestled amidst towering trees. It is designed for comfort with fireplaces and countryside vibes.

👉 If you’re still planning a cozy holiday retreat, check out our Hudson Valley travel guide and homes to choose for the best winter escape.


3. Vail, Colorado

Sleighbell serenades, luxury mountain slopes, and alpine elegance at every turn. Vail delivers an upscale take on the winter holiday with postcard-perfect alpine villages, elegant boutiques, and some of the best skiing in the country. If you’re carving down pristine slopes or cooking holiday meals together in your rental, Vail elevates every moment of the season.

Top Activities:

  • Ski Vail Mountain’s famous back bowls and groomed runs
  • Stroll Vail Village’s festive shops and enchanting light displays
  • Indulge in spa days and fine dining for a luxurious twist on holiday bonding

Where to Stay: Sunvail – A rustic yet modern condo with the best mountain views. Designed for snow-season celebrations, this home is just near Lionshead Village.

👉 Explore our Vail Airbnbs if you are dreaming of a luxury mountain Christmas. Plus, check out our best things to do in Vail guide for the best alpine getaway.


4. Lake Tahoe, California

Have the best family ski days, breathtaking snowy lake views, and fireside game nights at Lake Tahoe. Turning into a winter playground in December, it offers skiing, sledding, and cozy lakeside cabins perfect for multigenerational family reunions. With activities for every age and stunning snow-capped mountain views, it’s a classic destination for creating holiday memories.

Top Activities:

  • Ski at Heavenly, Northstar, or Palisades Tahoe resorts
  • Go sledding or tubing at Tahoe City Winter Sports Park
  • Take in the stunning views from snow-blanketed Emerald Bay

Where to Stay: Timberline – A family-friendly and elevated chalet near hiking trails and slopes. With vaulted windows and modern architectural design, it is perfect for group gatherings and adventures.

👉 Looking for bigger homes to stay in and things to do this holiday season? Browse our Lake Tahoe Airbnbs designed for big group gatherings and our list of the best things to do.


5. Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Experience authentic cabin life, starlit mountain nights, and pure holiday comfort with the best Instagram-worthy spots in the Smokies. With twinkling holiday lights and cozy cabins, perfect for gathering with loved ones, December in the Smoky Mountains means peaceful nature walks and starry nights. Complete with board games, warm fires, and family feasts.

Top Activities:

  • Visit Gatlinburg’s Winter Magic Lights and Anakeesta’s Enchanted Winter displays
  • Hike to Laurel Falls or enjoy a scenic drive through snow-dusted Cades Cove
  • Cook holiday meals and host movie marathons in your private mountain lodge

Where to Stay: The Artful Craftsman – A private log cabin in the woods built specifically for cozy holiday gatherings.

👉 Get ready for a mountain cabin Christmas and discover our large Smoky Mountain Airbnbs to fit your whole fam. Check out our guide on the best things to do while in the Smokies, too!


6. Park City, Utah

Enchanting sleigh rides, pristine snowy slopes, and festive Main Street energy. This is Park City, which embodies winter fun with world-class skiing, snowboarding, tubing, and historic Main Street charm wrapped in holiday lights. It’s the ultimate destination for an active, snow-filled holiday, adventure, and festive mountain town magic.

Top Activities:

  • Ski Park City Mountain Resort or the luxury slopes of Deer Valley
  • Enjoy snow tubing and winter activities at Woodward Park City
  • Browse the boutiques and restaurants along Historic Main Street

Where to Stay: Juniper Landing 3 – A 3-BR townhome with slopeside access and plenty of space for après-ski celebrations. Plus, it’s just walking distance to the Frostwood Gondola!

👉 Check out our Park City Airbnbs that you can book anytime of the year, may it be for the chilly holidays or summer getaways. 


7. Palm Springs, California

If your group prefers palm trees to pine trees, Palm Springs offers a sun-soaked escape with iconic mid-century style. Poolside holiday celebrations, mid-century modernist charm, and sunset toasts. You may also check out our best pick of what to do in Palm Springs. Spend Christmas by the pool or keep the festivities bright and warm—no snow boots required.

Top Activities:

  • Take the Aerial Tramway for snow-dusted mountain views above the desert
  • Enjoy festive holiday dinners on warm outdoor patios
  • Explore Palm Canyon Drive decorated with holiday lights and desert charm

Where to Stay: Zanjero – Vibrant and modern home with a private courtyard inviting you to snuggle in and be warm by the fire.

👉 If you dream of living in a warm-weather holiday, browse our Palm Springs Airbnbs where you can rent for a month or more! for desert luxury.


8. Asheville, North Carolina

Beloved holiday traditions, cozy mountain cafés, and stunning Blue Ridge beauty. Asheville has an artsy spirit and festive mountain energy. The Biltmore Estate is absolutely dazzling with holiday decorations in December, while the downtown buzzes with warmth, live music, and seasonal treats. Check out our guide on the best things to do in Asheville for more ideas!

Top Activities:

  • Experience the magical Christmas at The Biltmore Estate celebration
  • Stroll through the enchanting Winter Lights at NC Arboretum
  • Explore local shops, independent bookstores, and artisan cafés in downtown Asheville

Where to Stay: Rock Daisy – A cozy condo best for couples looking for a romantic getaway this holiday. Comes with mountain views and cozy fireplaces for the perfect Appalachian retreat.

👉 Looking for more homes to choose from? Check out our Asheville Airbnbs where you can unwind during the holiday season.


Safety Tips for Holiday Travel

Traveling during the busy holiday season requires extra caution and preparation to ensure a safe and enjoyable trip. Here are key safety tips focusing on general precautions you want to take note of:

1. Prepare Your Vehicle Thoroughly

Before you hit the road, and if you are driving a car to the home you rented, make sure your vehicle is fully prepared for winter conditions and mountain driving. This is crucial because icy roads, snow, and steep slopes can challenge even experienced drivers.

  • Check oil, fuel levels, and tire condition, including pressure and tread depth. Replace worn tires and consider winter tires or snow chains if traveling in snowy or icy areas.
  • Test your battery, brakes, and windshield wipers, and top up windshield washer fluid. Clean headlights and taillights to maintain visibility.
  • Schedule a professional service check to catch any potential issues before your trip.

2. Avoid Drowsy and Impaired Driving

Driving at all times demands complete attention and alertness, but it’s especially crucial in winter conditions. Fatigue and impairment heighten the risk of accidents, particularly on slippery or winding roads. To ensure safety:

  • Never drive when feeling tired. Take frequent breaks, stretch, and switch drivers if possible.
  • Avoid alcohol or any impairing substances before driving. Holiday celebrations can be tempting, but safety must come first.
  • Plan your travel times to avoid peak traffic hours, reducing stress and the chance of collisions.

3. Plan Your Route and Stay Focused

Knowing your route ahead of time helps reduce distractions and stress on the road. Plan your route in advance and familiarize yourself with the roads to avoid distractions while driving.

  • Input destinations into your GPS or phone before departure.
  • If traveling with others, have a passenger assist with navigation so you or the driver can concentrate fully on the road.
  • Avoid distractions such as texting, phone calls, or fiddling with GPS while driving.

5. Weather and Seasonal Considerations

Mountain and winter destinations during December can have unpredictable weather. Always monitor forecasts before and during your trip.

  • Be prepared for winter conditions such as ice, snow, or sudden temperature drops. 
  • Dress in layers and carry warm clothing.
  • Know local emergency procedures and evacuation routes if traveling to areas prone to natural disasters.
  • Adjust driving speed and behavior according to weather and road conditions to maintain safety.

6. Pack an Emergency Kit

When packing for your December holiday trip, tailor your essentials to the climate and activities of your destination. Winter holidays often mean busy schedules and stress, which can affect your health and safety. To stay well and be prepared, you can include packing an emergency kit. 

  • Your emergency kit should include warm blankets, a flashlight with extra batteries, non-perishable snacks, a first-aid kit, and ice scrapers. 
  • Pack enough prescription and over-the-counter medications for your entire trip, plus extras in case of delays. Include essentials like hand sanitizer and a basic first-aid kit.
  • Having jumper cables, a spare tire, and a jack is also essential for unexpected breakdowns. 

This approach to holiday travel safety not only protects you and your loved ones but also enhances your overall trip experience, letting you truly relax and savor the magic of the season.


Unwrap Your December Dreams

December is about more than just the destination—it’s about the moments that make the season magical. Whether it’s snowball fights in the mountains, family feasts around a big dining table, or quiet firelit evenings sharing stories, this is the time to bring everyone together.

These eight destinations make it effortless to reconnect, celebrate, and create joy in comfort and beauty. With AvantStay’s thoughtfully designed homes built for groups, your holiday gathering has found its perfect setting.

Ready to make this December unforgettable? Start your search and book with AvantStay for the best holiday escape.


Celebrate Each Season with AvantStay

Planning a year-round adventure and a year of unforgettable experiences? No matter the month, our monthly guides reveal the best places to visit for every month and season. 

Make every moment unforgettable with a stunning AvantStay home. Book your ideal seasonal getaway with AvantStay.

The Complete Guide to Booking a Corporate Retreat Villa Instead of a Conference Hotel in 2026

Conference hotels charge you twice: once for rooms, again for meeting space. A villa rental for corporate retreats offers an alternative to conference hotels where those costs collapse into one number. Book a property for $3,000 per night, split it among 12 people, and you’re at $250 each with zero extra fees for the spaces your team will use all day. The kitchen is yours for extended working lunches. The outdoor area works for evening sessions without venue minimums. Your leadership team can brainstorm product launches by the pool without wondering if competitors three floors up are listening in the lobby. That level of privacy isn’t something hotels can offer when they’re booking the conference room next door to another company.

TLDR:

  • Villa rentals cost $250/person/night vs. $700/room at hotels when split among teams of 12+
  • Private estates give your team full control over meeting spaces and eliminate confidentiality risks
  • Book 3-4 months ahead for standard dates, 6+ months for peak season in markets like Palm Springs
  • AvantStay manages 2,300+ properties with dedicated trip specialists and 24/7 Butler app support

Why Corporate Teams Are Choosing Villa Rentals Over Conference Hotels

Conference hotels have dominated the corporate retreat space for decades, but that’s changing. Companies are finding that generic ballrooms and shared conference spaces don’t create the environment teams need to connect and collaborate.

The shift is already happening. The global corporate retreats market reached $31.8 billion in 2024 and is projected to hit $73.7 billion by 2034. That growth reflects a search for something different from the standard hotel experience.

Private villas give corporate teams what hotels can’t: real privacy, flexible spaces, and an environment that feels less like work and more like a shared experience. Instead of booking three conference rooms and hoping the schedule works, you get an entire property where meetings happen organically around a dining table, by the pool, or in a living room that seats everyone comfortably.

Hotel conference spaces feel transactional. Your team shows up, sits through presentations in a windowless room, then disperses to separate floors. A villa keeps everyone together in one space, which changes how people interact. Conversations continue after sessions end. Ideas surface over coffee in the kitchen, outside of scheduled breakout times.

Corporate clients who return year after year aren’t looking for another hotel ballroom. They want a home base where their team can work, eat, relax, and actually get to know each other without the formality that comes with traditional conference settings.

The Hidden Cost Advantage of Villa Buyouts vs. Multiple Hotel Rooms

The math is simple. Book hotel rooms for a team of 12, and you’re looking at $400-700 per room per night. That’s $4,800-8,400 nightly before adding conference room rentals, which can run $500-2,000 per day based on revenue management strategies.

A villa buyout changes the equation. A $3,000/night property split among 12 people is $250 per person, with no separate meeting space fees, catering minimums, resort fees, or parking charges.

According to retreat planning data, the average retreat spend per employee for companies with 21-50 people was $3,692, including flights and accommodations. That budget stretches further in a villa where shared spaces are included.

The flexibility matters too. Extended working lunch? Your kitchen is stocked. Evening happy hour? The outdoor space is yours without hourly rental fees or venue minimums.

Five Core Amenities Your Corporate Villa Needs for Productivity

Choose a villa where the WiFi can handle 20 people on simultaneous video calls without lag. You need connectivity that supports screen sharing, cloud collaboration, and back-to-back presentations across multiple devices. Look for properties that advertise multi-user bandwidth capacity.

Smart TVs configured for wireless screen mirroring let anyone connect a laptop and present without hunting for adapters. Your team can run through slide decks in the living room instead of renting AV equipment for a conference ballroom.

Properties with large dining tables seating 10-12 people create natural spaces for full-team sessions. Living rooms handle breakout discussions. Outdoor patios work for informal brainstorming. The layout adapts based on your agenda without booking separate meeting rooms.

Dedicated workstations give team members space to take calls or catch up on email between sessions without disappearing into a bedroom for two hours.

How Private Estates Solve the Privacy Problem Hotels Cannot

Hotel lobbies don’t respect confidential conversations. Your leadership team discusses Q4 strategy over coffee while competitors staying three floors up walk past. Shared conference spaces mean other companies book the room next door.

Private estates remove that risk completely. When you book the entire property, you control who has access with clear house rules. No other guests. No random travelers in common areas. Your team can discuss product launches, restructuring plans, or acquisition strategies around the pool without wondering who’s listening from the next lounge chair.

For executive retreats where board-level decisions happen, that privacy isn’t optional. You need a space where strategic conversations continue through meals, evening sessions, and impromptu hallway discussions without editing what you say based on who might overhear.

Planning Your Retreat Timeline: When to Book and How Far in Advance

Start booking three to four months before your planned retreat date. That timeline gives you decent selection and room to negotiate. But if you’re eyeing peak season between May and September, move that window earlier.

Popular countryside venues book six months ahead, sometimes more for prime dates. The best properties in high-demand markets like Palm Springs, Big Bear, or 30A disappear fast during holiday weekends and summer months.

Shoulder seasons offer better availability and pricing. October, November, March, and April give you more options with fewer scheduling conflicts. You’ll also see lower rates since demand drops between summer travel and winter holidays.

Booking early locks in your preferred dates and gives your team time to plan travel. Last-minute bookings limit your choices and push you toward whatever’s left, which usually means compromising on location, size, or amenities you need.

Group Size Considerations: From Leadership Teams to Full Company Buyouts

Leadership teams of 10-20 people need properties with 5-7 bedrooms where everyone sleeps under one roof. These retreats work best in spaces with a single large dining table for core discussions and enough living area that breakout conversations don’t send people to separate floors.

Mid-sized department offsites bringing 30-50 people require either very large single estates or multi-villa compounds where sleeping quarters spread across connected properties but shared spaces bring everyone together for meals and sessions. Look for properties with 12-16 bedrooms or complexes with multiple structures on one parcel.

Full company buyouts for 100+ attendees need specialized inventory. These properties function as private resorts where your entire company occupies the space without splitting across hotels or separate locations.

Match your headcount to realistic capacity, not maximum occupancy. A villa listed for 40 guests often means couch pullouts and tight quarters. For corporate comfort, book properties at 70-80% of stated capacity so everyone gets actual beds and breathing room.

Location Selection Strategy: Accessibility, Activities, and Atmosphere

Pick destinations within 90 minutes of major airports when your team flies in from multiple cities. Direct flights matter more than scenic drives. Properties near Palm Springs, Austin, Nashville, or San Diego cut travel friction that eats into retreat time.

Consider what happens between sessions. Beach markets like 30A or Destin work for teams that recharge outdoors. Mountain locations like Breckenridge or Big Bear suit groups who hike or prefer cooler weather. Desert settings in Scottsdale offer pools and year-round sunshine.

Match the environment to your retreat’s purpose. Strategic planning sessions benefit from quieter countryside estates where distractions stay minimal. Team-building retreats in places like Coachella Valley or Lake Tahoe give you built-in activities like hiking, water sports, and wine tasting that keep energy high.

Customizable Spaces That Conference Hotels Simply Cannot Offer

Conference hotels lock you into fixed layouts. The main ballroom seats 50 in rows. Breakout Room B fits 12 around a boardroom table. Your agenda has to fit their floor plan.

Villas flip that script. You decide where each activity happens based on what your team needs that hour. Morning strategy session around the dining table. Afternoon breakouts split between the living room, outdoor patio, and kitchen island. Creative brainstorming by the pool where people can move around instead of staying planted in conference chairs.

Multi-day retreats need variety to keep energy up. Day one in the main living area, day two moves outside, evening sessions happen around the fire pit. The environment changes without packing up and relocating to a different venue.

You can also run parallel tracks. Leadership discusses budget in one space while the product team workshops roadmaps in another. Everyone reconvenes for meals without coordinating room bookings or worrying about schedule conflicts with other hotel guests.

Concierge Services and Add-Ons That Enhance Team Experiences

Private chefs solve group dining logistics by delivering restaurant-quality meals on your schedule. Your team stays together for breakfast during morning sessions, lunch between workshops, and dinner that adapts to your agenda instead of restaurant booking windows.

In-villa massage and wellness services let team members decompress without leaving the property. Offer afternoon sessions after intensive workshops or evening slots as optional perks.

Fridge stocking covers essentials before arrival. Coffee, snacks, and breakfast staples are waiting when your team arrives. Mid-stay cleaning maintains shared spaces throughout multi-day retreats.

Curated local experiences like wine tastings, guided hikes, or hot air balloon rides provide structured activities without requiring your staff to research and coordinate vendors.

Why AvantStay Properties Are Built for Corporate Retreat Success

We manage every property directly, so your team gets the same quality standard across all 2,300+ homes in 65+ markets. Small leadership teams of 12 can book properties with multiple primary suites. Larger offsites needing space for 100+ guests can reserve estates with dozens of bedrooms.

You’ll work with a dedicated trip specialist from our vacation rental management team who matches your team to the right property layout and handles special requests before arrival. The Butler app gives your group 24/7 access to support and service requests without phone tag. Need a private chef or mid-stay cleaning? Request it directly through the app and get a response within minutes, not hours.

Final Thoughts on Finding the Right Space for Your Next Corporate Retreat

Your next retreat doesn’t have to follow the conference hotel playbook. A corporate retreat villa gives you control over the environment, better value for your budget, and space where your team can work and recharge without the constraints of traditional venues. The properties exist, the logistics work, and your team will notice the difference. Start planning now so you get the dates and location that fit your needs instead of settling for what’s left.

FAQ

How far in advance should you book a corporate retreat villa?

Book your villa three to four months before your retreat date for solid selection, but if you’re planning during peak season (May through September) or targeting holiday weekends, start looking six months ahead to secure the best properties.

What’s the real cost difference between a villa buyout and booking multiple hotel rooms?

A $3,000/night villa split among 12 people costs $250 per person with no extra fees for meeting spaces, parking, or resort charges, compared to $400-700 per hotel room per night, plus $500-2,000 daily for conference room rentals.

How many bedrooms do you need for different corporate team sizes?

Leadership teams of 10-20 people fit comfortably in properties with 5-7 bedrooms, while department offsites of 30-50 people need 12-16 bedrooms or multi-villa compounds; book at 70-80% of stated capacity so everyone gets actual beds instead of pullouts.

Can you host confidential strategy sessions at a villa rental?

Yes. When you rent the entire property, you control all access with no other guests, lobby traffic, or adjacent conference rooms, giving your leadership team complete privacy for sensitive discussions about product launches, restructuring, or acquisitions.

What WiFi capacity do you need for a corporate retreat property?

Look for properties that advertise multi-user bandwidth capacity strong enough to handle 20+ people on simultaneous video calls, screen sharing, and cloud collaboration without lag or dropped connections during presentations.

What to Do When Someone in Your Group Drops Out Last Minute 2026

The vacation rental is paid for, everyone’s excited, and then it happens: one person can’t go. Suddenly you’re dealing with angry texts, confused property managers, and a growing bill that nobody wants to split. Knowing when someone drops out last minute means moving fast on the financial piece, getting everyone aligned on next steps, and finding options you probably didn’t know existed when you first booked.

TLDR:

  • Contact your property manager within 24 hours to check on guest count reductions or transfers to smaller properties without penalties.
  • Calculate per-person costs immediately and use split-payment tools like Venmo or Splitwise to redistribute expenses based on room assignments.
  • Screen replacement travelers through direct calls to discuss costs, itineraries, and compatibility before confirming.
  • Buy trip insurance within 14-21 days of booking to recover 50-75% of costs if future dropouts occur.
  • AvantStay’s Butler app and 24/7 support team help you modify bookings, adjust payments, and find solutions when group plans change.

Assess the Financial Impact Immediately

When someone drops out, you need to understand the financial picture right away. Pull up every booking confirmation: the vacation rental, flights, car rentals, and any pre-paid activities or restaurant reservations. Make a quick list of what’s refundable versus what’s locked in.

Start with your property booking. Check the cancellation policy and deposit terms. Most vacation rentals have a 60-day cancellation window, but policies vary widely. If you’re inside that window, find out whether reducing the guest count triggers fees or if modifications are possible. A 2025 survey by Amadeus found that 79% of travelers want flexible cancellation policies when booking, which shows why these terms matter when plans shift.

Contact your property manager or host within 24 hours. Ask whether you can reduce the guest count without penalty, if the security deposit will change, and if partial refunds exist for downsizing to a smaller property.

Calculate the per-person breakdown next. If your dropout already paid, determine whether that money covers a non-refundable portion or can be redistributed among remaining guests.

Scenario

Timing

Best Option

Expected Outcome

Dropout 60+ days before trip

Outside cancellation window

Full refund or free modification

Minimal financial impact; easy to find replacement or downsize property

Dropout 30-60 days before trip

Inside cancellation window

Find replacement traveler or redistribute costs

Partial refund possible (25-50%); property transfer may incur fees

Dropout 7-30 days before trip

Late cancellation period

Redistribute among group or file insurance claim

No refund; split $400-800 per remaining guest depending on group size

Dropout less than 7 days before trip

Final payment/check-in approaching

Keep original booking and absorb costs

Zero refund; focus on payment redistribution and using extra space

Medical/family emergency with insurance

Any time with documentation

File trip insurance claim immediately

Recover 50-100% of costs with proper documentation within 30 days

Understand Your Cancellation and Refund Options

Once you know the financial picture, dig into what’s actually recoverable. Refundable bookings give you the most flexibility, but they often cost more upfront. Non-refundable rates lock in savings but leave you exposed when someone backs out.

Travel insurance becomes relevant here. About 25% of all travel insurance claims stem from trip cancellations, showing just how often group plans fall apart. If your dropout has a covered reason like illness or family emergency, file a claim quickly. You’ll need documentation: medical notes from a doctor, death certificates for family emergencies, or employer letters for work-related cancellations.

Standard trip cancellation coverage only pays out for specific, pre-approved reasons. Cancel for Any Reason policies cost 40-60% more but let you recover 50-75% of prepaid costs without proving hardship. Read your policy’s fine print on group bookings, since some insurers treat each traveler separately while others cover the lead booker’s total cost.

Communicate Transparently with Your Group

Tell everyone the same day you find out. Group text, WhatsApp, or Slack work fine for the initial alert, but schedule a 30-minute video call within 48 hours so everyone can react, ask questions, and solve the problem together in real time.

Start by sharing the facts: who’s out, what the financial impact looks like, and which options you’ve already looked into. Keep emotion separate from logistics. You might feel frustrated, but leading with blame creates tension. Instead, frame it as “here’s what we’re dealing with.”

When you discuss money, be direct. Try: “Sarah’s portion was $600. The property won’t refund it, so we need to either split her share among the five of us or find a replacement.” Let people process before pushing for answers.

Take notes during the call. Assign one person to track who agreed to what, then send a written recap within 24 hours. Misremembered agreements cause more conflict than the dropout itself.

Find a Replacement Traveler

Start with people who already know your group. Friends who’ve mentioned joining future trips or those who share similar travel styles make the smoothest additions. When someone already has a connection to at least one person going, group dynamics stay intact.

Use niche online communities that match your trip’s focus. Wine enthusiast groups for Sonoma visits, snowboarding forums for Tahoe weekends, or music festival communities for concert trips. Include exact dates, per-person cost, and what’s covered in your post.

Review your original planning conversations for people who showed interest but couldn’t commit initially. These potential travelers have already expressed compatibility with the group and destination.

Screen replacements with direct conversation. Share your full itinerary, house expectations, and cost details immediately. A brief phone call reveals compatibility factors that messaging can’t capture. Discuss sleep habits, food needs, and preferred activity levels before confirming.

Contact your property management team to update the guest list. Most vacation rentals require legal names and contact information for all guests at least 72 hours before check-in. Confirm the replacement doesn’t exceed maximum occupancy and adjust security deposits if the booking requires individual deposits per guest.

Adjust Your Booking to Accommodate Fewer People

Contact your property manager right away when someone drops out. Explain the situation and ask whether moving to a smaller property saves money. Vacation rental companies handle these modifications regularly, particularly outside cancellation windows.

Ask three key questions: Can you transfer your deposit to a smaller property? What’s the cost difference? Will switching trigger cancellation fees that eliminate savings?

Calculate the actual savings first. If seven people drop to six in an eight-bedroom house at $3,200/night, the per-person difference might not be worth moving to a six-bedroom at $2,800/night once you factor in transfer fees.

Staying put often makes sense. Extra bedrooms become workspace for remote work, private workout areas, or breathing room. The per-person cost changes minimally, and you skip the rebooking hassle.

When downsizing works financially, move quickly. Properties fill fast during peak seasons, and managers handle early requests before last-minute changes.

Redistribute Costs Fairly Among Remaining Travelers

When redistributing costs, start with room assignments instead of splitting everything equally. Someone who reserved a primary suite should carry a different share than two people sharing a bunk room. Weight the dropout’s portion based on the actual space and amenities each remaining traveler uses.

Use Venmo, Zelle, or Splitwise to track adjusted payments. Create one clear transaction thread labeled “Adjusted Trip Cost” or “Sarah’s Share Redistribution” and set a seven-day payment deadline to keep things moving.

If someone can’t absorb the increase, talk privately before bringing it to the full group. Consider payment plans, room swaps to lower their share, or staggered installments that spread the difference across two payments instead of one lump sum.

Keep a shared spreadsheet with each person’s name, original payment, new total, payment method, and confirmation date. Update it as money comes in so nobody second-guesses the math.

Don’t force identical splits when situations vary. The person who invited the dropout or benefits most from their vacated space might volunteer to cover more. Let people offer instead of assigning equal burdens across unequal circumstances.

Consider Trip Insurance for Future Group Travel

Trip insurance stops dropout chaos before it starts. Standard policies cover medical emergencies, family deaths, and documented work conflicts. Cancel for Any Reason coverage costs more but lets anyone exit without proving hardship, recovering 50-75% of prepaid expenses.

Expect to pay 4-10% of your total trip cost for standard coverage and 40-60% more for CFAR. On a $4,000 group vacation rental, that’s $160-400 for basic protection or $224-560 for full flexibility.

Insurance makes sense when booking expensive properties six-plus months out or traveling with people who have unpredictable schedules. With group travel up 21% in Q1 2025, more travelers face these coordination challenges.

Buy coverage within 14-21 days of your initial deposit. Some insurers require every group member to purchase during this window to activate group benefits. Send one email with the insurance provider link, deadline, and coverage details so everyone buys the same policy level simultaneously.

Work with Professional Vacation Rental Management

When someone drops out, professionally managed vacation rentals like AvantStay offer structured support that independent hosts can’t match. You get responsive teams and clear policies instead of waiting on owner replies.

Our Butler app gives every guest access to booking details, check-in instructions, and property information. When someone exits, remaining travelers can manage their portion separately, making payment redistribution straightforward without chasing down login credentials.

Our support team responds within minutes through call, text, or in-app messaging. We’ll review your options: switching to a smaller property, adjusting guest counts, or restructuring payments. We handle group changes regularly and know which modifications stay flexible versus which trigger fees.

Split-payment tools and Affirm installment plans let remaining guests redistribute costs without scrambling for lump sums. Our 60-day cancellation window provides breathing room when plans shift unexpectedly.

Final Thoughts on Last-Minute Group Trip Changes

Dealing with someone dropping out of your group trip tests your planning skills, but it doesn’t have to ruin everything. Transparent communication, flexible property management, and fair cost splits keep your group together and your vacation alive. You’ve got the strategies above to work through changes quickly. The trip you’ve been planning can still happen, just with a few adjustments along the way.

What happens to the security deposit when someone drops out of your group?

The security deposit typically remains unchanged if you keep the same property, since it’s tied to the booking rather than the guest count. Contact your property manager within 24 hours to confirm whether reducing guests affects the deposit amount or if individual deposits are required per person.

How quickly should you tell your group when someone cancels?

Tell everyone the same day you find out, then schedule a video call within 48 hours to discuss financial options and next steps. Quick communication prevents confusion and gives your group time to find a replacement or adjust costs before deadlines hit.

Can you switch to a smaller property after someone drops out?

Yes, but savings often aren’t worth it once you factor in transfer fees and rebooking hassles. Contact your property manager immediately to ask about deposit transfers, cost differences, and cancellation fees—staying in the original property usually makes more financial sense unless the price gap is significant.

When should you buy trip insurance for group travel?

Purchase coverage within 14-21 days of your initial deposit to activate group benefits and qualify for Cancel for Any Reason coverage. Expect to pay 4-10% of your total trip cost for standard protection, which covers medical emergencies and family deaths without requiring everyone to exit.

How do you fairly split costs when someone drops out?

Base the split on room assignments rather than dividing everything equally—someone in a primary suite should pay more than two people sharing a bunk room. Use payment apps like Venmo or Splitwise with a seven-day deadline, and keep a shared spreadsheet tracking each person’s original payment and adjusted total.

Meet the Finalists of the 2026 AvantStay Awards!

Update: The winners of the 2026 AvantStay Awards have been chosen! Click here to meet the 20 standout homes that are redefining luxury travel this year.


For the second year in a row, the AvantStay Awards are back—and it’s time to cast your vote!

After an incredible response to last year’s inaugural awards, we’re once again turning to our travel community to help us celebrate the homes that define the AvantStay experience. Across 20 distinct categories—from design-forward desert escapes to breathtaking mountain retreats and coastal standouts—your voice will decide which properties rise to the top.

Explore the nominees, revisit your favorite stays, and help us spotlight the homes that deserve the spotlight in the 2026 AvantStay Awards.

Click this link to submit your vote.

Most Unique Homes:

  1. Bravo Beach House, Coachella

Bravo Beach House is a private ten-acre desert oasis that transforms the Coachella Valley into a tropical escape, complete with a real sand beach, crystal-clear lagoon, and swim-up island bar set against panoramic mountain views. This Tulum-inspired, 9,000-square-foot estate pairs its one-of-a-kind waterfront with pro-grade pickleball and tennis courts, expansive lawns, and a resort-style layout designed for unforgettable large-scale gatherings. Fully gated and utterly transportive, it’s not just a stay—it’s an immersive destination unlike anything else in the desert.

  1. Polo Villas, Coachella

Polo Villas redefine desert living just one mile from the Empire Polo Fields—and closest to the VIP festival entrance—offering a rare blend of privacy, proximity, and design-forward luxury. With flexible buyout options, resort-style pools and spas, outdoor kitchens, and ensuite bedrooms throughout, these modern villas transform seamlessly into a private, campus-style retreat for elevated group stays. Paired with fully customizable concierge experiences, Polo Villas deliver a desert escape designed entirely around the moment.

  1. Breckenridge Adventure Chalet, Breckenridge

Set on over an acre alongside the National Forest on Peak 7, Breckenridge Adventure Chalet is a rare mountain compound where alpine luxury meets full-throttle fun. An indoor slide, climbing wall, and neon arcade pair with a private skate bowl, zip line, sauna, and a hot tub overlooking the peaks—creating a private playground for every age. Framed by panoramic ski-town views and spa-inspired suites for post-adventure unwinding, this is Colorado mountain living, completely reimagined.

  1. Whiskey Ridge, Smoky Mountains

Rising above Sevierville with panoramic Smoky Mountain views, Whiskey Ridge redefines the classic cabin retreat with a heated, infinity-edge whiskey barrel pool that appears to spill into the peaks beyond. A hot tub, firepit, soaring windows, and a fireplace-anchored great room blur the line between outdoor immersion and elevated comfort. Bold, cinematic, and entirely transportive, this is mountain luxury reimagined.

  1. Bay Estate, Chesapeake Bay

Set on a private stretch of the Chesapeake Bay, Bay Estate is a secluded waterfront sanctuary where a private boardwalk and pier lead straight into open water and panoramic views pour in through expansive windows. From the chef’s kitchen and dual dining spaces overlooking the bay to the lush, botanical-inspired conservatory, every detail is designed to immerse guests in the landscape. With seven bedrooms, a separate guest house, and unmatched privacy, this is a rare East Coast escape that feels entirely its own.

  1. The Malibu Retreat Estate, Calabasas

Tucked into five private acres in Monte Nido, The Malibu Retreat is a secluded compound where bohemian design meets rolling lawns, ancient oaks, and sweeping mountain views. A natural-bottom pool, treetop yoga deck, fire pits, and open-air living spaces create a resort-like escape immersed in nature—just steps from Saddle Peak Lodge and the iconic Backbone Trail. With rare “dark sky” serenity only 25 minutes from Los Angeles, this is Malibu at its most private, soulful, and unforgettable.

Best View

  1. Sedona Sunrise, Sedona

Bordering Brins Mesa, Sedona Sunrise, a 3,000-square-foot retreat unfolds to sweeping Red Rock panoramas, unforgettable moonrises, and Milky Way–filled skies from its backyard and second-floor deck. With Jordan Trail just steps away and Sedona’s iconic landmarks minutes from home, guests are immersed in the area’s most breathtaking landscapes without ever leaving the property. Floor-to-ceiling windows, a mesa-view yoga room, and stargazing from the hot tub create a true front-row seat to one of the Southwest’s most extraordinary views.

  1. The Lakehouse at Malibu, Malibu

Poised above historic Malibu Lake, The Lake House at Malibu captures wide-open, uninterrupted views of the Santa Monica Mountains through striking windows and from its generous firepit deck. Dusk washes the ridgelines in warm amber tones as the lake reflects the changing sky, transitioning from crisp daylight to a canopy of stars. Quietly tucked away in an enviable setting, this retreat provides an extraordinary vantage point over one of Malibu’s most remarkable landscapes.

  1. Ocean Haven, Oahu

Situated directly on the shoreline, Ocean Haven offers the kind of endless ocean panoramas most travelers only imagine. Four of five bedrooms open to private balconies, where mornings begin with sweeping Pacific views and evenings end to the sound of waves meeting the sand, while the main living spaces and backyard keep the horizon constantly in sight. With no obstructions—just open blue stretching as far as the eye can see—this home delivers a true front-row seat to the coast, making every moment feel immersed in seaside perfection.

  1. Driftaway, Oregon Coast

Set just south of legendary Haystack Rock, Driftaway boasts one of the most sought-after views on the Oregon Coast. Floor-to-ceiling windows and an oceanfront deck showcase uninterrupted Pacific vistas and a clear, panoramic sightline to the iconic 235-foot monolith—no obstructions, just endless shoreline and sky. From misty sunrises to blazing sunsets and puffin sightings, this is a true front-row seat to one of the most scenic landscapes in the world.

  1. Suncliff Vista, Hudson Valley

Elevated above the forest canopy, Suncliff Vista showcases sweeping, unobstructed panoramas of the Catskill Mountains in every direction. Walls of glass and vaulted ceilings bathe the interiors in natural light, keeping the ever-changing landscape—morning fog, vibrant foliage, and sunset-lit peaks—constantly in view. Step onto the expansive deck or sink into the hot tub, and you’ll feel suspended above it all, surrounded by pure mountain serenity.

  1. The Giraffe View House at The Reserve

Framed by the striking Santa Rosa Mountains and overlooking pristine fairways in an exclusive Palm Desert enclave, The Giraffe View House presents a desert panorama that feels both expansive and intimate. Walls of glass invite golden light inside, showcasing unobstructed mountain views from nearly every room—whether you’re dining with a crowd or unwinding by the fire as the sky shifts from sunrise glow to violet dusk. Outdoors, the pool, covered patio, and even the primary suite’s soaking tub are perfectly oriented toward the horizon, delivering a front-row seat to Coachella Valley’s most breathtaking sunsets.

Best Architecture

  1. Cielo Curve, Malibu

Rising above the Malibu hills, Cielo Curve is a bold architectural showpiece whose sculpted façade mirrors the natural ridgelines around it. Walls of glass invite in endless light and open to wraparound balconies and elevated outdoor lounges with sweeping horizon views. Seamlessly blending dramatic design with warm, modern interiors, the home captures the essence of elevated California living.

  1. Cathedral View, Sedona

Cathedral View is a seamless fusion of contemporary architecture and Sedona’s dramatic desert landscape. Expansive glass, clean modern lines, and thoughtfully tiered outdoor spaces capture the monument’s shifting light from sunrise to starlit evenings, while artistic desert-inspired interiors echo the natural surroundings. It’s a home intentionally oriented around one of the Southwest’s most breathtaking landmarks—architecture in direct dialogue with nature.

  1. Agate Peak, Tahoe

Agate Peak is a masterfully reimagined A-frame that celebrates one of mountain architecture’s most iconic forms, pairing its dramatic vaulted silhouette with a striking south-facing wall of glass that floods the home with natural light. The soaring ceilings, open-concept great room, and seamless transition to a wraparound deck create a design that feels both bold and warmly livable. Blending classic alpine geometry with modern renovation and refined finishes, Agate Peak is a standout architectural statement in the heart of Lake Tahoe.

  1. Vitamin Sea, Coastal Oregon

Just steps from Manzanita Beach, Vitamin Sea is a striking coastal composition of soaring ceilings, expansive glass, and warm natural wood that captures the Oregon Coast in every line of sight. Its dramatic walls of windows and open vertical layout flood the home with light while intentionally framing panoramic ocean views from the living room to the loft above. Seamlessly blending modern geometry with inviting coastal textures, Vitamin Sea is architecture designed not just to sit by the sea—but to showcase it.

  1. Lawndale Manor, Sonoma
default

Nestled within a secluded vineyard estate in Kenwood, Lawndale Manor stands as a distinguished architectural centerpiece in the heart of Sonoma wine country. A sweeping curved ceiling and walls of glass craft a bold profile while purposefully capturing panoramic vineyard vistas and bathing the interiors in warm California sunlight. Fusing expressive design with effortless indoor-outdoor living—anchored by a pristine lawn, pool, and curated focal moments—Lawndale Manor both honors and enhances its idyllic wine country surroundings.

  1. Silver Screen, Los Angeles

Blending classic Hollywood glamour with clean contemporary lines, Silver Screen is a thoughtfully layered architectural retreat in the heart of Silver Lake. Its multi-level design creates dynamic sightlines—from the balcony’s cinematic overlook of the lush backyard lounge to the seamless indoor-outdoor flow that defines modern California living. With dual living spaces, curated entertaining areas, and a backyard designed as an extension of the home itself, Silver Screen captures the essence of LA architecture: stylish, social, and effortlessly cool.

Best Interior Design

  1. Historic Modern on Main, Hudson Valley

Historic Modern on Main is a vibrant masterclass in contemporary interior design, where bold color, curated décor, and clean modern lines come together in perfect balance. Bright, artfully styled living spaces feel both elevated and inviting, while high-end bathroom finishes and a thoughtfully designed kitchen reflect a seamless blend of beauty and function. Set against a serene wooded backdrop, the interiors bring warmth, personality, and polish to every corner—making this Hudson Valley retreat a standout in modern design.

  1. Joshua Tree Mansion, Joshua Tree

A true Joshua Tree landmark featured in Forbes and The New York Times, this design-forward estate is a bold expression of desert glamour and artistic soul. From the 12-foot marble kitchen island to the grand piano lounge, library walls lined with books and artifacts, and richly layered textures throughout, every room is curated to spark conversation and connection. Blending resort-scale amenities with museum-worthy interiors, Joshua Tree Mansion isn’t just beautifully designed—it’s a fully immersive aesthetic experience set against the raw drama of the desert.

  1. The Bloom House, Nashville

The Bloom House is a fearless celebration of color, pattern, and personality—where bold florals, curated artwork, and eclectic décor channel the vibrant spirit of Nashville itself. Every space is thoughtfully styled to feel playful yet polished, blending statement design moments with plush, livable comfort for groups to gather and unwind. From the art-forward living areas to the high-energy, design-integrated gym space, this home transforms a stay into a full sensory experience worthy of Music City’s creative soul.

  1. Trapper, Tahoe

Trapper is a refined expression of modern mountain design, where cathedral ceilings, layered levels, and a dramatic wall of windows create a striking yet welcoming interior experience. Thoughtful craftsmanship—from the grand foyer and dedicated mudroom to the seamless transitions between living, dining, and lofted spaces—balances architectural drama with everyday livability. Warm wood tones, panoramic sightlines, and spa-inspired amenities like a private sauna elevate the home’s interiors into a polished alpine retreat worthy of Best Interior Design.

  1. Lion Manor, Lake Norman

Lion Manor is a masterfully designed modern estate where soaring ceilings, expansive windows, and a dramatic grand piano create an immediate sense of scale and sophistication. Thoughtfully layered gathering spaces—from the chef’s kitchen and 12-seat dining area to the cinematic movie room and elevated game lounge—balance grandeur with warmth, ensuring every room feels both intentional and inviting. Blending refined finishes with resort-style amenities, Lion Manor delivers a cohesive, high-impact interior experience designed for unforgettable group living.

  1. Shiloh Vista Estate, Sonoma

Shiloh Vista Estate is a study in modern wine-country elegance, where clean architectural lines, expansive windows, and a contemporary fireplace create a light-filled, design-forward sanctuary. High-end finishes, a chef-caliber kitchen, and ensuite bedrooms throughout reflect a meticulous attention to both aesthetics and functionality, while layered indoor-outdoor living spaces echo Sonoma’s relaxed sophistication. Every detail feels intentional, refined, and effortlessly in tune with its vineyard surroundings—an elevated expression of Northern California interior design.

Best Estate

  1. Palazzo del Sol, Temecula
default

Set atop five private acres with sweeping mountain views, Palazzo Del Sol is a grand hilltop estate that lives up to its regal name. With soaring ceilings, ornate wood finishes, a dramatic open floor plan, and expansive balconies designed for sunset wine toasts, the home delivers both architectural presence and resort-style luxury. Complete with a hot tub under star-filled skies and a dedicated game room, this castle-like retreat is a true Temecula showpiece—private, palatial, and undeniably worthy of Best Estate.\

  1. Crown Jewel of Keystone, Keystone

Crown Jewel of Keystone redefines the modern mountain estate, pairing a prime riverside location with resort-caliber amenities rarely found in a private home. With seven ensuite bedrooms, Summit County’s largest private indoor saltwater pool, a full-scale indoor gymnasium and sports complex, multiple saunas and steam rooms, and a chef- and caterer-ready kitchen suite, this multi-million dollar retreat delivers an unmatched level of luxury, recreation, and wellness under one roof. Set against the breathtaking Rockies and steps from Keystone Resort, this is more than an estate—it’s a private alpine resort worthy of the title Best Estate.

  1. Mesquite38, Coachella

Set across 3.9 private acres beneath 38 majestic Mesquite trees, Mesquite38 is a fully realized desert compound that blends a 7,800-square-foot modern farmhouse with resort-level amenities and a standalone guest house. From its 60-foot pool with sunken fireplace, par-3 golf hole, tennis and pickleball courts, and expansive pool house to its vaulted-ceiling interiors and concierge-curated experiences, every element is designed for large-scale gatherings without sacrificing refinement. Mesquite38 isn’t just an estate—it’s a self-contained luxury retreat built for unforgettable celebrations, wellness escapes, and elevated desert living at its finest.

  1. 114 Ocean Blvd, Isle of Palms

Set on 1.5 landscaped oceanfront acres along Isle of Palms, 114 Ocean Blvd is a grand coastal estate designed to host at scale, sleeping 24 across seven bedrooms with sweeping views of both the Atlantic and Intracoastal Waterway. Four full-width porches, an infinity-edge pool with wet bar, private basketball court, and expansive sun decks create a self-contained resort experience, while the elegant interiors—anchored by a chef’s kitchen with Sub-Zero appliances and oceanfront primary suites—deliver timeless Lowcountry luxury. With panoramic views stretching to Fort Sumter and Morris Island Lighthouse, Isola Palma stands as a true crown jewel of the South Carolina coast.

  1. Pond Estate, Coachella

Spanning more than 12 gated acres with panoramic mountain views, The Pond Estate is the largest and most spectacular private compound in Palm Springs—featuring three distinct residences, 11 bedrooms, indoor and outdoor pools, a private pond and stream, tennis court, expansive lawns, and its own dedicated event and wellness spaces. From the 12,700-square-foot Hacienda—complete with sauna, steam room, and direct indoor pool access—to the 3,000-square-foot Game House and separate Pool Club, every corner of this estate is designed at grand scale. Blending Architectural Digest–level design with resort-caliber amenities and unmatched acreage, The Pond Estate is not just a home—it’s a fully realized desert kingdom worthy of Best Estate.

  1.  The Tennis Ranch, San Diego
default

The Tennis Ranch form a rare dual-estate compound that delivers a true private resort experience in coastal Southern California. With sparkling pools, a private tennis and basketball court, expansive balconies, vineyard views, grand entertaining spaces, and endless indoor-outdoor gathering areas, the properties offer both scale and sophistication for large groups. Just minutes from Encinitas beaches and San Diego wine country, this side-by-side estate pairing is a seamless blend of luxury, recreation, and SoCal lifestyle at its finest.

Best Pool

  1. Rancho Mirage, Coachella

Set against sweeping mountain views, Rancho Mirage’s resort-style pool is the crown jewel of this desert estate—designed as a true backyard oasis. Surrounded by a bubbling hot tub, sunken firepit, lush landscaping, and seamless indoor-outdoor flow, the pool becomes the heart of every gathering from sun-soaked afternoons to starlit evenings. Framed by open desert skies and panoramic peaks, it’s not just a place to swim—it’s a private luxury retreat worthy of Best Pool.

  1. Warhol, Temecula

Warhol’s showstopping infinity pool is the ultimate stage for celebration—stretching toward Temecula’s rolling hills and designed for everything from sun-soaked lounging to unforgettable party weekends. Paired with an outdoor firepit, balcony views, and a backyard packed with games, the pool anchors a full-scale entertainment playground built for groups of 20. Bold, social, and endlessly fun, this is not just a pool—it’s the centerpiece of every reason you came to celebrate.

  1. Beach Haven, Fort Lauderdale

Beach Haven’s dramatic infinity pool steals the spotlight—seemingly spilling toward the Atlantic just steps away and delivering unobstructed ocean views from the water’s edge. Paired with a corner hot tub, sun-drenched patio, and seamless indoor-outdoor flow, the pool transforms this Fort Lauderdale retreat into a private beachfront resort. Few homes offer the rare luxury of swimming in your own infinity pool while gazing directly at the sea—making Beach Haven a true standout for Best Pool.

  1. Gray Fox Lodge, Lake Norman

Gray Fox Lodge delivers lake life at its most fun-filled, anchored by a private pool complete with its own waterslide—bringing resort energy right to the edge of Lake Norman. Set beside a hot tub, firepit, and expansive outdoor lounge areas, the pool creates a seamless transition from lakeside paddleboarding by day to splash-filled afternoons and starlit soaks at night. With both open-water adventure and a built-in backyard waterpark, this pool experience stands in a league of its own.

  1. Skyline Sanctuary, Smoky Mountains

Skyline Sanctuary’s showstopping indoor pool redefines mountain luxury, featuring garage-style glass doors that open to panoramic Smoky Mountain views and an underwater viewing window that lets you soak in the scenery even mid-swim. Blending a spa-like hot tub deck, wet bar, and sweeping vistas—including twinkling Dollywood lights at night—this pool experience is as immersive as it is indulgent. It’s not just a place to swim; it’s a front-row seat to the Smokies, making it a true standout for Best Pool.

  1. Wellsona, Paso Robles

Set on a private, gated 40-acre estate in the heart of Paso Robles wine country, Wellsona’s brand-new pool offers a truly elevated retreat with sweeping vineyard and mountain views. Paired with a hot tub and expansive outdoor living spaces, it seamlessly blends relaxation, privacy, and scenic beauty—creating the perfect setting for everything from tranquil mornings to celebratory gatherings. It’s not just a pool—it’s the centerpiece of an unforgettable Wine Country escape.

Best Mountain Retreat

  1. Overlook Lodge, Smoky Mountains
default

Commanding a dramatic vantage point above the Smoky Mountains, Overlook Lodge blends contemporary architecture with wild natural beauty, as floor-to-ceiling glass and expansive dual decks showcase uninterrupted ridgeline views. From horizon-facing dips in the plunge pool to fireside evenings beneath soaring vaulted ceilings, each space invites connection to the outdoors while delivering elevated comfort. Private, panoramic, and thoughtfully designed, Overlook Lodge sets the standard for a truly exceptional mountain retreat.

  1. Skyridge Summit, Park City

Overlooking the Jordanelle Reservoir with panoramic views of the Wasatch peaks, SkyRidge Summit delivers elevated mountain living just two minutes from Deer Valley’s Jordanelle Express Gondola. With soaring ceilings, walls of glass, a private hot tub, firepit, theater room, and a dedicated wellness suite featuring a sauna and cold plunge, this newly built retreat blends modern luxury with effortless access to world-class adventure. From first tracks to starlit soaks above the valley, it embodies the ultimate Park City mountain escape.

  1. Winterhaven Estate, Winter Park

Winterhaven Estate redefines the mountain getaway with a private 11-bedroom alpine compound spanning three distinct residences, offering the rare ability to host large groups without sacrificing privacy or luxury. Set among towering pines just minutes from Winter Park Resort, the estate pairs vaulted lodge-style interiors, expansive decks, firepits, and a hot tub with seamless access to Colorado’s year-round adventure. Spacious yet intimate, refined yet warmly rustic, it’s the kind of retreat where unforgettable mountain moments naturally unfold.

  1. Zendo, Breckenridge

Tucked among the pines of Breckenridge, Zendo captures the essence of a true mountain escape with soaring ceilings, warm wood finishes, and sweeping alpine views framed by sun-drenched windows. Equal parts cozy and elevated, the home pairs a laid-back cabin vibe with refined interiors, a lively game room, and a hot tub perched for stargazing after powder-filled days on the slopes. It’s the perfect balance of comfort, scenery, and space—making it a standout for Best Mountain Retreat.

  1. Elkstone Lodge, Aspen

Positioned along a quiet ridge with sweeping valley vistas and distant snow-capped peaks, Elkstone Lodge offers the scale and solitude of an authentic Colorado mountain retreat. Soaring wood-clad ceilings, walls of glass, a statement stone fireplace, and a starlit hot tub set the scene for gathering after days of skiing, hot springs soaks, or Glenwood adventures. Expansive yet warmly inviting, this eight-bedroom retreat defines the ultimate mountain getaway—scenic, secluded, and designed for unforgettable group moments.

  1. Smokey’s Den by AvantStay

Overlooking Sevierville with panoramic, golden-hued views of the Smokies, Smokey’s Den reimagines the mountain getaway with contemporary design and standout group amenities, including a private indoor pool and a hot tub perfectly positioned for sunset. Expansive decks, dramatic windows, and thoughtfully designed gathering spaces create an effortless flow between connection and calm, all just minutes from Dollywood and national park trails. Scenic, stylish, and welcoming, this elevated retreat embodies the best of Smoky Mountain living.

Best Desert Home

  1. Yucca Haven by AvantStay

Framed by native Joshua trees and endless desert skies, Yucca Haven, a modern retreat captures the essence of elevated high-desert living with a resort-style backyard designed for unforgettable days and star-filled nights. From the sparkling pool and built-in outdoor kitchen to the firepit lounge, pergola swing, and hammock beneath the palms, every detail invites you to slow down and savor the serenity. Seamlessly blending sleek architecture with the raw beauty of Joshua Tree, this home is a true standout for Best Desert Home.

  1. Royal Palm by AvantStay

Commanding a prime position on a Scottsdale mountainside, Royal Palm frames the striking beauty of the Sonoran Desert with panoramic valley views and vivid Arizona sunsets from nearly every vantage point. A resort-style pool appears to merge with the horizon, while firelit patios and walls of glass seamlessly connect refined modern interiors to the raw desert terrain. Secluded, sophisticated, and undeniably elevated, Royal Palm defines desert living at its most exceptional.

  1. Red Rock Haven by AvantStay

Framed by Sedona’s iconic crimson cliffs, Red Rock Haven is a mid-century modern masterpiece designed to put panoramic red rock views front and center. Expansive windows, multiple view-soaked decks, and a private hot tub overlooking the mountains create an immersive desert experience from sunrise to starlight. Seamlessly blending architectural style with Sedona’s natural drama, this elevated retreat defines what a Best Desert Home should be.

  1. Desert Cascade by AvantStay

Set against Carefree’s dramatic boulders and wide-open skies, Desert Cascade is a masterclass in elevated Sonoran living, where winding stone paths and sculpted landscaping blend seamlessly with the natural terrain. A cascading waterfall pool, stargazing hot tub, and fireplace-warmed patio create a private desert oasis designed for long, sun-soaked days and tranquil evenings under the stars. With panoramic views and architecture that brings the outdoors in, this mountainside retreat captures the true spirit of a Best Desert Home.

  1. Sandflower, Phoenix

Sandflower captures the essence of Sonoran serenity with its organically shaped pool tucked into lush, natural landscaping—creating a rare, private desert oasis that feels worlds away from the everyday. Modern design meets verdant outdoor living, complete with a private putting green, courtyard lounge, and seamless indoor-outdoor flow. With its prime Scottsdale location and breathtaking backyard sanctuary, Sandflower is desert living at its most refined.

  1. Fallbrook, Scottsdale

Set on an expansive desert estate complete with private horse stables, Fallbrook offers a rare blend of rugged Sonoran beauty and wide-open luxury. With panoramic mountain views that glow at sunset and direct access to the trails of Tonto National Forest, this home delivers an authentic, elevated desert experience. Secluded yet close to Scottsdale’s world-class spas and dining, Fallbrook defines Best Desert Home with space, scenery, and true Southwest spirit.

Best Wine Country Home

  1. Via de Oro Estate, Temecula
default

Overlooking Temecula’s rolling vineyards, Via de Oro Estate pairs panoramic sunset views with resort-style amenities and seamless access to the region’s most celebrated wineries. Expansive entertaining spaces, alfresco dining for eighteen, a private pool, tennis court, and hillside terraces aglow at dusk create the feel of an exclusive vineyard resort. Grand yet inviting, and fully immersed in wine country beauty, it captures the essence of the ultimate Temecula escape.

  1. The Residence at Truss Wines, Paso Robles

Set on a 27-acre working vineyard in the heart of Paso Robles, The Residence at Truss Wines offers the rare experience of staying directly on a winery estate—just steps from tasting rooms and minutes from Tin City and downtown. With a private pool, hot tub, firepit lounge, and a beautifully designed main home plus casita, it blends elevated comfort with immersive vineyard living. Authentic, exclusive, and effortlessly walkable to world-class wine, this is Paso at its absolute finest.

  1. Marquee, Sonoma

Marquee brings a bold, design-forward edge to Sonoma wine country, pairing sleek modern interiors with a backyard built for long afternoons of sipping and sunset lounging. With a pool, hot tub, statement fire pit, and covered dining spaces made for pouring local vintages, every corner feels curated for celebration. Stylish, social, and perfectly placed near Sonoma’s top wineries, Marquee redefines what a wine country getaway can be.

  1. Sonoma Sunshine, Sonoma

Set beside a vineyard with sweeping countryside views, Sonoma Sunshine delivers the quintessential wine country escape—where curated interiors, a charming fountain courtyard, and a sun-drenched pool create an atmosphere of effortless elegance. From golden-hour swims overlooking the vines to fireside evenings and chef-worthy dinners in a beautifully appointed kitchen, every detail is designed for savoring Sonoma at its finest. Refined, scenic, and unmistakably rooted in its surroundings, this is wine country living done right.

  1. Beginnings Ranch & Vineyard, Paso Robles

Nestled within Paso Robles’ coveted Willow Creek AVA, Beginnings Ranch and Vineyard offers an immersive wine country experience across a private three-home compound surrounded by rolling vines and golden hills. With panoramic-view decks, a pool overlooking the vineyard, and multiple residences designed for gathering and retreating in equal measure, it feels like your own boutique estate in the heart of one of California’s most celebrated regions. Authentic, expansive, and rooted in the landscape itself, this is wine country living at its most unforgettable.

  1. Hilltop, Paso Robles
default

Set above Paso Robles’ rolling valleys, Hilltop pairs panoramic vineyard views with thoughtfully curated interiors and the seclusion of a true wine country retreat. From alfresco dinners over golden hills to sunset soaks in the hot tub and fireside evenings indoors, every space is designed to celebrate the landscape. Scenic, elevated, and moments from top tasting rooms, Hilltop showcases Paso at its most refined.

Best Beach House

  1. Seascape, San Diego

Surrounded by sweeping blue water views in Del Mar, Seascape is a light-filled architectural showpiece where walls of glass and soaring ceilings frame the Pacific at every turn. Just a short walk from the sand, it pairs effortless beach access with sunset firepit evenings, a chef’s kitchen, and a private in-home theater for elevated coastal living. Modern, sun-drenched, and steps from the shore, Seascape defines the ultimate San Diego beach house.

2. South Beach Serenity, Hilton Head

Set directly on the sands of Hilton Head, South Beach Serenity, Hilton Head pairs panoramic ocean views with a private backyard pool and elevated sun terrace designed for soaking in sea breezes from sunrise to sunset. Inside, floor-to-ceiling windows and vaulted ceilings flood the home with natural light, seamlessly blending refined interiors with the beauty of the shoreline beyond. With six bedrooms, a cinematic movie room, and effortless indoor-outdoor flow, this is coastal luxury at its absolute best.

3. 30 Bradley Circle, Hilton Head

With a private boardwalk leading straight to the sand, sweeping Atlantic views, and a stunning oceanfront infinity pool, 30 Bradley Circle delivers the ultimate Hilton Head beach experience. Expansive balconies, multiple gathering spaces, and nine beautifully appointed bedrooms make it effortless to host unforgettable group getaways just steps from the shoreline. Grand in scale yet seamlessly connected to the sea, this estate is coastal living at its finest.

4. Pelican’s Perch, Port Aransas

Overlooking the tranquil waters of Charlie’s Pasture, Pelican’s Perch offers panoramic bay views, glowing Gulf Coast sunsets, and front-row seats to ships gliding along the channel. With a private pool, expansive balcony, and effortless access to Port Aransas beaches, this coastal retreat blends laid-back luxury with immersive waterfront beauty. Peaceful, scenic, and designed for connection, it’s Texas beach living at its absolute best.

5. Gulfstream, Fort Lauderdale

Set along a tranquil Fort Lauderdale canal with 65 feet of private dock frontage, Gulfstream delivers a seamless blend of waterfront luxury and coastal ease. A sparkling pool, hot tub, and expansive patio create a private resort atmosphere, while direct boating access and proximity to Fort Lauderdale Beach make every day an ocean adventure. Stylish, sun-soaked, and effortlessly connected to the water, Gulfstream defines modern beach house living.

Best Coastal Home

  1. Salish Sea Escape, Whidbey
default

Overlooking Whidbey Island with sweeping 180-degree views of the Salish Sea and surrounding mountain ranges, Salish Sea Escape embodies coastal living at its most refined. Floor-to-ceiling windows, sculptural wood architecture, and decks that seem to hover above the water create a fully immersive oceanfront experience, complemented by beach access, wildlife sightings, and firelit gathering spaces for every season. Expansive, serene, and truly distinctive, this is coastal retreat living redefined.

  1. Cove Keep, Oregon Coast
default

Tucked within Oswald West State Park with sweeping Pacific views and private access to a secluded beach, Cove Keep is the definition of an authentic coastal escape. Floor-to-ceiling windows, multiple ocean-facing decks, and a serene setting in the Falcon Cove Marine Protected Area immerse guests in Oregon’s raw natural beauty from sunrise to starlit evenings. Peaceful, panoramic, and perfectly positioned between forest and sea, this is coastal living at its most breathtaking.

  1. Sunset House, Oregon Coast

Where forest meets the Pacific, Sunset House captures the soul of the Oregon coast with sweeping ocean views framed by towering trees. Floor-to-ceiling windows, a firelit living room, and an ocean-facing balcony create an intimate connection to nature, while its prime location near Nehalem Bay and Manzanita Beach makes adventure effortless. Serene, scenic, and perfectly positioned between woods and waves, this is coastal living at its most magical.

  1. Alaula, Oahu

Set along Oahu’s breathtaking west coast, Alaula offers the perfect blend of island serenity and adventure just minutes from Makaha’s legendary beaches and crystal-clear waters. With a spacious yard, open-concept living, and access to resort-style amenities, it’s an effortless retreat for families and groups looking to soak up sun, surf, and seasonal whale sightings. Relaxed, scenic, and steps from paradise, Alaula captures the true spirit of coastal Hawaii.

  1. Pakele Oahu, Oahu

Nestled in scenic Makaha Valley just minutes from the turquoise waters of Makaha Beach, Pakele Oahu pairs laid-back island living with elevated design and mountain-to-ocean views. This former model home blends bright, open-concept interiors and chef-level finishes with a serene backyard retreat, creating the perfect base for sun-soaked beach days and Hawaiian adventures. Sophisticated yet effortlessly relaxed, it’s coastal Oahu at its finest.

  1. Goldilocks, Whidbey Island

Set along the peaceful shores of Whidbey Island, Goldilocks blends classic waterfront charm with elevated modern comfort. Sweeping west-facing views across Puget Sound, a private cliffside sunset perch, and effortless indoor-outdoor living capture the magic of the Pacific Northwest at every golden hour. Warm, refined, and quietly unforgettable, this Greenbank retreat is island living at its most timeless.

Best City Stay

  1. Skyline Lofts, Los Angeles
default

Set in the heart of Downtown Los Angeles, Skyline Lofts fuses historic industrial architecture with sleek, modern design for an unforgettable urban escape. Soaring ceilings, exposed brick, curated interiors, and a rooftop with sweeping skyline views place you at the center of LA’s energy—just steps from Grand Central Market, The Broad, and world-class dining. Bold, stylish, and effortlessly connected to the city, this is downtown living at its finest.

  1. Bouldin Collective, Austin

In the heart of Austin’s coveted Bouldin neighborhood, this fully private six-unit compound redefines the city stay with 15 bedrooms wrapped around a resort-style courtyard oasis. A sleek pool, hot tub, speakeasy-inspired game room, outdoor kitchen, and walkable access to South Congress and Downtown create the perfect balance of urban energy and exclusive retreat. Bold, design-forward, and built for unforgettable group gatherings, Bouldin Collective is city living—elevated.

  1. SkyLux Penthouse, San Diego

Occupying the entire 41st floor of one of downtown San Diego’s most striking towers, SkyLux Penthouse delivers panoramic skyline views and elevated luxury at every turn. Floor-to-ceiling windows, designer finishes, a private balcony, and access to rooftop resort-style amenities create a five-star experience high above the city. Sophisticated, exclusive, and steps from Little Italy and the Gaslamp Quarter, this is urban living at its most iconic.

  1. Mariposa Retreat, Austin

Minutes from South Congress and downtown Austin, Mariposa Retreat is an architectural showpiece that pairs bold modern design with resort-style amenities. A saltwater pool, spa, cinematic 8K Dolby Atmos theater, and a beautifully composed main-and-guest house layout create a private luxury compound in the heart of the city. Sophisticated yet effortlessly connected to Austin’s best dining and music scene, this is the ultimate elevated urban escape.

  1. Kapiolani Sky Suite, Honolulu

High above Honolulu on the 23rd floor of Sky Ala Moana, Kapiolani Sky Suite showcases sweeping ocean and skyline views from a prime urban vantage point. Sleek, contemporary interiors and a private balcony are complemented by resort-style amenities—including a pool, fitness center, sauna, and concierge services—just steps from Ala Moana Center and world-class dining. Sophisticated, convenient, and distinctly Pacific, this is elevated city living at its finest.

        6. Alta Vista Estate, Los Angeles

Tucked into the hills of Woodland Hills, Alta Vista Estate delivers resort-style luxury in the heart of Los Angeles. With manicured lawns, a statement pool and patio design, floor-to-ceiling glass, and glamorous interiors—including a grand piano and expansive chef’s kitchen—this modern sanctuary blends privacy with proximity to Malibu, Beverly Hills, and Hollywood. Sophisticated, spacious, and designed for unforgettable gatherings, it’s LA city living at its most elevated.

Best Lake House

  1. Klamath, Central Oregon

Set on the shores of Caldera Springs, Klamath is Bend’s premier lakeside cabin—where panoramic water views, towering pines, and crackling stone fireplaces create an unforgettable mountain-lake escape. An expansive patio with a fire pit and spa invites year-round relaxation, while direct access to skiing, hiking, and river adventures makes it the ultimate basecamp for every season. Rustic elegance meets lakeside serenity in this standout Central Oregon retreat.

West Shore Lake House, Tahoe

default

Set just across the street from the sparkling shores of Lake Tahoe, West Shore Lake House pairs panoramic lake views with cozy alpine charm for the ultimate year-round retreat. With a main house and guest house, stone fireplace, expansive patio, and unbeatable access to both the water and nearby ski resorts, it effortlessly blends summer lake days with winter mountain adventures. Scenic, spacious, and steps from the shoreline, this is Tahoe lake living at its absolute best.

  1. Homewood Lakefront, Tahoe
default

Set directly on the shores of West Lake Tahoe, Homewood Lakefront delivers a true toes-in-the-water experience with private lake access, expansive patios, and uninterrupted panoramic views. A charming main house and guest house pair rustic mountain warmth—think stone fireplaces and wall-to-wall windows—with effortless indoor-outdoor living. Scenic, serene, and steps from the water, this is lakefront living at its most iconic.

  1. Wilson Hideaway, Lake Norman
default

Blending modern architecture with panoramic Lake Norman views, Wilson Hideaway is a masterclass in elevated lakefront living. A saltwater pool and spa, expansive covered porch with surround sound, and a new double-decker dock create a seamless indoor-outdoor retreat designed for both relaxation and recreation. Refined, resort-like, and perfectly positioned on the water, this is the ultimate luxury lake escape.

  1. Making Waves, Lake Norman
default

Set on a private acre along the shores of Lake Norman, Making Waves is a 4,900-square-foot waterfront retreat designed for unforgettable family gatherings. With a saltwater pool, floating dock, home theater lounge, expansive outdoor entertaining decks, and panoramic lake views at every turn, it delivers nonstop fun both on and off the water. Spacious, scenic, and packed with amenities, this is lake life at its absolute best.

  1. Lagunita Shores, Big Bear
default

With over 100 feet of prime deep-water shoreline on Big Bear Lake, Lagunita Shores delivers one of the most coveted lakefront settings in Southern California. A private dock, expansive entertaining deck, 12-person hot tub, and panoramic lake views—plus proximity to Snow Summit—make it a true four-season retreat. Grand in scale yet rich in rustic charm, this is lake living at its most iconic and unforgettable.

Best Cabin

  1. Mountain Gem, Asheville

Overlooking the Cataloochee Hills with sweeping 20-mile views of the Smoky Mountains, Mountain Gem, defines the quintessential cabin escape. Soaring cathedral ceilings, a wraparound deck, a glowing fire pit, and a hot tub under the stars blend classic mountain charm with modern comfort. Peaceful, picturesque, and deeply connected to nature, it’s cabin living at its very best.

  1. Donner Lake Refuge, Tahoe
default

Surrounded by towering pines just steps from Donner Lake, Donner Lake Refuge, this wood-clad retreat embodies the timeless charm of a classic Truckee cabin. With a stone fireplace, forest-framed picture windows, kayaks for lake days, and effortless access to world-class skiing, it delivers the perfect blend of cozy seclusion and year-round adventure. Rustic, warm, and perfectly placed between lake and mountain, this is cabin living at its finest.

  1. Avalon Pines, Big Bear

Just minutes from Bear Mountain and Snow Summit, Avalon Pines delivers elevated cabin living in the heart of Big Bear. A spacious deck for alfresco dining, cozy interiors with modern touches, and a private balcony retreat create the perfect balance of comfort and mountain charm. Adventure-ready yet effortlessly relaxing, this is the ultimate slopeside cabin escape.

  1. Ward Creek, Tahoe
default

Blending modern architecture with classic mountain warmth, Ward Creek offers vaulted ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows, and a cozy fireplace just steps from Lake Tahoe’s beaches. With a spacious deck, walkable dining, and easy access to Homewood and Palisades, it’s perfectly positioned for year-round adventure. Stylish, inviting, and effortlessly connected to the outdoors, this is Tahoe cabin living at its best.

  1. Alder, Central Oregon

Set against the breathtaking backdrop of the Cascades, Alder is a moody architectural masterpiece that seamlessly blends modern design with rustic mountain charm. Floor-to-ceiling windows, a starlit hot tub, and a luxe outdoor patio create an immersive Sunriver escape just minutes from Mt. Bachelor and the Village. Striking, sophisticated, and effortlessly connected to nature, this is cabin living reimagined.

  1. Copperhead, Smoky Mountains

Set high in the treetops with expansive Smoky Mountain views, Copperhead redefines the traditional cabin getaway with elevated amenities including a private indoor pool, hot tub, home theater, and game room. Walls of windows, crackling fireplaces, and sunset balconies balance cozy mountain character with contemporary comfort. Lively, scenic, and immersed in nature, it’s a Smoky Mountain retreat designed for unforgettable stays.

Best Hotel

  1. The Gilmore Hotel, Nashville

Ranked #1 of 230 hotels in Nashville on TripAdvisor, The Gilmore redefines boutique hospitality in the heart of 12 South. Blending Mediterranean-inspired design with Southern charm, rooftop skyline views, serene courtyards, and full-service concierge offerings, it delivers an elevated, experience-driven stay unlike anywhere else in the city. Sophisticated, walkable, and flawlessly executed, The Gilmore sets the gold standard for a modern Nashville hotel.

  1. The Code Hotel, Austin

The Code redefines what a hotel can be—blending boutique hospitality with fully furnished residences and hotel-level service in the heart of Zilker. With design-forward interiors by Kim Lewis Designs, chef-ready kitchens, and a flexible stay-or-own model, it delivers the ultimate insider experience of Austin living. More than a stay, The Code creates a true sense of belonging—setting a new standard for modern hospitality.

  1. The Wesley, Palm Springs

With nine thoughtfully designed residences centered around a sun-soaked courtyard oasis, The Wesley captures the effortless glamour of Palm Springs. Chic desert-inspired interiors, a sparkling pool, and firepit lounges create a boutique retreat that feels both private and social. Stylish, intimate, and perfectly curated, The Wesley sets the standard for a modern desert hotel escape.

4. Sense28, Miami

    Sense28 delivers a refined boutique experience in the heart of Miami’s Edgewater, pairing coastal-contemporary design with fully equipped residences and hotel-level amenities. With private balconies, curated interiors, a rooftop pool, fitness center, and effortless access to Wynwood and the Design District, it blends style, comfort, and location seamlessly. Sophisticated yet relaxed, Sense28 sets a new standard for modern Miami hospitality.

    5. The Juliette, Savannah

      In the heart of Savannah’s Historic District, The Juliette blends timeless Southern charm with modern, residence-style comfort. Spacious 2- and 3-bedroom suites, full kitchens, private gated parking, and walkable access to Forsyth Park and River Street create a boutique stay that feels both elevated and effortless. Refined yet welcoming, The Juliette delivers the quintessential Savannah hotel experience.

      Best for Big Groups and Bachelorettes

      1. 118 Charleston, Isle of Palms

      With seven bedrooms—six ensuite—an elevated private pool, rooftop sunset deck, and steps-from-the-sand location, 118 Charleston was made for unforgettable group getaways. Multiple covered decks, a chef’s kitchen with wet bar, and expansive gathering spaces create the perfect setting for celebrations, champagne toasts, and coastal photo ops. Spacious, stylish, and effortlessly fun, it’s the ultimate beach house for big groups and bachelorettes.

      1. Pink Pines, Smoky Mountains

      Bold, playful, and completely one-of-a-kind, Pink Pines is a designer Smoky Mountain escape made for unforgettable celebrations. With a year-round indoor pool, private movie theater, hot tub, firepit lounge, and its iconic pink aesthetic throughout, every corner is photo-ready and party-perfect. Private, whimsical, and packed with amenities, it’s the ultimate backdrop for big group getaways and bachelorette weekends.

      1. Dolly’s Dreamhouse, Smoky Mountains
      default

      Bold, pink, and unapologetically fun, Dolly’s Dreamhouse is a Smoky Mountain showstopper designed for unforgettable group celebrations. With a private indoor pool, hot tub, panoramic decks, and rhinestone-worthy interiors, every space is camera-ready and party-perfect. Glamorous yet cozy, this one-of-a-kind retreat turns every girls’ getaway or bachelorette weekend into a headline act.

      1. Dory, Hilton Head

      With nine bedrooms, multiple bunk rooms, a private pool, and expansive indoor-outdoor gathering spaces, Dory was built for unforgettable group escapes. Just a short walk to Hilton Head’s beaches, this three-story retreat offers balcony-lined bedrooms, oversized dining areas, and multiple entertainment zones so everyone can celebrate in style. Spacious, social, and perfectly located, it’s the ultimate Lowcountry backdrop for big groups and bachelorette weekends.

      1. The Great Girls Night Out, Nashville

      Two side-by-side showstoppers designed for celebration, The Great Girls Night Out, Nashville buyout sleeps up to 24 and delivers rooftop hot tubs, skyline views, a private speakeasy lounge, and a full-scale in-home karaoke stage. With multiple kitchens, glam-ready getting stations, and unforgettable entertainment spaces, it keeps the party seamless while giving everyone room to recharge. Bold, over-the-top, and steps from Broadway, this is the ultimate big group and bachelorette headquarters.

      1. The Conway, Nashville

      Set in the heart of downtown Nashville, The Conway places your crew steps from Broadway’s honky-tonks, live music, and nonstop nightlife. Designed for easy group stays with elevated comfort and seamless concierge support, it’s the perfect launchpad for bachelorette weekends and celebration-filled getaways. Central, social, and effortlessly fun—this is where Nashville memories begin.

      Best Sports Court

      1. Harmony House, Joshua Tree

      Set against the striking backdrop of the high desert, Harmony House pairs modern luxury with a private pickleball court that elevates every stay. Between matches, guests can cool off in the pool and spa, unwind in the stargazing yurt, or gather in beautifully designed indoor-outdoor spaces. Stylish, active, and uniquely Joshua Tree, this retreat serves up the ultimate desert sports escape.

      1. Celebrity Oceanfront Estate, San Diego

      Overlooking the Pacific from a premier La Jolla bluff, Celebrity Oceanfront Estate is a 9,100-square-foot estate redefines coastal competition with a rooftop pickleball court suspended above sweeping ocean views. Off the court, guests can rally over ping pong and billiards, recharge in the pool and spa, or host unforgettable gatherings across expansive, resort-inspired grounds. Dynamic, elevated, and truly one of a kind, this is seaside living designed for play and prestige.

      1. Starlight Estate, Coachella
      AIM Media Group

      Home to one of the only private, air-conditioned indoor tennis courts in Coachella Valley, Starlight Estate delivers a year-round championship experience unlike any other. This eight-bedroom desert mansion pairs elite-level play with a resort-style pool, expansive entertaining spaces, and room for the entire crew to gather in style. Grand, rare, and built for competition, it’s the ultimate sports-centric estate in the desert.

      1. Orca Ridge, Whidbey

      Set on five private acres with sweeping 180-degree waterfront views, Orca Ridge is a Frank Lloyd Wright–inspired estate pairs Pacific Northwest serenity with standout recreation—including a newly added private tennis court overlooking the water. Between competitive matches, beach access, a hot tub, and expansive patio space create a resort-style experience that feels both elevated and effortless. For a sports court setting that’s as scenic as it is exclusive, this Whidbey Island escape is truly unmatched.

      1. Buena Vista, Coachella
      AIM Media Group

      Set across 40+ private acres in Coachella Valley, Buena Vista transforms recreation into a full-scale experience with its dedicated tennis and pickleball court, volleyball, bocce ball, and rodeo-style entertainment grounds. Whether hosting competitive matches under the desert sun or organizing large-scale retreats and brand activations, this estate delivers unmatched space, versatility, and energy for play. When it comes to a sports court setting that feels expansive, event-ready, and entirely its own, Buena Vista stands in a league of its own.

      1. Riesling Retreat, Temecula

      With a private pickleball court, basketball hoop, volleyball setup, and even a putt-putt course, The Riesling Retreat turns every stay into a full-scale backyard tournament. Designed for nonstop play, the estate pairs its all-in-one sports lineup with a game room, pool, and fire-lit evenings—creating the ultimate playground in Temecula wine country. For variety, energy, and group-friendly competition all in one place, this home truly raises the bar for Best Sports Court.

      Most Zen Escape

      1. The Gem Estate, Central Oregon

      Set on 10 serene acres of lavender fields just outside Bend, The Gem Estate is a sanctuary designed for deep exhale moments—where barrel saunas, cold plunges, starlit hot tub soaks, and quiet mornings under a modern pergola redefine relaxation. Surrounded by open skies and Cascade views, this Northwest farmhouse blends elevated design with immersive wellness amenities for a stay that feels grounded, restorative, and beautifully unhurried. For those seeking space, stillness, and total reset, The Gem Estate is the ultimate Zen escape.

      1. Sonoma Skyhouse, Sonoma

      Floating above Sonoma Valley’s vineyards and rolling hills, Sonoma Skyhouse feels worlds away in its own private, gated enclave. Days drift from sunlit swims in the solar-heated pool to quiet moments in the Finlandia sauna, while nights are reserved for soaking under the stars or lingering over wine on the expansive deck. Wrapped in gardens and endless sky, this retreat offers a slower, more intentional take on wine country living.

      1. Mill Creek, Sonoma

      Tucked among trees with the gentle sound of a running creek below, Mill Creek is a private sanctuary designed for true restoration. Evenings unfold in the hot tub under the stars, followed by a detoxifying sauna session and fireside conversations beneath glowing string lights. Just minutes from Healdsburg yet worlds away in atmosphere, this intimate retreat captures the essence of a peaceful, nature-immersed wine country escape.

      1. Goss Lake Getaway, Whidbey Island

      With eighty feet of private lakefront, a sandy beach, and a handcrafted Finnish sauna, Goss Lakefront Getaway is a return to life’s simplest, most restorative rhythms. Swim in pristine waters, rinse off beneath spa-like showers, and watch eagles glide across sunset skies as the noise of the outside world fades away. Rooted in heritage and wrapped in stillness, this Whidbey Island retreat is the definition of a true Zen escape.

      1. Roca Roja, Sedona

      Set against Sedona’s iconic red rock panorama, Roca Roja is a sanctuary where architecture and nature exist in perfect harmony. Floor-to-ceiling windows, expansive decks, and accordion doors dissolve the boundary between indoors and out—inviting sunrise coffee, sunset soaks in the hot tub, and fireside evenings beneath a blanket of stars. With spa-like baths, serene desert tones, and uninterrupted mountain views from nearly every room, this is tranquility elevated to an art form.

      1. Terra Vina, Sonoma

      Set directly among Sonoma’s rolling vineyards, Terra Vina is a private sanctuary where days unfold slowly between poolside lounging, hot tub soaks, and golden-hour dinners beneath a shaded gazebo. Surrounded by iconic wineries yet wrapped in total backyard serenity, this retreat blends wine country elegance with effortless outdoor living. For those seeking sunshine, stillness, and vineyard views in every direction, Terra Vina is pure Sonoma Zen.

      Best for Family Trips

      1. Shoreway Cove, Lake Norman

      With its private dock, pool and hot tub overlooking Lake Norman, and endless ways to play—from ping pong and pool to cornhole and movie nights—Shoreway Cove was designed for unforgettable family time. Spacious ensuite bedrooms offer comfort and privacy for every generation, while open living areas make gathering effortless. Add in unrestricted lake access for tubing, wakeboarding, and sunny swim days, and you have the ultimate all-ages waterfront escape.

      1. Coconut Breeze, Orlando

      Just minutes from Disney and Universal, Coconut Breeze turns every family vacation into a full-blown adventure with nine bedrooms, themed kids’ suites, and space for 25 to stay together comfortably. Between the private pool and spa, Marvel-themed arcade, and full access to Solara Resort’s splash pad, sports courts, and wave simulator, there’s nonstop fun for every age. With a dining table that seats 19 and room for everyone under one roof, this is the ultimate Orlando family headquarters.

      1. Sip, Sip Away, Lake Norman

      From its 24’ saltwater pool with a brand-new waterslide to a private dock stocked with kayaks and paddleboards, Sip, Sip, Away is built for nonstop family fun on Lake Norman. Kids can claim the bunk room, teens can take over the loft, and everyone can gather for meals with lake views before ending the night around the fire pit. With space for 14 and entertainment at every turn, this is the kind of lake house where family traditions are made.

      1. Grand Timber, Poconos
      1069 Sandy Valley Rd.

      Grand Timber is a full-scale family playground in the heart of the Poconos, featuring an indoor pool, two epic game rooms, a backyard sports court, playground, and even a rock-climbing wall. With bunk rooms for the kids, spacious gathering areas for shared meals, and endless activities rain or shine, every generation has something to love. More than a cabin, this is a memory-making destination designed for unforgettable family adventures.

      1. Arcadia, Scottsdale

      Perfectly positioned near Scottsdale’s best trailheads, Arcadia blends outdoor adventure with at-home fun the whole family will love. From pool days and hot tub nights to giant backyard chess, cornhole, shuffleboard, and foosball tournaments, there’s nonstop entertainment for every age. With four comfortable bedrooms and inviting gathering spaces inside and out, Arcadia makes it easy for families to relax, reconnect, and play together under the Arizona sun.

      1. Harborside, Destin
      default

      Set along Destin Harbor with seven ensuite bedrooms and space for everyone to spread out, Harborside is tailor-made for unforgettable family beach getaways. A large fenced pool, dual living rooms, ping pong competitions, and breezy patios for al fresco dinners keep every age entertained from sunrise to sunset. Just minutes from sugar-white beaches and kid-friendly attractions, this is the ultimate home base for Sunshine State family fun.

      Best Pet-Friendly Home

      1. Aerie, Central Oregon

      Adventure meets elevated comfort at Aerie, where your entire crew—including your four-legged companions—can spread out across four modern mountain-view residences just minutes from downtown Bend. With complimentary dog beds and bowls, private balconies with hot tubs, and easy access to trails, parks, and the Deschutes River, it’s a seamless blend of upscale living and pet-friendly freedom. This is the ultimate basecamp for travelers who believe every getaway is better with their pup by their side.

      1. Dakine Haus, Tahoe

      Tucked among the pines of Northstar, Dakine Haus is a playful, family-focused ski cabin where pups are just as welcome as people—with dog beds, bowls, and treats ready on arrival. With backyard snow play, easy trail access, and a free shuttle to the slopes right from your driveway, it’s effortless to adventure by day and cozy up together (four-legged friends included) by night. This is Tahoe cabin living at its most magical—and most pet-friendly.

      1. Black Bear Lodge, Lake Norman
      default

      Set on a quiet cove of Lake Norman, Black Bear Lodge pairs rustic charm with resort-style luxury—offering sprawling indoor-outdoor space where the whole family, pups included, can roam and relax. With a private sandy beach, wrap-around porch, dock, pool, and endless waterfront adventures just steps away, it’s the ultimate lakeside escape for guests who never travel without their four-legged companions. Spacious, serene, and adventure-ready, this is pet-friendly living at its finest.

      1. Brier Treenest, Los Angeles
      default

      Tucked into the storied hills of Laurel Canyon, Brier Treenest offers a private, deck-filled backyard paradise where you and your pup can unwind beneath the California sun. With multiple outdoor lounging areas, a firepit, and easy access to scenic canyon walks just minutes from Hollywood’s icons, it’s the perfect blend of city energy and serene escape. For travelers who want a stylish LA retreat without leaving their four-legged companion behind, this is pet-friendly living at its most elevated.

      1. East Valley Manor, San Diego

      Set in the heart of Montecito, East Valley Manor offers a rare blend of refined coastal living and pet-friendly comfort, just minutes from Butterfly Beach and scenic canyon trails. With a spacious lawn, shaded patio dining, and seamless indoor-outdoor flow, it’s the perfect place to unwind with your four-legged companion by your side. Private, peaceful, and effortlessly elegant, this is Montecito living made for the whole family—pups included.

      1. Hilltop Hideaway, Hudson Valley

      Sprawled across five private acres in the Catskills, The Hilltop Hideaway offers room for everyone—including your four-legged companions—to roam, relax, and reconnect. With expansive outdoor space, mountain views, nearby hiking trails, and lodge-style interiors built for gathering, it’s the ultimate countryside escape where pets are welcome to be part of the memories. For large-group getaways that don’t leave anyone behind, this estate sets the gold standard.

      Winter Home Maintenance Checklist: Everything You Need to Prepare

      Cold weather brings unique challenges that can damage your home if you’re not ready. Frozen pipes, ice dams, and heating system failures can cost thousands in repairs and leave your family uncomfortable during the coldest months. Taking action now helps you avoid these winter problems before they start.

      Getting your property ready for winter doesn’t have to feel overwhelming. Simple tasks like sealing air leaks, checking your heating system, and protecting your pipes can make a big difference in keeping your home safe and warm all season.

      Start with this winter home maintenance checklist to protect your investment and stay comfortable. These steps will help you prepare your home the right way and catch potential problems early.

      Home Maintenance Checklist for Winter

      1. Prepare your home’s exterior – Prevent ice dams, snow damage, and foundation issues from melting snow and ice.
      2. Seal and insulate your interior – Lower heating bills and block cold drafts that make rooms uncomfortable.
      3. Service your heating system – Keep your family warm and safe while avoiding mid-winter breakdowns.
      4. Protect your plumbing – Prevent frozen pipes and burst pipe disasters that cause water damage.
      5. Inspect your chimney and fireplace – Ensure safe heating and avoid fire hazards from creosote buildup.
      6. Winterize your pool – Protect your pool equipment from freeze damage during cold months.
      7. Prepare for safety emergencies – Get your family ready for power outages and winter storms.
      8. Check appliances and systems – Catch small problems before they become expensive repairs.

      Exterior Preparation

      Protect your home’s outer structure from winter elements. Start by clearing gutters and fixing your roof since these areas take the biggest hit from snow and ice. Tree branches loaded with heavy snow can snap and damage your property, so trim them back before the first storm hits.

      Clean and repair gutters to prevent ice dams

      Remove all leaves and debris from gutters and downspouts. Check for loose sections and fix them right away. Make sure downspouts direct water at least 5 feet away from your foundation to prevent basement flooding.

      Inspect and fix roof shingles and flashing

      Look for cracked, curled, or missing shingles from the ground or a ladder. Check the flashing around chimneys and vents for gaps or damage. Hire a professional for a thorough inspection if you spot any problems or can’t safely reach your roof.

      Trim overhanging tree branches

      Cut back any dead or weak branches that hang over your home, garage, or driveway. Heavy snow and ice can make branches snap and fall. Remove or wrap vulnerable outdoor fixtures like decorative lights and hanging plants.

      Drain and store garden hoses

      Disconnect all hoses from outdoor faucets and drain the water completely. Store hoses in a garage or shed to prevent cracking. Cover outdoor faucets with insulated caps to protect them from freezing temperatures.

      Service snow removal tools

      Test your snow blower now and get it serviced if needed. Sharpen shovel edges and repair any broken handles. Stock up on salt or ice melt for walkways and driveways before stores run out.

      Interior Sealing and Insulation

      Block drafts and retain heat for efficiency. Air leaks around windows and doors can increase your heating bills by hundreds of dollars each winter. Proper insulation in your attic and walls keeps warm air inside where it belongs.

      Seal gaps around windows and doors

      Check for drafts by holding a lit candle near the edges on a windy day. Apply weatherstripping or foam tape to seal gaps. Install door sweeps at the bottom of exterior doors to block cold air.

      Check and upgrade attic insulation

      Measure your current attic insulation and aim for R-38 or higher in cold climates. Add more insulation if yours is compressed or less than 10 inches deep. Insulate around pipes and electrical cables that run through the attic.

      Inspect ductwork for leaks

      Look for gaps or disconnected sections in your ductwork, especially in basements and crawl spaces. Seal leaks with foil tape, not duct tape, which doesn’t hold up well. Proper sealing improves heating efficiency and comfort.

      Caulk cracks in walls and foundation

      Fill cracks around exterior faucets, air vents, and anywhere something enters your wall. Use exterior-grade caulk rated for cold temperatures. Check your garage door seal and replace it if you see daylight underneath.

      Heating System

      Ensure safe, efficient warmth. Your furnace works overtime during winter, so it needs to be in top shape before cold weather arrives. Regular maintenance prevents breakdowns and keeps your energy bills under control.

      Schedule a professional furnace tune-up

      Have an HVAC technician inspect your system before winter starts. They’ll check for carbon monoxide leaks, test the ignition, and clean internal components. Change or replace air filters every 30 to 45 days during heavy use.

      Test thermostat and clean vents

      Make sure your thermostat responds correctly and reaches the set temperature. Remove furniture or curtains blocking vents and registers. Vacuum dust from vent covers to improve airflow throughout your home.

      Inspect for proper venting

      Check that exhaust vents outside your home are clear of snow, ice, and debris. Blocked vents can cause dangerous carbon monoxide to build up inside. Make sure you have working carbon monoxide detectors on every floor.

      Plumbing

      Prevent freezing and bursts. Burst pipes account for the majority of homeowners’ insurance claims during winter. Water damage from a single burst pipe can cost $500 to repair, plus up to $3,000 in additional damage to your home.

      Insulate exposed pipes

      Wrap insulation around pipes in crawl spaces, garages, attics, and under sinks. Pay special attention to pipes along exterior walls and in unheated basements, where 37% of all burst pipes happen. Insulation costs as little as 50 cents per foot but saves thousands in potential damage.

      Disconnect outdoor faucets and know your shutoff valve

      Turn off water valves that supply outdoor spigots if you have them. Drain remaining water from the lines. Know exactly where your main water shutoff valve is located so you can act fast in an emergency.

      Flush the water heater and check for leaks

      Drain a few gallons from your water heater tank to remove sediment buildup that reduces efficiency. Check the pressure relief valve to make sure it works properly. Look for any signs of corrosion, drips, or leaks around connections.

      Chimney and Fireplace

      Avoid fire hazards. Heating equipment like fireplaces and chimneys accounts for 15% of all home fires, according to the U.S. Fire Administration. Regular cleaning and inspection are necessary safety measures before you light your first fire of the season.

      Hire a certified sweep for creosote removal

      Have a professional chimney sweep clean out creosote buildup, which is highly flammable and can cause house fires. They’ll also inspect the damper and chimney lining for cracks or damage. Schedule this in early fall when contractors are less busy.

      Check the firebox for cracks

      Look inside your fireplace for cracks in the firebox or loose bricks that need repair. Test that the damper opens, closes, and seals properly. Install a chimney cap if you don’t have one to keep out rain, debris, and animals.

      Stock proper firewood

      Buy or cut seasoned hardwood that’s been dried for at least six months. Wet or green wood creates more creosote buildup. Store firewood outside and away from your home to avoid bringing pests indoors.

      Pool Preparation

      Winterize for protection. Proper pool winterization protects your equipment and liner from freeze damage. Taking these steps now saves you from costly repairs and makes spring opening much easier.

      Balance chemicals before closing

      Test and adjust pH, alkalinity, and calcium hardness to proper levels. Add winterizing chemicals according to package directions. This prevents algae growth and keeps water clean until spring.

      Lower water level below the skimmer

      Reduce the water level to below the skimmer opening but not more than 18 inches from the top. This prevents freeze damage to the skimmer and jets. Never drain your pool completely as this can damage the liner.

      Clean and cover securely

      Remove all debris from the pool bottom and skim the surface. Cover with a winter pool cover and secure it tightly. Run your pump for a few hours after adding winterizing chemicals to distribute them evenly.

      Drain and add antifreeze if needed

      Blow out water lines using an air compressor or shop vac. Add pool antifreeze to lines in areas with hard freezes. Remove and store pool equipment like ladders, cleaners, and floating accessories in a dry place.

      Safety and Emergency Readiness

      Prepare for outages and hazards. Winter storms can knock out power for hours or even days. Having supplies ready keeps your family safe and comfortable when the unexpected happens.

      Build an emergency kit with essentials

      Stock flashlights, extra batteries, non-perishable food, and bottled water for at least three days. Include warm blankets, first aid supplies, and any necessary medications. Keep a manual can opener and battery-powered or hand-crank radio on hand.

      Test smoke and CO detectors

      Press the test button on every smoke and carbon monoxide detector in your home. Replace batteries in all units, even if they seem to work fine. Install detectors in every bedroom, on each floor, and in the kitchen if you haven’t already.

      Stock a winter car kit

      Keep an ice scraper, small shovel, jumper cables, and tire chains in your vehicle. Add snacks, water, blankets, and a fully charged power bank for emergencies. Sand or cat litter can help with traction if you get stuck.

      Create a home inventory for insurance

      Take photos or videos of your belongings, room by room. Keep receipts for valuable items in a safe place. Review your homeowners’ insurance policy to make sure coverage limits are adequate and update if needed.

      Appliance and General Systems

      Ensure reliable operation. Small maintenance tasks on appliances and systems prevent breakdowns during the holiday season. Taking care of these items now saves you from dealing with repairs when you’re busy entertaining guests.

      Clean oven and range before holidays

      Mix baking soda with white vinegar to form a paste. Apply it to your oven interior with a brush and let it sit overnight. Wipe clean with a damp sponge to remove baked-on food and grease before holiday cooking begins.

      Chthe eck garage door opener

      Test the auto-reverse safety feature by placing a roll of paper towels under the closing door. The door should reverse immediately when it touches the roll. Lubricate the chain or screw drive and all moving parts with garage door lubricant.

      Review fire extinguishers

      Check that your fire extinguisher is fully charged and accessible. The pressure gauge needle should be in the green zone. Replace or recharge any extinguisher that’s expired or shows low pressure.

      Check the basement for dampness

      Look for signs of moisture, mold, or mildew in your basement or crawl space. Test your sump pump by pouring several gallons of water into the pit to make sure it kicks on. A working sump pump prevents flooding from melting snow.

      Winter Home Tips

      Set your thermostat to 65°F or higher when leaving home for extended periods to prevent pipes from freezing. Open cabinet doors under sinks during extreme cold to let warm air reach the pipes. Let faucets drip slightly when temperatures drop below 15°F for more than 24 hours.

      • Reverse ceiling fans to run clockwise and push warm air down from the ceiling.
      • Remove window screens to boost natural light and improve solar heat gain.
      • Use floor mats inside and outside all entrances to protect the flooring from salt and moisture.

      Home Maintenance Tips for New Homeowners

      Winter is a great learning opportunity for first-time homeowners. Take notes about which rooms get coldest or where snow tends to pile up so you can address those issues next year. Keep track of when you complete each maintenance task to build a schedule for future seasons.

      • Start a home maintenance binder with manuals, warranty information, and service records.
      • Learn the location of your home’s main water shutoff, electrical panel, and gas shutoff valve.
      • Build relationships with reliable contractors for plumbing, HVAC, and electrical work before emergencies happen.

      List Your Rental Property This Winter with AvantStay

      Winter maintenance for a vacation rental takes extra time and attention. From coordinating professional inspections to managing emergency repairs from a distance, the work adds up quickly during your busiest season.

      AvantStay can assist in taking care of all winter preparation and ongoing maintenance for your rental property. Our property management team schedules seasonal inspections, manages emergency repairs needed, and keeps your home guest-ready through snow and ice. You earn rental income while we handle the winter weather challenges.

      Ready to list your property with us? Visit AvantStay.com to learn how our full-service property management protects your investment and maximizes your rental income year-round.

      For property management inquiries, send us an email at newhomes@avantstay.com or call us at (855) 683-1768. 

      20 Underrated Whidbey Island Airbnbs with Dreamy Views

      If you’re craving a getaway that feels worlds away but is still close to Seattle, Whidbey Island is your hidden gem. This tranquil slice of the Pacific Northwest is home to coastal cliffs, quiet beaches, charming seaside towns, and some of the dreamiest vacation rentals you’ve probably never heard of.

      Plan a romantic retreat, a weekend with friends, or a full-on family escape. We’ve rounded up 10 underrated Whidbey Island Airbnbs that bring big views, cozy vibes, and peaceful surroundings without the tourist crowds. 

      From cottages on the bay to hilltop homes with private beach access, these stays let you unwind, explore, and soak in the island’s slow-living magic. Let’s find your perfect Whidbey vacation home today!

      Quick Navigation:

      Cascade View Haven

      Sleeps 6 guests | 3 Bedrooms

      Perched above the water with postcard-worthy views of the Cascade Mountains and Mount Baker, Cascade View Haven is one of Whidbey Island’s best-kept secrets. Wake up to the sight of fishing boats and soaring bald eagles, then unwind in the evening with a soak and a glass of wine. It’s the perfect spot to enjoy both peaceful seclusion and charming small-town vibes.

      Top Amenities:

      • Unobstructed views of Saratoga Passage and Mount Baker
      • Fenced yard, outdoor patio, office space, BBQ grill, fireplace
      • 5 minutes to downtown Langley’s cafes, shops, and the historic Clyde Theatre

      Why Cascade View Haven is a Must-Visit: 

      This cozy retreat offers the kind of quiet, scenic escape that’s perfect for slowing down, taking in the view, and savoring every moment.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “An amazing home with an amazing view! Check in was quick and painless, the house had everything we needed and more. Excellent location from the main island attractions. Would recommend and come again next time!” – Timothy H.

      You might also want to check out our other homes in the area! It’s Saratoga by the Sea and Langley by the Sea

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Madrona Tree Retreat

      Sleeps 7 guests | 3 Bedrooms

      Tucked beneath towering evergreens just minutes from the beach, Madrona Tree Retreat has cozy cabin vibes with a warm, nature-filled interior, complete with real tree trunks rising through the living room. This secluded home is perfect for unplugging without being far from Langley’s shops and shoreline.

      Top Amenities:

      • Real tree trunk posts built into the living room with a fireplace
      • Backyard with outdoor grill & dining, fire pit, upper deck balcony
      • A few minutes to Admirals Cove and downtown Langley

      Why Madrona Tree Retreat is a Must-Visit:

      It’s the kind of woodland hideaway where the trees are part of the architecture, and every corner invites you to slow down and breathe.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “We enjoyed beautiful views, modern amenities, community pool, cozy TV room with full streaming access, & we got to watch fighter jets flying right above us. Pretty awesome. Thanks for the great stay!” – Kevin P.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Maxwelton Aerie

      Sleeps 10 guests | 4 Bedrooms

      Perched high on a bluff above Clinton, Maxwelton Aerie is a rare farmhouse-style retreat that makes you feel like you’ve found your own private corner of the Pacific Northwest. Sweeping Puget Sound views stretch endlessly from the expansive grounds, where cozy evenings around the firepit are basically mandatory. Inside, large windows frame the water at every turn, a standalone soaking tub adds a touch of quiet luxury, and the fully equipped kitchen makes slow mornings feel like a reward. Beach access via steep steps sits right on the property, with a nearby public beach entrance for easier access. It’s the kind of place where you arrive for a weekend and start thinking about how to stay longer.

      Top Amenities:

      • Sweeping bluff-top Puget Sound views from expansive grounds and large windows
      • Firepit with outdoor seating for sunset gatherings, standalone soaking tub
      • Beach access from the property, EV charger, pet-friendly (up to 2 dogs)
      • Near Langley’s cafes, shops, Fort Casey, and Ebey’s Landing

      Why Maxwelton Aerie is a Must-Visit: A stunning high-bluff escape where panoramic Sound views, peaceful grounds, and quiet island living combine for a Whidbey stay that feels genuinely apart from the world..

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “We had such a great time at this charming house in Whidbey Island. There was ample space for my family of 6 and the kids enjoyed exploring the property and the beach. It was a beautiful and short drive to Langley and Bayview. We also went a little farther up to Fort Langley and Coupeville – highly recommend. The house did not disappoint and we were all sorry to leave!– Airbnb Guest

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Mutiny Bay Condo

      Sleeps 4 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      With front-row sunset views and a patio made for daydreaming, Mutiny Bay Condo is your next Whidbey Island hideaway. Whether you’re watching seabirds soar or soaking in the community pool after a beach walk, this west-facing gem feels calm and connected, plus it’s great for working remotely with fast internet and peaceful vibes.

      Top Amenities:

      • Best beach views with large windows and cozy indoor fireplace
      • Seasonal community pool, tennis court, & cabana, easy beach access pathway
      • Minutes from the beach and near Greenbank and Freeland

      Why Mutiny Bay Condo is a Must-Visit:

      A no-fuss, all-fun coastal retreat with postcard sunset views! If you are coming with a bigger group, we have a second AvantStay home, Beachcomber’s Bliss next door.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “The location and accommodations were perfect for our stay. Our trip here was to celebrate my husband’s 50th birthday and to visit family who live in Freeland. We thoroughly enjoyed the patio and view, the beach walks, the pool, and the bald eagles that flew over. The kitchen, cookware, and cooking supplies were in great condition, and the beach decor throughout was very charming and welcoming. The beds and linens were also quite comfortable, and the extra bedroll for the sleeper couch was appreciated and provided additional comfort. The location was close to the ferry terminal, the charming towns of Langley and Coupeville, as well as the stores and restaurants in Freeland. Overall, it was a very peaceful and relaxing stay, and I would recommend it.” – Amy C.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Camano Vista Paradise

      Sleeps 7 guests | 3 Bedrooms

      This breezy island retreat overlooks Holmes Harbor with dreamy views that stretch to Baby Island, making it a picture-perfect base for beach strolls, BBQs, and watching for whales. Warm up by the wood stove or serve up friendly competition in the game room. Camano Vista Paradise brings casual comfort and natural beauty together in one inviting home.

      Top Amenities:

      • Outdoor deck facing the waters, outdoor space & alfresco table setup 
      • Game room with ping pong table & foosball, backyard with grill, wood-burning stove
      • 5 minutes to Greenbank Farm and Store

      Why Camano Vista Paradise is a Must-Visit:

      Effortless coastal escape where breakfast waffles, sunset spotting, and whale watching all come with the best views.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “We enjoyed our stay. The house was beautiful and perfect for a large group or family. Our kids enjoyed the game room with ping pong and the movie room. The view was absolutely beautiful and we had a great time exploring the beach. Our only complaint was that we should have booked more days.” – Nicole C.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Greenbank Getaway

      Sleeps 6 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Greenbank Getaway is the home that makes you stop and breathe a little deeper. With sunrise views over Saratoga Passage and cozy, self-contained living spaces on both levels, it’s perfect for groups who want to spread out but stay close. You’ll find that the only thing better than the setting is how easy it feels to settle in.

      Top Amenities:

      • Dual-level layout with kitchens and living spaces on each floor
      • Expansive viewing deck, board games, BBQ grill, fireplace
      • Near Greenbank Farm, Freeland, Coupeville, and local beaches

      Why Greenbank Getaway is a Must-Visit:

      It’s a hidden gem with big views, offering double the comfort and a front-row seat to Whidbey’s quiet coastal charm.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “I really appreciated the VRBO accommodation at Whidbey Island in Greenbank. It was a pleasant and enjoyable stay, with a stunning view and peaceful surroundings. The presence of wildlife was both a relief and a joy to experience—such a refreshing change from the desert landscapes of the Middle East. We especially loved the cool, gentle breeze at night and the warm, sunny air that greeted us each morning.” – Robert F.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Orca Ridge on Resort Road

      Sleeps 14 guests | 4 Bedrooms

      Sitting on almost 5 acres with amazing water views from just about every room, Orca Ridge on Resort Road gives you the peaceful island life that makes Whidbey so special. Wake up to 180-degree water views, relax in the hot tub, and end the day grilling on the big patio or playing ping pong in the game room with your crew.

      Top Amenities:

      • Large patio areas with hot tub, sun loungers, and outdoor seating
      • Tennis court, game room with ping pong, and stairs down to beach access
      • 5-minute drive to famous wineries, distilleries, and golf courses

      Why Orca Ridge on Resort Road is a Must-Visit: 

      This Frank Lloyd Wright-style retreat is all about space and views: a big place to explore and patios made for watching eagles fly by.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Stunning expansive home with amazing amenities. We had 14 total guests here and everyone was very comfortable. The kitchen is very well appointed so cooking was quite enjoyable.” – Brian S. 

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay(Best Rates)

      Cottage By The Bay

      Sleeps 4 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Cozy, coastal, and packed with charm, Cottage By The Bay is your go-to island hideaway just a short walk from the beach. Nestled within a stone’s throw of the sandy shores, this spot has everything you need to unwind Whidbey-style. Stroll to the beach with ease, spend sun-drenched afternoons by the water, and return to a comfortable haven

      Top Amenities:

      • Fenced yard, covered back patio with grill and outdoor dining table
      • Separate loft space for remote work or quiet reading nook, fireplace
      • 10-minute walk to Frank D. Robinson Beach and near Greenbank Farm

      Why Cottage By The Bay is a Must-Visit:

      Little slice of Whidbey charm where you’ll have awesome beach days, fun BBQ nights, and a quiet place to call your own.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “This place was perfect for what we needed! My partner is a chef and he was able to throw some good stuff together in the kitchen. The bed is super comfortable, and we made a deer friend who would visit us in the morning.” – Elissa H.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Sisters by the Sound

      Sleeps 8 guests | 2 Bedrooms 

      With a front-row seat to Harrington Lagoon and just steps from the beach, Sisters by the Sound is the island retreat that feels like a secret you’ll want to share. Spend afternoons exploring the calm waters by kayak or paddleboard, and if you’re traveling with a larger group, your group may stay at the neighboring Sunny by the Sound to keep everyone close!

      Top Amenities:

      • Direct access to the beach & lagoon, views of calm bay waters
      • Firepit, fireplace, deck for sun lounging, full kitchen
      • Minutes from Coupeville, Fort Casey, and Admiralty Head Lighthouse

      Why Sisters by the Sound is a Must-Visit:

      From body surfing in the tide-fed lagoon to spotting bald eagles overhead, this home offers Whidbey Island’s most magical moments.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Very pretty and peaceful surroundings and plenty of room to spread out for the four of us. Super clean and comfortable – everything felt new! They had pretty much any kitchen appliance you could think of, which made cooking in the kitchen convenient and affordable. Thanks for a wonderful stay!” – Sara C.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Saratoga Vista

      Sleeps 6 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Get comfortable with amazing Pacific Northwest views at Saratoga Vista. This waterfront spot sits right by the water with 180-degree views of Saratoga Passage, Mt. Baker, and the Cascades. You can get access to a private community beach just steps away, where you can watch whales if you’re lucky, from the big windows. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Outdoor deck with outdoor seating, dining, lounging, and BBQ grill
      • 3-person hot tub with a view, 65″ Roku Smart TV, fireplace, washer/dryer
      • Just 4 miles away from Langley

      Why Saratoga Vista is a Must-Visit: This is a waterfront escape that was even featured on HGTV’s Beach Hunters, with your own beach for collecting shells and driftwood.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “This was a home to enjoy watching the sea activity, birds, and other creatures….the sounds of the animals at night like a lullaby….during the day it was often so very still and peaceful, or hearing the gulls as they swarmed over a spot on the sea, telling us to get out the binoculars and watch the feeding place for whales and porpoises and seals. The loft and the porch were ideal situations for this where we spent most of our time. Everything else about the home supported a time of clean easeful living and beauty….kitchen so handy, the living areas tastefully done and comfortable. We hope to be back!” – Helen A. 

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay(Best Rates)

      Fairway Harbor View

      Sleeps 13 guests | 4 Bedrooms

      Sweeping views of the Puget Sound, Cascade Mountains, and a perfectly manicured golf course–experience these views at Fairway Harbor View. A hidden gem for large groups or multigenerational families, where the serene garden paths give you options for play or peace, whether you’re hosting movie night or watching the sunrise with a cup of tea.

      Top Amenities:

      • Water, golf course, and mountain views from the outdoor deck
      • Game room with pool table, fireplaces, indoor gym, BBQ grill, EV charger, firepit
      • 5 minutes to golf, wineries, and the boat launch

      Why Fairway Harbor View is a Must-Visit:

      This spacious retreat has stunning views and versatility, making it the ultimate Whidbey escape for families and friend groups alike.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “This was a great house for our 2 families. Plenty of space for both kids and adults. Wonderful deck overlooking the bay was perfect for mornings and evenings.” – Nick D.

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Chateau Coho

      Sleeps 8 guests | 3 Bedrooms

      Just a short stroll from the beach, Chateau Coho is a fresh, modern retreat tucked into Greenbank’s peaceful Lagoon Point community. Between panoramic views, this home invites you to savor the slower pace of island life with sweeping views, salty breezes, and golden light that pours through every window.

      Top Amenities:

      • Separate downstairs suite with private entry
      • Pool table, fire pit, large yard, alfresco dining setup, beach access nearby
      • Minutes from Lagoon Point fishing and Greenbank Farm

      Why Chateau Coho is a Must-Visit:

      It is the ultimate laid-back getaway with all the comforts of home, plus room to play, toast s’mores, and explore the island’s wild side.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Well-stocked kitchen, clean and comfortable, plenty of extras, short walk to beach, hosts were very responsive. We enjoyed our stay and would stay here again.” – Janae B.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      West Beach Wonderland

      Sleeps 5 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Welcome to your front-row seat to Whidbey Island’s most breathtaking sunsets. At West Beach Wonderland, floor-to-ceiling views of the San Juans and Olympic Mountains steal the show, while the beach just steps away invites you to stroll, search for sea glass, or simply breathe in the salt air. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Panoramic ocean views from the main living areas of the house
      • Waterfront deck with lounge chairs and table, bulkhead beach access, estuary out back
      • Fireplace, BBQ grill, fully equipped kitchen, big windows
      • Minutes from Fort Ebey, Joseph Whidbey State Park & Oak Harbor

      Why West Beach Wonderland is a Must-Visit:

      From birdwatching in the backyard estuary to day trips through Fort Ebey, this coastal charmer is as peaceful as it is playful.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Our family of 4 had a fantastic stay! The view from the living room and kitchen/dining room is incredible. We loved playing cards at the outdoor table. We even brought our paddle board and used it every evening. We will absolutely be back. Thank you!” – Carolyn G.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      The Cottage at Herons Roost

      Sleeps 4 guests | 1 Bedroom

      Quiet, cozy, and tucked between the trees, The Cottage at Herons Roost is your personal pocket of Whidbey Island calm. Explore local wildlife along peaceful garden paths, stargaze by the fire pit, or read in the warmth of the cabin. This retreat makes unplugging feel effortless while still being cozy.

      Top Amenities:

      • Gazebo and a private firepit courtyard with dining space and cornhole
      • Fireplace, BBQ grill, full kitchen with washer and dryer, reading nook
      • Surrounded by trails with seasonal whale watching and beach access

      Why The Cottage at Herons Roost is a Must-Visit:

      This one-bedroom escape is perfect for couples or solo travelers who want to slow down and reconnect with nature in a charming, tucked-away setting.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Sweet cabin in a secluded wooded area. Lovely patio and surroundings– very peaceful and calm. Came here with my brother and sister for our first ever “siblings weekend” to hang out, and it was perfect. My brother is a workaholic and was pretty stressed out going into the weekend, and as soon as he got out of the car he started to unwind. He spent a lot of time lounging in the adirondack chairs on the patio, just drinking in the calm. The house was as advertised, very comfortable. The twin futon chair/beds were surprisingly comfortable, even for a grownup, and there were plenty of linens for all of us and our varying comfort levels. The trail through the woods to the beach was just gorgeous! While this is technically Langely, it’s not walking distance to town. It’s actually well placed between Langely, Freeland, and Bayview, so we had lots of opportunity for food, groceries, and coffee. We all loved our stay, and my brotehr has sworn he’s coming back every year!” – Amy S.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Maxwelton Farm Guest House

      Sleeps 18 guests | 6 Bedrooms

      Above Useless Bay on 65 acres of pastureland, Maxwelton Farm Guest House is a restored 1917 gem with beach views just across the road. Watch the sunset behind the Olympic Mountains, then retreat indoors to enjoy two fully separate units, perfect for groups or families who want shared time and solo space. It’s historic, it’s homey, and it’s full of Whidbey charm.

      Top Amenities:

      • Private beach access path across the street 
      • Outdoor deck with alfresco dining chairs and table, family-friendly, pet-friendly
      • Fireplaces, fire pit, BBQ grill, full kitchens, children’s toys, a little nook
      • Near Dave Mackie Park, Maxwelton Valley, and Useless Bay

      Why Maxwelton Farm Guest House is a Must-Visit:

      This rare two-in-one farmhouse is the perfect setting for multi-generational trips, offering room to gather and space to spread out, all surrounded by tranquil island beauty.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Beautiful home with a beach view, huge windows to watch the tides and scenery. Nicely kept living space with lots of comfortable and inviting shared spaces. Kitchen large enough to feed a large group, with cabinets of spices and leftovers from previous parties. Well stocked, clear instructions posted throughout the living spaces. Clean, beautiful, and a nice getaway.” – John C.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Swan Lake Cottage

      Sleeps 5 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Peaceful, private, and postcard-perfect is the theme here in Swan Lake Cottage. Tucked away on over two acres with dazzling water views and sunsets, you’ll be sure to remember the experience forever. A cozy retreat made for slow mornings and scenic evenings, making this your ticket to total relaxation just minutes from the beach.

      Top Amenities:

      • Stunning lake views from every room and from the outdoor deck
      • BBQ grill, washer and dryer, outdoor table and chair for alfresco dining, yoga mat
      • 5 minutes to Joseph Whidbey State Park & Beach, 10 minutes to downtown Oak Harbor

      Why Swan Lake Cottage is a Must-Visit:

      This is a hidden gem where nature, calm, and comfort come together, perfect for a true unplugged escape that you’re dreaming for.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “We thoroughly enjoyed our stay at Swan Lake Cottage. The surroundings were beautiful and peaceful. We walked a short distance from the cottage to Joseph Whidbey State Park where there is beach access and walking trails. The home was clean and the kitchen was stocked with all that we needed to prepare meals. The cottage is a short drive to Oak Harbor and Coupeville. Would definitely rent again!” – Candace P.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Mid-Century Beach Cabin

      Sleeps 6 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Surrounded by evergreens and full of throwback vibes, Mid-Century Beach Cabin is where you can have peaceful mornings watching the wildlife from the hammock, unwind in the hot tub, or explore the nearby community beach and picnic area. This hidden gem feels like stepping back in time in the best way. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Spacious deck with hot tub and hammock by the backyard, outdoor dining 
      • Guest cabin for glamping-style sleeping, pet-friendly, upper deck with lounge chairs
      • 5 minutes to community beach access, picnic spot & playground

      Why Mid-Century Beach Cabin is a Must-Visit:

      It’s a retro island escape house with modern layouts and outdoor perks that make every hour feel golden and special. 

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Great house in a peaceful location. The house had everything we needed. We cooked the majority of our meals and the kitchen had everything we needed. The outdoor area was amazing!” – Alicia G.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Comfy Coastal Cottage

      Sleeps 4 guests | 2 Bedrooms

      Located along Whidbey’s west side, Comfy Coastal Cottage is all sunshine, sea breezes, and the kind of mountain-and-water views that make you want to stay a little longer. Grab a book, curl up in a reading chair, or head outside to the deck for sunset dining after a day exploring Bush Point beach or antique hunting in Freeland.

      Top Amenities:

      • Large deck with Olympic Mountain and evergreen views
      • Big windows, cozy interiors, fireplace, BBQ grill, outdoor table with umbrella
      • 5 minutes to Bush Point boat launch and beach access

      Why Comfy Coastal Cottage is a Must-Visit:

      This cheerful home feels like summer even in the colder months, offering cozy charm and unbeatable proximity to nature and town.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “We really enjoyed this little cottage for our fishing trip on Whidbey Island. It was very close to our main fishing spot, Bush Point, and we were able to walk down to the beach easily. The cottage was clean, quiet, and comfortable.” – Trista O.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Goss Lake Getaway

      Sleeps 6 guests | 4 Bedrooms

      This lakeside gem is your front-row seat to sunset skies, quiet swims, and eagle sightings. With a private dock, Finnish sauna, and handcrafted legacy, Goss Lake Getaway lets you fully unplug while staying just a short drive from Langley’s coastal charm. It’s a nostalgic nod to simpler times, where long lake days, quiet woods, and rustic comfort meet in perfect harmony.

      Top Amenities:

      • Private dock, outdoor deck with dining setup, handcrafted sauna, and lake access
      • Paddles and life jackets, kayaks available, fire pit, BBQ grill, rustic aesthetic
      • Minutes to Goss Lake County Park, Putney Woods trails and downtown Langley 

      Why Goss Lake Getaway is a Must-Visit:

      The amenities and year-round sunset views of this hidden lakefront Whidbey retreat make it special for unplugging and recharging by the lake.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “I proposed to my girlfriend here and it was perfect. Lovely place for a romantic weekend.” – Austin W.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Sunny Side Island Retreat

      Sleeps 8 guests | 3 Bedrooms

      Settle into slower island rhythms at this light-filled home nestled on Whidbey’s sunniest stretch. In a peaceful corner of Freeland, Sunny Side Island Retreat is a cheerful escape that offers golden-hour skies and peak a boo ocean views. This happy haven gives you all-day light, coastal views, and plenty of space to relax, recharge, and make new memories with your crew.

      Top Amenities:

      • Expansive deck with BBQ grill, outdoor lounge area & dining table
      • Fenced yard, balcony with lounge chairs, fireplace, dedicated work desk
      • 5 minutes to Double Bluff Beach and Downtown Freeland

      Why Sunny Side Island Retreat is a Must-Visit:

      From quiet mornings to game nights and beach days, it’s the kind of place that brings people together and keeps them coming back, ideal for families and friend groups.

      Hear from Our Recent Guest:

      “Great stay for families! Plenty of amenities and toys for young children. Having a separate kitchen downstairs was a huge bonus! We loved the area – it was nice and close to Double Bluff Beach and not far to Langley. We were very appreciative of the fenced backyard and options for grilling. Will definitely be coming back!” – Emily S.

       ➜ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Don’t Miss These Must-See Spots on Whidbey Island

      Whidbey Island is packed with picture-perfect stops, scenic drives, and unique Pacific Northwest charm. Plus, with our guide on the best things to do while in Whidbey Island, for sure, you won’t run out of things to enjoy. 

      Whether you’re into history, nature, or seaside strolls, here are a few famous places that make Whidbey unforgettable:

      Deception Pass State Park

      The island’s most iconic landmark, this dramatic bridge and the surrounding park offer stunning views, rugged cliffs, and forested hikes. It’s one of the most photographed spots in Washington and for good reason.

      Fort Casey State Park & Admiralty Head Lighthouse

      Explore a real turn-of-the-century fort complete with bunkers and coastal batteries. Next door, the postcard-perfect lighthouse offers panoramic water views and a dose of island history.

      Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve

      This cliffside trail combines farmland, bluffs, and unbeatable sunsets over Puget Sound. Keep your eyes peeled for bald eagles and the occasional pod of orcas offshore.

      Downtown Langley

      Nicknamed “The Village by the Sea,” Langley is full of boutique shops, quaint cafés, bookstores, and galleries. Don’t miss The Star Store or the chance to spot whales from the seawall downtown.

      Greenbank Farm

      Known for its famous pies and laid-back atmosphere, Greenbank Farm has walking trails, art galleries, a wine shop, and wide-open fields with mountain views. It’s dog-friendly, too!

      Spoiled Dog Winery & Whidbey Island Distillery

      Enjoy locally made wine and award-winning spirits right on the island. Many wineries offer tastings with views, and the distillery is famous for its loganberry liqueur.

      Underrated Now. Fully Booked Soon.

      Whidbey Island is where stress disappears and peace takes over. Indeed, a unique gateway to the island’s most scenic and underrated corners, perfect for travelers seeking charm, quiet, and unforgettable views.

      No matter the season, this is your sign to slow down, breathe deep, and book the Whidbey escape you deserve. Browse our full Whidbey Island collection and start planning your peaceful PNW escape today. 

      Explore all Whidbey Island homes →

      Best Christmas Dinner Ideas for Your Holiday Menu 2026

      The smell of roasting turkey fills the air, while loved ones gather to share food and laughter. Christmas dinner brings everyone together around the table. Moreover, these special meals create memories that last for years, making the holiday season truly unforgettable.

      Planning your Christmas menu doesn’t have to feel overwhelming. If you prefer traditional roasts or want to try something new, plenty of options work for families of all sizes. From classic favorites to creative twists, the right dishes make your celebration feel special.

      Ready to plan an amazing holiday feast? Browse through these Christmas dinner ideas to find recipes that match your style.

      Complete Christmas Dinner Menu Ideas

      We’ve organized these Christmas dinner ideas into easy categories so you can jump straight to what you need. Each section offers options for different tastes, dietary needs, and cooking skill levels.

      Christmas Dinner Appetizer Ideas

      Starting your Christmas feast with the right appetizers sets the tone for the entire meal. These bite-sized treats keep guests happy while you finish preparing the main courses.

      Easy Christmas Dinner Ideas for Finger Foods

      Cheese Boards

      Cheese boards make entertaining simple and impressive. Arrange different cheese types with crackers, grapes, and nuts on a large wooden board. Add some cranberries and rosemary sprigs for festive color that gets everyone excited.

      Stuffed Mushrooms

      Stuffed mushrooms bring rich flavors in bite-sized portions. Fill button mushroom caps with a mixture of cream cheese, garlic, and herbs. Bake until golden and watch them disappear within minutes of serving.

      Cranberry Bruschetta

      Cranberry bruschetta puts a holiday twist on the classic appetizer. Toast sliced baguette until crispy, then top with goat cheese and homemade cranberry relish. The sweet and tangy combination tastes fresh and feels special.

      Make-Ahead Simple Christmas Dinner Ideas

      Deviled Eggs

      Deviled eggs with holiday twists save time on the big day. Prepare the filling a day ahead and pipe it into egg whites right before guests arrive. Try adding bacon bits, smoked salmon, or fresh dill for extra flavor.

      Mini Quiches

      Mini quiches work perfectly for busy hosts. Bake them in muffin tins using store-bought pastry dough. Fill with cheese, vegetables, or ham, then reheat quickly when needed.

      Elegant Christmas Appetizers and Starters

      Shrimp Cocktail

      Shrimp cocktail brings classic elegance to your table. Arrange chilled shrimp around a bowl of tangy cocktail sauce on crushed ice. The presentation looks stunning while requiring minimal effort.

      Prosciutto-wrapped Dates

      Prosciutto-wrapped dates offer the perfect sweet and salty combination. Stuff each date with a small piece of blue cheese or goat cheese. Wrap with thin prosciutto slices and secure with toothpicks for an impressive bite.

      Christmas Dinner Salad Ideas

      Fresh salads provide a light contrast to heavy holiday dishes. These colorful options add nutrition and brightness to your Christmas table.

      Light Salads

      Winter Pear Salad with Gorgonzola

      Winter pear salad with gorgonzola creates a refreshing start to heavy holiday meals. Slice ripe pears over mixed greens and add crumbled gorgonzola. Toss with pomegranate seeds and candied pecans, then drizzle with a light vinaigrette.

      The combination of sweet fruit and tangy cheese balances rich main courses. Fresh greens provide a crisp texture that contrasts nicely with creamy dishes. This salad also adds beautiful color to your holiday spread.

      Festive Salads

      Beet and Goat Cheese Salad

      Beet and goat cheese salad brings vibrant ruby colors to the table. First, roast the beets until tender, then slice and arrange on arugula. Top with creamy goat cheese, candied walnuts, and balsamic glaze for a restaurant-quality dish.

      The earthy sweetness of beets pairs perfectly with tangy goat cheese. With candied walnuts, it adds crunch while the balsamic glaze ties everything together. Your guests will love this sophisticated side that tastes as good as it looks.

      Healthy Salads

      Brussels Sprout Slaw with Apples

      Brussels sprout slaw with apples offers a crunchy alternative to traditional salads. Shred raw Brussels sprouts and toss with thinly sliced apples. Add dried cranberries and toss with honey mustard dressing for a fresh, healthy option.

      This raw slaw provides vitamin-rich greens without heavy dressings. The apple slices add natural sweetness while cranberries give festive flair. Honey mustard dressing brings all the flavors together without overwhelming the vegetables.

      Christmas Dinner Soup Ideas

      Warm soups bring comfort to cold winter nights and elegant starters to your holiday meal. These recipes range from classic favorites to festive creations that impress guests.

      Classic Soups

      Butternut Squash Bisque

      Butternut squash bisque delivers velvety comfort in every spoonful. Roast butternut squash with onions and garlic until caramelized. Blend with cream and vegetable broth, then season with nutmeg and sage for warmth.

      Creamy Mushroom Soup

      Creamy mushroom soup brings earthy richness to your menu. Sauté mixed mushrooms with shallots and thyme until golden. Add cream and broth, then puree until smooth for an elegant starter.

      Festive Soups

      Roasted Chestnut Soup

      Roasted chestnut soup with thyme and cream tastes luxuriously festive. Roast chestnuts until fragrant, then simmer with aromatics and broth. Blend until silky smooth and finish with a swirl of cream.

      Velvety Tomato Bisque

      Velvety tomato bisque topped with herb croutons offers familiar comfort with holiday flair. Use quality canned tomatoes with fresh basil and cream. Top each bowl with crispy homemade croutons for added texture.

      Hearty Soups

      Creamy Tuscan Chicken Soup

      Creamy Tuscan chicken soup with pasta and kale fills hungry guests. Simmer chicken with white beans, tomatoes, and kale in a creamy broth. Add small pasta shapes and Italian seasonings for a satisfying first course.

      French Onion Soup Gratiné

      French onion soup gratiné with cheesy croutons brings bistro elegance home. Caramelize onions slowly until deeply golden and sweet. Top with toasted bread and melted Gruyère cheese for a rich, warming starter.

      Christmas Dinner Main Course Ideas

      The main course anchors your Christmas dinner and becomes the star of the celebration. Choose from traditional roasts, healthy options, or creative alternatives that satisfy every palate.

      Traditional Christmas Dinner Main Course Ideas

      Classic Roast Turkey

      Classic roast turkey remains the holiday favorite for good reason. Brine the bird overnight for juicy, flavorful meat throughout. Roast with herbs and butter until the skin turns golden and crispy.

      Ham with Glaze

      Ham with glaze recipes offer a sweet and savory alternative. Score the ham in a diamond pattern before baking. Brush with a mixture of brown sugar, honey, mustard, and spices for a caramelized crust.

      Vegetarian Christmas Dinner Ideas

      Stuffed Portobello Mushrooms

      Stuffed portobello mushrooms make an impressive meatless main. Remove the stems and fill caps with a mixture of quinoa, vegetables, and cheese. Bake until the mushrooms are tender, and the filling is hot.

      Nut Roast

      Nut roast provides hearty satisfaction for vegetarian guests. Mix nuts, lentils, vegetables, and breadcrumbs with eggs and herbs. Press into a loaf pan and bake until firm and golden.

      Lentil Wellington

      Lentil Wellington looks elegant wrapped in golden puff pastry. Make a filling with lentils, mushrooms, and walnuts seasoned with herbs. Wrap in pastry and bake until crispy and impressive.

      Healthy Christmas Dinner Ideas for Family

      Baked Salmon with Lemon-Dill Sauce

      Baked salmon with lemon-dill sauce brings omega-3s to the table. Place salmon fillets on a baking sheet and season simply. Top with fresh dill and lemon slices, then bake until flaky.

      Roasted Root Vegetables

      Roasted root vegetables offer colorful nutrition without heavy sauces. Cut carrots, parsnips, and beets into similar sizes. Toss with olive oil and herbs, then roast until caramelized and tender.

      Quinoa Stuffing

      Quinoa stuffing with dried fruits and nuts provides whole-grain goodness. Cook quinoa and mix with sautéed onions, celery, and dried cranberries. Add toasted almonds and fresh herbs for a nutritious side that works as a main for vegetarians.

      Steamed Broccoli with Garlic

      Steamed broccoli with garlic keeps things simple and healthy. Steam broccoli florets until bright green and tender-crisp. Toss with minced garlic sautéed in olive oil and lemon zest.

      Seafood Christmas Dinner Ideas

      Salmon En Croute

      Salmon en croute impresses with its golden pastry exterior. Wrap seasoned salmon fillets in puff pastry with spinach and cream cheese. Bake until the pastry puffs and turns golden brown.

      Surf-and-Turf

      Surf-and-turf combinations let guests enjoy the best of both worlds. Serve filet mignon alongside grilled lobster tails with drawn butter. This luxurious pairing makes the meal feel extra special.

      Christmas Dinner Side Dish Ideas

      Side dishes complete the holiday plate and give guests variety throughout the meal. These recipes pair perfectly with any main course while adding color and flavor to your spread.

      Must-Haves for Christmas Dinner Ideas for Family

      Mashed Potatoes

      Mashed potatoes remain the ultimate comfort side dish. Boil potatoes until fork-tender, then mash with butter, cream, and salt. Whip until fluffy and creamy for the perfect texture.

      Green Bean Casserole

      Green bean casserole brings nostalgic flavors that everyone loves. Mix green beans with cream of mushroom soup and top with crispy fried onions. Bake until bubbly and golden for classic holiday goodness.

      Candied Yams

      Candied yams add sweet satisfaction to savory plates. Roast sweet potatoes with brown sugar, butter, and warm spices. Top with marshmallows and broil briefly until toasted.

      Veggie Roasts

      Brussels Sprouts with Bacon

      Brussels sprouts with bacon transform the humble vegetable into something special. Roast halved Brussels sprouts until crispy and caramelized. Toss with crispy bacon pieces right before serving.

      Honey-Glazed Carrots

      Honey-glazed carrots bring natural sweetness and beautiful color. Roast baby carrots with honey, butter, and fresh thyme. The glaze caramelizes in the oven, creating irresistible flavors.

      Stuffing Variations

      Cornbread Stuffing

      Cornbread stuffing offers a Southern twist on tradition. Crumble homemade cornbread and mix with sautéed celery, onions, and sage. Moisten with broth and bake until crispy on top.

      Chestnut Stuffing

      Chestnut stuffing brings European elegance to the table. Roast chestnuts and chop them into a traditional bread stuffing base. The nuts add texture and a subtly sweet, earthy flavor.

      Christmas Dinner Dessert Ideas

      Sweet endings make Christmas dinner memorable and give everyone something to look forward to. These desserts range from show-stopping centerpieces to simple treats that satisfy every sweet tooth.

      Showstoppers

      Yule Log

      Yule log captures holiday magic in cake form. Roll the chocolate sponge cake around whipped cream or buttercream filling. Frost with chocolate buttercream and use a fork to create bark texture.

      Gingerbread Trifle

      Gingerbread trifle layers spiced cake with cream and fruit. Break the gingerbread into pieces and layer with vanilla pudding and whipped cream. Top with candied ginger for extra zing.

      Pies

      Mincemeat Pie

      Mincemeat pie brings centuries of tradition to modern tables. Fill pastry with a mixture of dried fruits, spices, and sometimes brandy. Serve warm with vanilla ice cream or whipped cream.

      Peppermint Cheesecake

      Peppermint cheesecake offers cool refreshment after a heavy meal. Make a classic cheesecake and fold in crushed candy canes. Top with chocolate ganache and more peppermint for festive flair.

      Cookies and Bars

      Linzer Cookies

      Linzer cookies sandwich raspberry jam between almond shortbread. Cut shapes from dough and sandwich with preserves. Dust with powdered sugar for a snowflake effect.

      Thumbprint Jam Cookies

      Thumbprint jam cookies let kids help with the cooking. Roll dough balls and press thumbs to create wells. Fill with jam and bake until golden and the jam bubbles.

      Festive Cutouts

      Festive cutouts become edible decorations. Use holiday cookie cutters to shape sugar cookie dough. Decorate with royal icing in festive colors and designs.

      Christmas Dinner Drinks and Cocktails Ideas

      The right beverages enhance your holiday meal and keep guests refreshed throughout the celebration. These drink options include something for every age and preference at your gathering.

      Signature Punches

      Mulled Wine

      Mulled wine fills the house with holiday aromas. Simmer red wine with orange slices, cinnamon sticks, and whole cloves. Add honey or sugar to taste and serve warm in mugs.

      This spiced wine punch creates an instant festive atmosphere. The warming spices and citrus make cold winter nights feel cozy. Adults love sipping this traditional beverage throughout the evening.

      Kid-Friendly Drinks

      Hot Chocolate Bar

      A hot chocolate bar lets everyone customize their drinks. Set out hot chocolate with toppings like marshmallows, whipped cream, and peppermint sticks. Add crushed candy canes and chocolate shavings for extra fun.

      Kids love choosing their own toppings and creating special combinations. The interactive element makes this more than just a drink. Parents appreciate keeping little ones entertained while dinner preparations finish.

      Adult Favorites

      Spiced Apple Cider Cocktails

      Spiced apple cider cocktails bring autumn flavors to winter celebrations. Heat apple cider with cinnamon and cloves, then add rum or bourbon. Garnish with apple slices and cinnamon sticks.

      Peppermint Mocha Martinis

      Peppermint mocha martinis combine coffee and chocolate with mint. Mix vodka, coffee liqueur, and chocolate liqueur with peppermint schnapps. Rim glasses with crushed candy canes for a festive presentation.

      Christmas Snack Ideas

      Pre-dinner snacks keep hungry guests satisfied while you finish cooking the main meal. These easy appetizers require minimal effort but deliver maximum flavor and festive appeal.

      Cheese Boards

      Charcuterie Bites

      Charcuterie bites keep guests happy before dinner. Arrange cubed cheese and rolled salami on toothpicks with grapes. The grab-and-go format makes socializing easy.

      Holiday Toothpick Appetizers

      Holiday toothpicks add festive flair to simple snacks. Use picks decorated with stars, trees, or snowflakes. These small touches make ordinary appetizers feel special.

      Nuts

      Spiced Nuts with Rosemary

      Spiced nuts roasted with rosemary create addictive snacking. Toss mixed nuts with olive oil, rosemary, and sea salt. Roast until fragrant and golden, then sprinkle with cinnamon.

      The warm spices and herbs make these nuts irresistible. They fill the house with amazing aromas while baking. Plus, they can be made ahead and stored in airtight containers.

      Crostini

      Cranberry-Brie Crostini

      Cranberry-brie crostini combines creamy and tart flavors beautifully. Top toasted baguette slices with soft brie and homemade cranberry sauce. Sprinkle with fresh thyme and cracked black pepper.

      The contrast of warm bread, melted cheese, and tangy cranberries works perfectly. These elegant bites come together in minutes but look impressive. Guests always ask for the recipe.

      Christmas Eve Dinner Ideas

      Christmas Eve dinner sets the stage for the holiday celebration ahead. Many families prefer lighter meals or special traditions that differ from Christmas Day feasts.

      Traditional Christmas Eve Dinner Ideas

      Seafood Feast

      Seafood feast honors Italian-American traditions. Start with shrimp cocktail served on ice with tangy cocktail sauce. Follow with baked fish, linguine with clams, and other seafood dishes.

      Prosciutto-Wrapped Dates

      Prosciutto-wrapped dates offer elegant simplicity. The salty Italian ham contrasts with the sweet dates perfectly. These bites require minimal effort but deliver maximum flavor.

      Non-Traditional Christmas Eve Dinner Ideas

      Taco Bar with Festive Salsas

      Taco bar with festive salsas brings casual fun to the holiday. Set out seasoned meats, beans, and all the traditional toppings. Add cranberry salsa and pomegranate guacamole for seasonal twists.

      Italian Antipasti Platters

      Italian antipasti platters showcase cured meats, cheeses, and marinated vegetables. Arrange everything on a large platter with crusty bread. Let everyone help themselves while catching up.

      Build-Your-Own Pizza Night

      Build-your-own pizza night turns dinner into entertainment. Set out pizza dough, sauce, cheese, and various toppings. Everyone creates their perfect pizza, making the meal interactive and fun.

      Christmas Day Dinner Ideas

      Christmas Day dinner represents the main holiday celebration for most families. This special meal brings everyone together around classic dishes and cherished traditions.

      Classic Roasts

      Standing Rib Roast with Yorkshire Pudding

      Standing rib roast with Yorkshire pudding defines traditional Christmas elegance. Season the beef generously and roast to a perfect medium-rare. Use the drippings to make golden Yorkshire puddings.

      Honey-Glazed Ham

      Honey-glazed ham brings sweet and savory satisfaction. Score the ham and brush with a mixture of honey, brown sugar, and mustard. The glaze caramelizes beautifully during roasting.

      Family-Style Spreads

      Lasagna Layers

      Lasagna layers make feeding crowds easy and delicious. Alternate pasta, meat sauce, and cheese in a large pan. Bake until bubbly and let rest before slicing into portions.

      Shepherd’s Pie with Cranberry Twist

      Shepherd’s pie with cranberry twist updates the comfort classic. Top savory meat filling with creamy mashed potatoes. Add cranberry sauce to the meat mixture for seasonal flavor.

      Light Holiday Meals

      Roast Chicken with Herb Stuffing

      Roast chicken with herb stuffing offers familiar comfort without overwhelming portions. Season a whole chicken with herbs and roast until golden. The lighter option still feels special.

      Pork Tenderloin Medallions

      Pork tenderloin medallions cook quickly and taste elegant. Sear seasoned pork slices in a hot pan until golden. Finish with a pan sauce made from apple cider and thyme.

      Christmas Dinner Ideas for Family

      Family-style meals bring multiple generations together around comforting favorites everyone enjoys. These recipes balance tradition with practical considerations for different ages and tastes.

      Cozy Classics for Christmas Dinner

      Roast Turkey and Herb Stuffing

      Cozy classics everyone loves start with roast turkey and herb stuffing. The traditional combination never goes out of style for good reason. Tender turkey with savory stuffing satisfies all generations.

      Creamy Mashed Potatoes

      Creamy mashed potatoes provide the perfect base for gravy. Everyone gets excited seeing this familiar side on the table. The comfort factor cannot be overstated.

      Green Bean Casserole with Crispy Onions

      Green bean casserole topped with crispy onions brings nostalgic flavors. The creamy sauce and crunchy topping create a perfect texture contrast. Kids and grandparents alike clean their plates.

      Kid-Approved Twists

      Mac and Cheese with Hidden Veggies

      Mac and cheese with hidden veggies sneaks nutrition into comfort food. Puree butternut squash or carrots into the cheese sauce. Kids never notice the extra vegetables while enjoying creamy pasta.

      Mini Yorkshire Puddings

      Mini Yorkshire puddings filled with gravy make eating fun. The small size feels special to children. They love dipping these golden cups into gravy.

      Multi-Generational Make-Ahead Favorites

      Slow-Cooker Ham

      Slow-cooker ham with low-sodium option cooks while you focus on other tasks. The gentle heat keeps meat tender and juicy. Choose lower-sodium varieties for family members watching salt intake.

      Homemade Cranberry Sauce

      Homemade cranberry sauce from fresh berries takes minutes to make. Cook fresh cranberries with a small amount of sugar until they burst. This bright sauce contains no added sugar compared to canned versions.

      Warm Dinner Rolls

      Warm dinner rolls straight from the oven please everyone. Choose whole grain or gluten-free options to accommodate different dietary needs. Fresh bread always makes the meal feel extra special and stays gentle on digestion for seniors while remaining family-friendly.

      Christmas Dinner Ideas for a Large Group

      Feeding a crowd requires smart planning and dishes that scale up easily. These recipes help you serve many guests without spending all day in the kitchen.

      Scaled-Up Christmas Dinner Ideas for Large Groups

      Sheet-Pan Mains

      Sheet-pan mains simplify cooking for crowds. Roast chicken pieces or pork chops with vegetables on large baking sheets. Everything cooks together, reducing the number of dishes.

      Slow-Cooker Sides

      Slow-cooker sides free up oven space for other dishes. Make mashed potatoes, mac and cheese, or stuffing in slow cookers. These hands-off methods keep food warm throughout the meal.

      Buffet Stations

      Buffet stations let guests serve themselves at their own pace. Set up different stations for appetizers, mains, sides, and desserts. This format reduces bottlenecks and keeps the meal flowing smoothly.

      Christmas Dinner Ideas for Two

      Intimate Christmas dinners for couples deserve the same care as large family gatherings. These scaled-down recipes create special moments without excessive leftovers.

      Intimate Christmas Dinner for Two

      Surf-and-Turf

      Intimate surf-and-turf brings luxury to small celebrations. Prepare two filet mignons and a couple of lobster tails. This special combination feels indulgent without creating mountains of leftovers.

      Candlelit Fondue

      Candlelit fondue makes dinner an experience. Melt cheese for dipping bread and vegetables as a savory course. Follow with chocolate fondue for dessert, creating a romantic evening.

      Mini Yule Log

      Mini Yule log provides a festive dessert without excess. Make a small Swiss roll filled with cream. Frost with chocolate buttercream and serve just two perfect slices.

      Christmas Eve Dinner Ideas for Intimate Nights

      Fondue for Two

      Fondue creates interactive dining for two. Take turns dipping ingredients into melted cheese or hot oil. The slow pace encourages conversation and connection.

      Pasta Courses

      Pasta courses let you enjoy multiple small portions. Start with a light appetizer pasta, then move to a heartier main course. The Italian tradition feels romantic and special.

      International Christmas Dinner Ideas

      Christmas traditions vary beautifully around the world with unique dishes and flavors. These international recipes let you explore global celebrations from your own kitchen.

      American

      Beef Wellington

      Beef Wellington showcases American elegance. Wrap beef tenderloin in mushroom duxelles and puff pastry. The impressive presentation looks restaurant-quality.

      Standing Rib Roast and Prime Rib

      Standing rib roast with Yorkshire pudding and prime rib with horseradish cream represent classic American Christmas. These impressive roasts anchor traditional holiday feasts. The rich meat pairs perfectly with tangy horseradish sauce.

      Italian

      Lasagne al Forno

      Lasagne al Forno with ragù and béchamel layers rich flavors. Build the dish with homemade meat sauce and creamy white sauce. This northern Italian classic takes time but delivers incredible results.

      Beef Braciole

      Beef Braciole rolled with cheese and herbs in tomato sauce brings Southern Italian tradition. Pound beef thin and fill with cheese, herbs, and breadcrumbs. Roll tightly and simmer in tomato sauce until tender.

      Mexican

      Pozole Rojo

      Pozole Rojo stew with pork and hominy warms cold December nights. This traditional Mexican soup features red chilies and tender pork. Top with fresh garnishes like radishes, cabbage, and lime.

      Oven-Roasted Pork Leg

      Oven-roasted pork leg glazed with fruits offers festive Mexican flavors. Season the pork with spices and roast until crispy outside. Glaze with pineapple and orange for tropical sweetness.

      Japanese

      KFC Fried Chicken

      KFC Fried Chicken buckets represent an iconic Japanese Christmas tradition. Ordering fried chicken for Christmas became popular in the 1970s. Today, families reserve their buckets weeks in advance.

      Christmas Cake

      The Christmas Cake with strawberries serves as the main dessert pairing. A white sponge cake layered with whipped cream and fresh strawberries looks elegant. This light cake balances the savory meal.

      Chinese

      Buddha Jumps Over the Wall Soup

      Buddha Jumps Over the Wall soup features luxury ingredients. This Fujian specialty includes abalone, shark fin, and other premium items. The complex soup requires days of preparation.

      Whole Steamed Fish

      Whole steamed fish with soy-ginger represents a family feast tradition. Steam a whole fish with ginger, scallions, and soy sauce. The fish symbolizes abundance and prosperity.

      Filipino

      Lechon

      Lechon brings roasted suckling pig to the Christmas table. The crispy skin and tender meat make this the centerpiece. Filipino families often order from specialty shops.

      Chicken Adobo

      Chicken adobo offers familiar comfort with tangy-savory flavors. Simmer chicken in vinegar, soy sauce, and garlic until tender. This national dish satisfies all generations.

      Tinola

      Tinola provides light, ginger-scented chicken soup. This comforting dish features chicken, green papaya, and pepper leaves. The clear broth refreshes between richer courses.

      British

      Roast Turkey with Pigs in Blankets

      Roast turkey with pigs in blankets defines the British Christmas dinner. Small sausages wrapped in bacon accompany the turkey. Add traditional stuffing and Brussels sprouts for the complete meal.

      French

      Foie Gras-Stuffed Turkey

      Foie gras-stuffed turkey brings French luxury to the holiday. The rich liver filling elevates simple roasted turkey. This indulgent preparation requires advanced cooking skills.

      Scallops and Oysters

      Scallops and oysters start French Christmas dinners elegantly. Serve fresh oysters on ice with mignonette sauce. Pan-sear scallops until golden for a warm appetizer.

      Greek

      Roast Lamb or Pork

      Roast lamb or pork anchors Greek Christmas celebrations. Season meat with lemon, garlic, and oregano before roasting. Serve with lemon potatoes roasted in the same pan.

      Melomakarona and Christopsomo

      Melomakarona cookies and Christopsomo bread round out the meal. These honey-spiced cookies satisfy sweet cravings. The special Christmas bread features a cross design on top.

      Brazilian

      Lombo à Califórnia

      Lombo à Califórnia features stuffed pork loin. Fill the pork with dried fruits, then roast until tender. This festive dish combines savory meat with sweet filling.

      Roast Turkey with Farofa

      Roast turkey appears on Brazilian tables alongside farofa. The toasted cassava flour mixture adds texture and flavor. Brazilian families embrace both traditional and local ingredients.

      Christmas Dinner Ideas On A Budget

      Beautiful holiday meals don’t require expensive ingredients or complicated preparations. These budget-friendly recipes prove you can create festive dinners without breaking the bank.

      Under $50 Meals for 6

      Pasta Primavera

      Pasta primavera with seasonal veggies and parmesan stretches dollars beautifully. Toss cooked pasta with roasted winter vegetables and olive oil. Finish with freshly grated Parmesan cheese.

      Baked Chicken Thighs with Herb Potatoes

      Baked chicken thighs with herb potatoes cost less than fancy cuts. Season chicken thighs with herbs and roast with quartered potatoes. The dark meat stays juicy and flavorful.

      Slow-Cooker Hacks

      Pulled Pork Sliders

      Pulled pork sliders with coleslaw use budget pork shoulder. Cook the pork low and slow until it shreds easily. Serve on inexpensive slider buns with homemade coleslaw.

      Creamy Potato Soup

      Creamy potato soup with bread bowls warms everyone up. Simmer potatoes with onions and milk until creamy. Hollow out round bread loaves to serve as edible bowls.

      Thrift-Friendly Feasts

      Spaghetti Carbonara

      Spaghetti carbonara uses simple pantry ingredients. Toss hot pasta with eggs, cheese, and crispy bacon. This Roman classic tastes luxurious while costing very little.

      Bean Chili with Cornbread

      Bean chili with cornbread provides filling comfort. Simmer beans with tomatoes, spices, and ground beef. Make simple cornbread from scratch to serve alongside.

      Veggie Stir-Fry Rice Bowls

      Veggie stir-fry rice bowls use whatever vegetables cost least. Stir-fry mixed vegetables with soy sauce and garlic. Serve over rice for a complete, satisfying meal.

      Easy Christmas Dinner Ideas

      Simple recipes let you enjoy the holiday instead of stressing in the kitchen. These straightforward dishes come together quickly while still delivering delicious results.

      One-Pan Wonders

      Sheet-Pan Roast Chicken

      Sheet-pan roast chicken with carrots and potatoes cooks together effortlessly. Arrange chicken pieces with chopped vegetables in one pan. Season everything and roast until golden and tender.

      Garlic Butter Salmon Foil Packets

      Garlic butter salmon foil packets steam perfectly in the oven. Place salmon fillets on foil with butter, garlic, and lemon. Fold into packets and bake for mess-free cooking.

      No-Fuss Casseroles

      Tuna Noodle Bake

      Tuna noodle bake with peas comes together quickly. Mix canned tuna with cooked noodles, cream soup, and frozen peas. Top with breadcrumbs and bake until bubbly.

      Green Bean Casserole

      Green bean casserole from canned goods saves time and effort. Open cans of green beans and cream of mushroom soup. Mix together, top with fried onions, and bake.

      Quick Assembly Mains

      Baked Ziti

      Baked ziti with jarred marinara uses store-bought sauce. Cook pasta and mix with marinara and ricotta cheese. Top with mozzarella and bake until melted.

      Crockpot Meatballs

      Crockpot meatballs in cranberry sauce require just two ingredients. Place frozen meatballs in the slow cooker with a can of cranberry sauce. Cook on low until heated through and glazed.

      Christmas Dinner Planning Tips

      Proper planning transforms holiday cooking from stressful to enjoyable. These organizational strategies help you stay on track and create a beautiful celebration.

      Getting Organized Makes Everything Easier

      Timelines help you stay on track during busy holiday cooking. Start planning your menu two weeks before Christmas. Write down which dishes can be made ahead and frozen.

      Shopping lists prevent forgotten ingredients and last-minute store runs. Organize your list by grocery store sections for efficient shopping. Buy non-perishable items early to spread out costs.

      Creating a Beautiful Table

      Table settings set the mood for your festive meal. Use your nice dishes and add holiday touches like pine branches or candles. Themed decor creates a special atmosphere without expensive purchases.

      Place cards help with seating arrangements at larger gatherings. Write names on folded cards or use small ornaments. This simple touch makes guests feel welcome and avoids confusion.

      Accommodating Different Needs

      Dietary swaps ensure everyone enjoys the meal. Keep vegetarian, gluten-free, and dairy-free options available. Label dishes clearly so guests know what they can eat.

      Make-ahead freezer meals reduce stress on Christmas Day. Prepare casseroles and desserts weeks in advance. Freeze in portions that reheat easily when needed.

      How to Handle Christmas Food Leftovers

      Proper storage keeps your delicious leftovers safe and tasty. And most cooked dishes stay fresh frozen for up to three months when properly stored.

      • Store turkey, ham, and other meats in airtight containers within two hours of cooking.
      • Refrigerate promptly to prevent bacterial growth and maintain quality.
      • Get creative with leftover transformations throughout the week. 
      • Turn turkey into sandwiches, soups, or casseroles. 
      • Mix vegetables into frittatas or grain bowls for easy lunches.
      • Consider portioning leftovers before freezing for future meals. 
      • Label containers with contents and dates. 

      What to Check When Cooking Away from Home

      Planning to prepare your Christmas dinner during a vacation adds extra considerations. Contact your host ahead of time to confirm kitchen equipment availability. Ask about oven size, cookware, and serving dishes before packing ingredients.

      Many vacation rentals lack specialty items like roasting pans or stand mixers. Make a list of what you need and either bring essentials or adjust recipes. Simple preparations work better than complex dishes requiring specific tools.

      If you’re staying at an AvantStay property, feel free to contact our guest experience team at (833) 442-8268 for more questions and clarifications regarding your rental. 

      You can also take advantage of our fridge stock services. Pre-order groceries to arrive before you do, saving valuable vacation time. This makes you focus on enjoying family instead of rushing to unfamiliar stores.

      Set the Table for a Christmas to Remember

      Your Christmas dinner ideas will definitely create memories around the table this year. The time spent planning and cooking shows your love for family and friends. These special meals bring everyone together during the most wonderful time of year.

      Ready to host your best Christmas dinner yet? Browse our vacation homes with gourmet kitchens and outdoor dining areas perfect for holiday cooking. 

      Our holiday homes offer the space and equipment you need to prepare an unforgettable feast while making memories with those you love most.

      Read more:

      9 Best Vacation Rentals with Boat Dock

      Wake up to sunlight dancing across glassy water, coffee in hand, watching your boat gently bob at your private dock just steps from the back door. No marina fees, no crowded launches, no hauling gear across parking lots.

      From serene mountain lakes to coastal waterways, these vacation rentals with boat docks transform lake trips from logistical nightmares into seamless adventures where you drop anchor at your own slice of waterfront paradise.

      Experience dock-to-dip convenience that makes spontaneous sunset cruises, early morning fishing, and lazy afternoon paddleboard sessions actually happen instead of staying on your “someday” list.

      If you’re planning wakeboarding adventures, peaceful kayak explorations, or simply floating with a good book, direct water access from your rental changes everything about lake vacations. 

      Lakefront Homes with Private Docks

      💡 Looking for more waterfront options? Check out our guide to the best waterfront homes for more lakeside or beachside properties

      Lake Living – Lake Norman, North Carolina

      Can accommodate up to 22 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths

      Two adjacent lakefront homes here at Lake Living create an epic compound perfect for family reunions or friend groups wanting everyone close but not cramped. Jet ski ramps flank the boat slips, making launching water toys ridiculously easy instead of the usual hassle. 

      Why You’ll Love Lake Living: The two private boat docks will become your lakeside hangout spot for afternoon drinks, sunset watching, and those late-night conversations that make vacation memories stick.  

      Best Home Features:

      • Swimming pool, two hot tubs, and kayaks are provided
      • Multiple kitchens, living areas, patios, and balconies with lake views
      • Near Lake Norman State Park, Jetton Park, Birkdale Village, and NASCAR Racing Experience

      💡 For more Lake Norman options, explore our Lake Norman Airbnbs with private docks collection.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “The houses were perfect for our multiple ages. The rooms were spacious. We were surprised to have paper products and all soaps, detergents and cleaning supplies at a surplus provided. The dock had jet ski ramps along with the boat slip. We were able to cook at ease since all pans and cookware were provided. I appreciated the keurig and drip coffee maker. Everyone enjoyed the grounds with the pool and hot tubs.” – Lori C.

      👉 Book Lake Living

      Shoreline Lakehouse – Big Bear, California

      Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

      Shoreline Lakehouse is a Big Bear gem that sits in deep water, unaffected by fluctuating lake levels. This home solves the common Big Bear dock problem. No more beach launch struggles, no public dock crowds, just tie up and walk inside for dinner. 

      Why You’ll Love Shoreline Lakehouse: Your private dock extends into Big Bear Lake’s deep water and the area’s most popular fishing holes. This is an angler’s dream location, letting you pull your boat right up after cruising the lake all day. 

      Best Home Features:

      • Well-kept, sizable back yard, hot tub, outdoor fire pit, and fireplace
      • Game room with a poker table and bar, multiple decks, and lakeside lounging
      • Near Bear Mountain and Snow Summit ski resorts, Big Bear Marina, and Alpine Zoo

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Wonderful house on the lake with gorgeous views. Plenty of room. Nice fully equipped kitchen. Lots of games to play. Outdoor fire pit was wonderful and we enjoyed the spa!” – Debbie W.

      👉 Book Shoreline Lakehouse

      Keeper Trout – Corpus Christi, Texas

      Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 6 beds and 4 baths

      Tucked into a charming fishing village along Laguna Madre Bay, Keeper Trout has a serious fishing enthusiast vibe. The location between Corpus Christi and North Padre Island means you’re central to everything without being stuck in tourist trap territory. 

      Seventeen private boat slips in the community, plus a nearby ramp, solve all your boating logistics instantly.

      Why You’ll Love Keeper Trout: Community boat dock access with 17 private boat slips, plus a nearby ramp, means your vessel parks steps from your door instead of miles away at some crowded marina. The shallow-water bay setting also works perfectly for fishing boats.

      Best Home Features:

      • Community pool with ocean views and a shaded cabana with loungers
      • Two balconies with outdoor dining, BBQ grill, and a lower patio
      • 10 minutes to North Padre Island Beach, Mustang Island Beach, and the Texas State Aquarium

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ We had such a great stay at this AvantStay property! The home was super spacious and spotless, with a beautiful fresh remodel that made it feel brand new. We especially loved having four bathrooms, which made it perfect for a group stay, and the balcony view was stunning. The location couldn’t be better—close to the beaches, shops, and restaurants—and the price was very reasonable for what you get. Absolutely loved our time here and can’t wait to come back!” – Alex P.

      👉 Book Keeper Trout

      Canalfront Charmer – Newport Beach, California

      Can accommodate up to 7 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

      Newport Beach living reaches the peak at this canalfront property, where a Duffy boat rental docks right at your back door. Canalfront Charmer is cruising legendary canals, beating driving any day, especially when restaurants and bars have their own docking spots. 

      Why You’ll Love Canalfront Charmer: Boats replace cars for evening adventures here. You can easily rent the Duffy boat docked at the property and cruise Newport Harbor like a local. Dock at waterfront restaurants for dinner and explore hidden canal neighborhoods.

      Best Home Features:

      • Expansive patio with a hot tub, al fresco dining area, BBQ grill, and sun loungers
      • Modern interior with a fully equipped kitchen, and a fire pit is available
      • Walking distance to Newport Beach restaurants, shops, and Balboa Island

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Loved the place, especially renting the Duffy boat docked at the home. We cruised around and docked at multiple restaurants and landings. Very cool” – Adam D.

      👉 Book Canalfront Charmer

      Lakefront Haven – Lake Tahoe, California

      Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

      Lake Tahoe’s crystal-clear waters literally lap at your back door at Lakefront Haven. This is where the dock and paddleboards wait for spontaneous water adventures. The location near cafes and restaurants means you’re never far from quality coffee or good meals. 

      Why You’ll Love Lakefront Haven: Step from your back door onto a private dock extending into Lake Tahoe’s famously clear waters, where you can see the bottom even in deep sections. Paddleboards come with the rental, and the dock will surely become your favorite spot. 

      Best Home Features:

      • Access to the lake and the Homewood Mountain Resort
      • Spacious deck with outdoor dining and BBQ grill, hot tub, and fireplace
      • Two paddleboards, one canoe, and life vests are included
      • Steps from cafés and restaurants, near Squaw Valley and Alpine Meadows

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “We had a wonderful stay here! The home was very clean, cozy, and exactly as described. The location is perfect—just steps away from great cafés and restaurants, with gorgeous scenery right out the back. AvantStay was quick and responsive to any requests, which made everything smooth and easy. The rooms were well made and comfortable, and we especially loved the dock and paddleboards, which were perfect for our time on the water. Honestly, it was so peaceful and enjoyable that it was hard to leave for our adventures. Highly recommend!” – Josh T.

      👉 Book Lakefront Haven

      20 Morgan Place Drive – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina

      Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

      Boating convenience is what you’ll expect here at 20 Morgan Place Drive. A coastal property where a private dock accommodates your vessel, making anyone stepping into this place keep returning. Plus, the dock location is accessible for spontaneous afternoon cruises. 

      Why You’ll Love 20 Morgan Place Drive: Your private boat dock is now updated with electrical power. This means overnight boat charging without extension cords. Just tie up your boat after exploring Charleston’s waterways and Low Country creeks, then walk inside for dinner. 

      Best Home Features:

      • Community pool and Wild Dunes amenities, and recreation access
      • Well-maintained property, multiple outdoor spaces, and a grill are available
      • Easy drive to Sullivan’s Island, Mount Pleasant, and Historic Charleston

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Great location. 4th visit and house is always clean. I love the dock for my boat. They recently updated power to the dock which helps a lot… The left boat tie downs on the dock need replacing. One is loose and scratched my boat but it’s very minor. 5 star overall for sure.” – James C.

      👉 Book 20 Morgan Place Drive

      Tranquil Waterside – Poconos, Pennsylvania

      Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

      Poconos peace starts with kayaking and boating that happens right from your backyard at Tranquil Waterside. Nature surrounds the property, creating that true mountain lake escape where wildlife sightings outnumber neighbor encounters.

      Why You’ll Love Tranquil Waterside: Private boat dock access opens Pocono lake exploration without dealing with crowded public launches. Simply kayak from your dock into peaceful coves instead of jet ski traffic. The dock setup welcomes your own boat, too. 

      Best Home Features:

      • 3 kayaks, 1 rowboat, and life jackets are provided
      • Community pool, with an EV charger, fireplace, and a dedicated office space
      • Game room with pool table, ping pong, and foosball, fitness equipment available
      • Near Stroudsburg Borough Outdoor Ice Skating Rink and Kalahari Waterpark.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “This property was so beautiful and peaceful, exactly like the pictures and description. Kayaking and boating was amazing, as well as enjoying the nature around the firepit outside. Inside, there is an abundance of activities, from pool to table tennis to foosball. The hosts were responsive and friendly as well! I greatly recommend” – Mofei W.

      👉 Book Tranquil Waterside

      Harborside – Destin, Florida

      Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 7 beds and 7 baths

      Destin beach access and private harbor docking are what Harborside is. This is the home where you enjoy both Gulf beaches and calm harbor waters, while being near the beach. Alternating between ocean swimming and harbor boating is also incredibly easy. 

      without ever moving your car. Multiple families vacation together comfortably here, making it perfect for friend groups or extended family needing space without hotel hallways.

      Why You’ll Love Harborside: The private boat dock keeps your vessel secure in calm harbor waters. The dock location also gives you best-of-both-worlds access to Gulf fishing, harbor island hopping, and waterfront restaurant docking. 

      Best Home Features:

      • Private swimming pool, lower patio lounge with outdoor dining setup
      • Ping pong table, BBQ grill, and a small wet bar
      • Near Destin Harbor and beaches, waterfront dining, and Emerald Coast attractions

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Beautiful home with private dock, just a 5 min walk from the beach. The house was perfect for our groups of families vacationing together. We will stay here again!” – Ann B.

      👉 Book Harborside

      Spring River Retreat – Bend, Oregon

      Can accommodate up to 13 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

      Spring River Retreat is the Pacific Northwest escape Central Oregon dreams are made of — a serene cabin nestled along a pristine spring-fed pond with direct access to the Spring River, surrounded by whispering pines and just minutes from downtown Bend, Mt. Bachelor’s slopes, and Sunriver Resort.

      Why You’ll Love Spring River Retreat: Your private shoreline opens onto a still spring-fed pond perfect for paddling out at first light, while the Spring River sits within easy reach for fishing and floating. After a day exploring Bend’s trails or Mt. Bachelor’s slopes, unwind in the jetted hot tub under a star-filled sky, then gather around the lakeside firepit with Adirondack chairs for s’mores and stories.

      Best Home Features:

      • Private spring-fed pond shoreline with direct Spring River access
      • Spacious decks, jetted hot tub, lakeside firepit, outdoor BBQ
      • Adirondack-chair fire pit for stargazing and s’mores

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Absolutely gorgeous home in an unbelievably beautiful location. Only 5 mins from downtown Sunriver and 20 mins from Mt. Bachelor… The house itself is truly incredible: exactly as described, impeccable construction, the materials and appliances are very high end. The hot tub was also an awesome addition at the end of a long ski day. AvantStay was very responsive and even delivered a space heater for the bunk room… Cannot recommend this place more highly! 5 stars!

      👉 Book Spring River Retreat

      Why Private Boat Docks are a Plus for Your Trip

      Boat docks aren’t just convenient parking for watercraft. They fundamentally change how you experience lake properties by removing barriers between you and the water. 

      When the boat waits at your back door instead of across town at a marina, spontaneous adventures actually happen instead of getting talked out of due to logistics. 

      Here’s why choosing a vacation rental with a private boat dock is worth it:

      Skip the Marina Hassles

      Public marinas mean fees, waiting lists, and driving to your own boat like it belongs to someone else. Private docks eliminate monthly slip fees that add hundreds to vacation costs. You control launch times instead of waiting for ramp availability during peak hours when everyone wants to be on the water simultaneously.

      Spontaneous Water Adventures Happen

      Private dock access turns “let’s go for a sunset cruise” from a 90-minute production into a 5-minute reality. Kids jump off the dock between activities without elaborate planning. Early morning fishing happens because walking to your dock beats driving to public access points before coffee even kicks in.

      Your Gear Stays Organized

      Dock boxes store water sports equipment instead of cluttering garages or creating vehicle Tetris every lake day. Life jackets, ropes, tubes, and fishing gear live where you use them. Loading the boat happens incrementally throughout the day instead of one frantic pre-launch scramble where someone always forgets the cooler.

      Make the Most of Your Lake Vacation

      Private dock access opens endless water-based adventures that hotel pools and beach walks just can’t match. 

      Imagine sunrise fishing to midnight stargazing from the dock, and end the day with an evening hangout with your family by the dock. Family stories being told for years: someone catches an unexpected fish, loons call across the water at sunset, or meteor showers appear overhead. 

      These experiences don’t happen at properties where water stays perpetually three parking lots away. And staying in a vacation rental with a boat dock means these homes create vacation experiences that stick in memory long after tan lines fade and vacation photos get buried in phone galleries.

      Ready to wake up where the water is? Browse these incredible AvantStay waterfront homes and experience how private dock access transforms ordinary lake trips into those vacations everyone remembers forever.

      10 Cozy Yet Luxurious Bend Oregon Airbnbs to Book This Summer

      Looking for the ultimate summer escape? Central Oregon offers a breathtaking backdrop of rugged mountains, serene rivers, and endless adventure.  

      It is a haven for nature lovers and design enthusiasts alike. Surrounded by stunning landscapes, tranquil lakes, and endless outdoor activities, it’s no wonder this charming destination is a favorite summer escape. 

      If you’re planning a quiet retreat or an adventurous getaway, finding the perfect place to stay is essential to elevating your experience. 

      These luxurious yet comfortable Bend, Oregon Airbnbs create a home-away-from-home with modern amenities and peaceful retreats so you can have a memorable getaway. 

      Lazy River Glamp-House

      Sleeps 11 guests 

      Luxury and nature go hand-in-hand at this one-of-a-kind 3-bedroom glamping escape near the Lazy River. With tall trees, folding glass walls, and cozy interiors full of modern touches, Lazy River Glamp-House brings the outdoors in without sacrificing comfort. Every moment here feels like a high-end retreat. 

      Top Amenities

      • Indoor sauna, fire pit, BBQ grill, full kitchen with bar seating
      • Fireplaces, big windows with stunning greenery views
      • Modern house with bunk beds and a loft space
      • Access to the Little Deschutes River trail, 33 mins from Bend

      Why You’ll Love Lazy River Glamp-House

      From spa-like vibes to walkable river access, this is the ultimate Bend getaway. It is the perfect place for you and your group to unplug, recharge, and breathe in Central Oregon’s fresh mountain air.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “We had a wonderful stay at this location! The amenities on the property were wonderful and we had a blast with everything they had to offer. The projector was great for movie night and the hot tub was spacious enough for all of us to enjoy! We will definitely be booking again some time in the future, ideally during warmer months so we can fully open up all the doors!”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      The Gem Estate

      Sleeps 10 guests

      Nestled on 10 peaceful acres near Bend and Sisters, The Gem Estate has that farmhouse charm and spacious luxury. This estate is perfect for groups craving adventure and comfort. Imagine unwinding after a day exploring Central Oregon’s scenic trails or gathering together as the sun sets over the lavender fields — it’s a true escape from the ordinary.

      Top Amenities:

      • Private detached barn with media room, PlayStation 5, and gym
      • Hot tub, barrel sauna, fire pit, BBQ grill, pizza oven for al fresco meals
      • Located just by the lavender farm and just minutes from Bend and Sisters 

      Why You’ll Love The Gem Estate:

      A rare luxurious yet cozy and rustic tranquil estate that offers exclusive privacy alongside epic outdoor experiences for groups who want it all. New amenities also await you in this house, such as the Ice Barrel 500 Cold Plunge and portable pickleball nets and paddles.

      “This house is just gorgeous and well located just outside downtown Sisters (10 min drive). It is super clean, equipped with anything you could possibly need (kitchen utensils/cooking supplies, towels, bedding…) and very well maintained. Highly recommend and we will absolutely book again! Check-in and Check-out was very easy too.”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Forest Ridge Loop

      Sleeps 10 guests

      Your peaceful retreat nestled in the heart of Central Oregon, welcome to Forest Ridge Loop. Situated within the prestigious Eagle Crest community, this spacious 4-bedroom home offers the perfect mix of adventure and relaxation. Unwind by the cozy living area, or enjoy an evening fun on the expansive deck while soaking in the scenic views. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Hot tub and fireplace for relaxation after outdoor adventures
      • Fully equipped kitchen with barstool seating
      • Eagle Crest access to community pools, hot tubs, golf courses, and playgrounds
      • A few minutes drive to downtown Bend and local attractions

      Why You’ll Love Forest Ridge Loop:

      This home has serenity and adventure, with plenty of space for your group to relax and explore the great outdoors. Whether you enjoy hiking the nearby trails or taking advantage of community amenities, it’s an ideal spot for creating lasting memories.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “The home is great and hope to stay here again! We had two couples and four kiddos and there was plenty of room. The hot tub is great. The home is well stocked and clean.”

      “This is a return trip for us, great property, glad they were available for us again!”

      “Property was great. Very clean. Appreciated the little extras.”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Black Bear Cabin

      Sleeps 10 guests 

      Surrounded by the breathtaking beauty of Bend’s landscape, Black Bear Cabin is a 4-bedroom home that promises a rejuvenating escape. Whether you’re fully relaxing, enjoying a meal with stunning views, or engaging in some friendly game competition, there’s always something fun to do. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Hot tub, BBQ grill, al fresco dining setup on the back deck
      • Converted game garage with air hockey and foosball, corn hole game
      • Modern, fully-equipped kitchen with ample dining space
      • 11-minute drive to La Pine State Park and Sunriver

      Why You’ll Love Black Bear Cabin:

      Even if you’re just lounging in the hot tub or spending quality time in the game garage, Black Bear Cabin is a welcoming retreat where adventure and relaxation meet in harmony for an unforgettable stay.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “We came for a little family get together so some family members could go snowboarding while others could enjoy a hot tub and the comfort of a home. We were very comfortable and happy with the property. The yard is huge and beautiful as we got the opportunity to watch snow fall. We would happily stay again, great comminication and wonderful comfort.”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Grand Fir

      Sleeps 12 guests 

      Escape to the stunning Grand Fir, where comfort and natural beauty collide in the heart of the Caldera Springs area. With 4 spacious bedrooms and multiple outdoor patios, this home offers a perfect space for large groups or families to gather and unwind after spending your day exploring the nearby outdoor trails. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Private hot tub, fire pit, and BBQ grill on the expansive patio
      • Expansive living area with vaulted ceilings and a cozy fireplace
      • Spacious dining area and fully stocked kitchen, EV charger
      • Driveable to Sunriver Village, Lava River Cave, Mt. Bachelor Ski Resort

      Why You’ll Love Grand Fir:

      This home stands out with its large windows, modern elegance, cozy comfort, and stunning views, offering the ideal space to relax after a day of skiing, hiking, or having the greatest and memorable fun in Bend.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “We loved the layout of this home! Each bedroom felt private, and the upstairs loft was perfect for families with kids. The kitchen was well-stocked + high-end appliances, making meal prep a breeze. We’d definitely come back!”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Old Mill Getaway

      Sleeps 9 guests 

      Looking for a perfect balance of comfort and adventure in Bend? Then head over to Old Mill Getaway, your go-to escape! This cozy 3-bedroom home puts you right in the middle of everything Central Oregon has to offer. There’s something for everyone here. Plus, it’s just a short walk from the nearest attractions, making it easy to explore all of Bend.

      Top Amenities:

      • Private hot tub, BBQ grill, and outdoor lounge chairs on the deck
      • Fireplace, dedicated working desk by the primary bedroom, and a balcony
      • Nearby Old Mill Amphitheater, Bevel Brewing and Spider City Brewing

      Why You’ll Love Old Mill Getaway:

      If you want a quiet and peaceful place to stay while still being close to downtown, you’ll love this home. It has the convenience of being close to everything Bend has to offer, making it the ultimate home base. 

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Had a wonderful time in Bend. The location was an easy drive to downtown. Had good sleeping arrangements for a large group and plenty of space. The kitchen had a breakfast bar area which was an unexpected perk! The host was responsive and dropped off coffee filters that afternoon after we notified them they were missing. The only thing to note is that the most up-to-date check-in information (or other info) was in a link within Airbnb. We initially had the wrong code for the door but were able to easily find the correct one in the instructions. Would book again if visiting Bend for a fun and relaxing space for a mid-size/large group!”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      1204 Aerie #200

      Sleeps 8 guests 

      Set in the heart of Vail Valley, 1204 Aerie #200 is your 3-bedroom chic retreat that offers the ideal location for your next adventure in the mountains, with easy access to outdoor fun and a peaceful, stylish escape for you and your guests. After a thrilling day of hiking, skiing, or exploring, relax and gather around the outdoor dining area for a delightful evening BBQ. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Private hot tub, outdoor dining setup, and BBQ grill for outdoor relaxation
      • Stunning mountain views from the balcony, EV charger, washer, and dryer
      • Just 10 minutes from downtown Bend and outdoor activities

      Why You’ll Love Aerie:

      This home has the vibes of a private luxury with a convenient location. Whether you’re unwinding indoors or enjoying the fresh mountain air, Aerie is designed to make your stay unforgettable.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “The Property was great!”

      “Clean. New. Good location for golf and mountain”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Heritage at Brasada Ranch Resort

      Sleeps 8 guests 

      This stunning home sits just outside of Bend in the rolling beauty of Brasada Ranch, where fresh air and panoramic mountain views are always part of the plan. Heritage at Brasada Ranch Resort brings together rustic design and resort-style comforts, giving your group a peaceful retreat with room to spread out and unwind. 

      Top Amenities:

      • Private deck with lounge seating, fireplace & outdoor kitchen with BBQ grill
      • E-bike and golf cart rentals are available for arrangement (contact us!)
      • 8 access to the Brasada Ranch Athletic Center pool facilities
      • 35 mins from Downtown Bend, near Brasada Ranch amenities

      Why You’ll Love Heritage at Brasada Ranch Resort:

      Its blend of high-end design and wide-open views gives every moment that five-star getaway feel. Spend golden hours or swing into sunset to fully relax, gather, and enjoy each other’s company.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “This house was so beautiful, clean and well decorated, it was amazing. It also had unreal Mountain Views. This house is highly recommended. The property managers were also amazing. So helpful and available anytime we needed them. We always know if we rent a property managed by Avant Stay it will be a good one.”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Quiet River Bend Cabin

      Sleeps 8 guests 

      Experience the best of Bend with this peaceful 3-bedroom cabin nestled among tall pines near the Deschutes River. After outdoor adventures, relax under the stars and unwind with friends in the spacious living area of Quiet River Bend Cabin. Just a few minutes from the main attractions, this home has nature’s calm with town conveniences perfectly.

      Top Amenities:

      • Relaxing hot tub and BBQ grill, plus a fenced backyard
      • Fireplace, fully equipped kitchen, and cozy living room 
      • 15 minutes to Old Mill District, 9 minutes to River Rim Park Site

      Why You’ll Love Quiet River Bend Cabin:

      You’ll appreciate the balance of cozy indoor comfort and easy access to nature while staying at this home, which makes it ideal for both relaxing evenings and adventurous days exploring Bend’s trails and waterways.

      What Our Guests Say:

      “We loved our stay at this home in Bend. The wood burning stove was super cozy, the kitchen well equipped, and the hot tub ready to go after our ski days. Everything was very clean, instructions were clear and easy, and the beds were comfortable and as described.”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

      Sunriver Quail

      Sleeps 10 guests

      Sunriver Quail is the ideal family retreat in the heart of Sunriver, Oregon. This beautifully designed 4-bedroom, 3 bath home offers ample space for everyone. Step inside to find a cozy living area and an open floor plan that’s perfect for spending quality time with loved ones. Enjoy outdoor meals and soak in the tranquil surroundings after a day of adventure.

      Top Amenities:

      • Hot tub for a soothing soak after outdoor adventures
      • Game room with ping pong, foosball, and arcade games for endless fun
      • Spacious deck and BBQ grill for outdoor meals and relaxation
      • 10 SHARC passes for pool access, pickleball, tennis, and more
      • Bikes, volleyball, and basketball for outdoor recreation

      Why You’ll Love Sunriver Quail:

      This home is luxurious and comfortable, with outdoor fun in one perfect package.  Relax in the cozy living room, enjoy the hot tub, or explore the surrounding area, it’s a true getaway experience.

      What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

      “Quail 5 and Avant Stay exceeded our expectations. Constant communication was wonderful. The house as spacious and well stocked. We really liked the extra refrigerator and the game area in the garage. Centrally located we could buzz down to Brewed awakenings ( our favorite coffee shop) easily. Absolutely superb towels and comfy furniture. The dining room table was perfect for games and visiting. Loved this house and we will be back!”

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)


      New! 

      River Meadows — Your Perfect Bend Basecamp

      Experience the best of Central Oregon at River Meadows, a beautiful 4-bedroom home right across from the Deschutes River in Three Rivers. With breathtaking forest views and spacious indoor-outdoor living, this retreat invites you to relax and recharge in style.

      Have your evenings gathered around the gas fire pit or alfresco dining on the wraparound deck after a day of hiking, biking, or river fun. The rustic fireplace and high ceilings inside offer a warm, welcoming vibe perfect for your friends or family vacation this summer

      Plus, enjoy access to community tennis and pickleball courts, a pool, and a fitness center to keep active on your vacation. You’ll also love River Meadows’ private neighborhood boat ramp that gives easy access to rafting, paddleboarding, and fishing along the Deschutes River.

      Situated just 25 minutes from Mt. Bachelor and a quick drive to Sunriver’s shops and dining, River Meadows truly blends adventure and tranquility. Book now and secure your spot in this coveted Central Oregon getaway!

      Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)


      What to Do in Bend for First-Timers

      Looking for things to do while in Bend? Central Oregon offers something for everyone, whether you want to dive into outdoor adventures or enjoy a laid-back day exploring a friendly mountain town. It is a playground for nature lovers and adventure seekers alike. 

      If it’s your first time here, get ready to experience the perfect mix of outdoor fun and vibrant local culture. You’ll definitely fall in love with this all-season gem!

      Hit the Trails

      Lace up your hiking boots and explore the scenic hiking paths like Tumalo Falls or Smith Rock State Park, where stunning views and fresh mountain air await. In winter, try snowshoeing or cross-country skiing at nearby Nordic centers.

      Explore the Deschutes River

      Rent a kayak or paddleboard for a relaxing float down the Deschutes River, or fish for trout in its clear waters. Whitewater rafting is another thrilling option during the warmer months.

      Visit Mt. Bachelor

      Still undecided where to go this May? Just 20 minutes from town, Mt. Bachelor offers world-class skiing and snowboarding in winter, and mountain biking or scenic chairlift rides during the summer seasons. 

      Discover Downtown Bend

      Wander the charming streets filled with local shops, cozy cafes, craft breweries, and farm-to-table restaurants. Don’t miss the vibrant Bend Ale Trail for a true taste of the city’s craft beer scene.

      Relax at Local Parks

      Spend some downtime at a local or national park such as Drake Park or Mirror Pond, perfect spots for picnics, paddle boating, or simply soaking up the stunning Cascade Mountain views.

      Experience the Arts & Culture

      Check out local galleries, museums like the High Desert Museum, and catch live music or events at venues such as the Tower Theatre.

      For more ideas, check out our guide for the best things to do in Central Oregon!

      Book Your Cozy Bend Summer Escape! 

      Browse our handpicked selection of cozy and luxurious Airbnbs in Bend and find the perfect spot for your unforgettable summer getaway. With AvantStay’s seamless booking and dedicated support, your ideal mountain escape and cabin for summer is just a click away. 

      Start planning now! Explore more of our our Bend vacation homes at AvantStay

      Best Spring Break Destinations for Families

      Ready to plan your next family spring break trip? From islands with southern coastal charm to San Diego’s iconic parks and attractions, we have a complete list of ideal spring break destinations.

      Whether you are looking for a peaceful day spent on one of the best beaches in the world or an adrenaline-fueled zipline tour through the jungles of Hawaii, we have all the vacation ideas you need for booking Spring Break 2025! 

      Check out our list of the best spring break destinations for families this year! 

      San Diego

      Seascape by AvantStay

      A hub for both outdoor adventure and family fun, San Diego is a supreme spring break destination for families. In the spring, San Diego boasts idyllic temperatures for time spent outdoors, with highs in the 60s and lows in the 50s. 

      Make yourself an itinerary of activities to include in your spring break plans, like spending the day at the San Diego Zoo or walking through iconic Balboa Park. With more than 1,000 acres of stunning gardens and park space, Balboa Park is also home to museums, restaurants, and the Spanish Village Art Center. LEGOLAND California is another theme park in the area, which features an amusement park, water park, and plenty of kid-friendly attractions and shows.

      For those seeking days spent on the beach, Mission Beach is a family-friendly hub for surf, sand, and sun. Or make the drive to Cove Watch to see the gorgeous beaches, get in the water to snorkel, and even spot some sunbathing sea lions.

      Find a La Jolla vacation home with stunning ocean views, or browse our San Diego rentals to find your ideal spring break getaway. 

      Key West 

      Serenity by AvantStay

      Spring-breaking families looking for a tropical destination need look no further than Key West, Florida! Key West is both a tropical oasis and a melting pot of culture, history, and family fun!

      The weather during spring break in Key West ranges between the high 70s and low 80s, making it perfect for days spent soaking up the Florida sunshine. 

      Some of the can’t-miss activities include snapping a picture at the southernmost point of the continental United States, which is marked with an on-land buoy. Also on the southern side of the island, South Beach is a popular spot for families seeking a quiet destination for surf and sand.

      For a busier beach scene, Smathers Beach is one of the most popular on the island and a prime destination for snorkeling, sand volleyball, and more. Or perhaps you are looking for the privacy of a private pool? We have plenty of gorgeous homes like Casa de Rosalie that offer an island escape for your family, complete with a private pool! 

      For a day trip away from the island, get on a boat to Dry Tortugas National Park! The national park consists of 7 islands and miles of open water, making swimming and snorkeling the best way to view the protected park area. On land, stroll Fort Mason, which was built in the late 19th century and is one of the largest masonry forts in the United States. 

      The Key West Butterfly and Nature Conservatory invites families to stroll amongst dozens of species of butterflies and tropical birds in the botanical gardens. And after a day of family fun, water sports, and unique historical sites, stroll Duval Street, which is home to a variety of restaurants and boutiques with coastal flair.

      Start planning a spring break trip today and find a Key West vacation home

      Hilton Head

      Bradley Circle Buyout by AvantStay

      Enjoy a quiet, quaint spring break on South Carolina’s Hilton Head Island! Renowned for its beautiful beaches, golf courses, and charming coastal towns, Hilton Head makes for an ideal family spring break destination.

      With spring weather ranging in the low 70s and high 40s, spring break offers warm weather and plenty of opportunities for family fun. 

      Book one of our Hilton Head vacation homes for rest and relaxation during your spring break vacation. We offer both private pools and spacious properties with room for the whole family. We recommend stunning vacation homes like Bradley Circle Buyout, which consists of 3 units: 30 Bradley Circle, 24 Bradley Circle, and 20 Bradley Circle. All situated at a beachfront location. 

      Once you decide to explore outside of your vacation home, hop on a bicycle to pedal around on the more than 60 miles of bike paths the island offers. Other family-friendly Hilton Head activities we recommend include dolphin-watching excursions and water sports like SUP boarding, kayaking, jet skiing, parasailing, and more.

      Hilton Head is also a renowned destination for golfers, so we recommend booking a tee time for your family or opting for mini golf to include the younger kids in your group.

      Start planning a spring break trip to experience the magic of a Hilton Head rental home

      Hawaii  

      Makaha Villa by AvantStay

      Hawaii is a spring break destination unlike any other. We feature vacation homes on both Maui and Oahu, offering two different experiences on the Hawaiian archipelago.

      Hawaii is known for having pleasant, warm weather year-round, and springtime is no different. Enjoy temperatures that range in the low to high 70s and plenty of activities for younger kids. Cross Hawaii off your bucket list by planning a spring break vacation for the entire family!

      Oahu  

      Oahu is the most populated island of Hawaii and is a paradise for family fun and adventure. During your stay in one of our oceanfront rentals, head out to explore the white sand beaches, snorkel, or explore a family-friendly attraction like Kualoa Ranch, where you can take a horseback, ATV, or zipline tour!

      Or if you are looking for an active way to find gorgeous views, select one of Oahu’s hiking trails in a state park to follow and enjoy the journey! Oahu is also home to other kid-friendly activities, including the Polynesian Cultural Center, the Honolulu Zoo, and treating yourself to delicious shaved ice.

      To experience all this and more, book an Oahu vacation rental for your next spring break!

      Maui 

      Maui is a quieter island than Oahu, but it offers no less excitement when it comes to stunning beaches and fun things to do! Maui’s most iconic beaches include Ka’anapali Beach, Wailea Beach, Napili Beach, and Honokalani Beach with its picturesque black sands.

      Maui’s peak whale-watching season falls between January and May, which means that your spring break trip may overlap with an opportunity to see the blue whales. For a road trip of adventure, drive the Road to Hana, which offers breathtaking views, winding single-lane turns, and a handful of waterfalls. And if you want to trade your flip-flops for hiking boots, we recommend adventuring in the Iao Valley!

      Find your home-away-from-home in one of our Maui vacation rentals!

      Asheville

      Asheville Sunset by AvantStay

      For families seeking a spring break with a mix of outdoor adventure and cozy mountain vibes, Asheville is the perfect choice. Nestled in North Carolina’s Blue Ridge Mountains, this artsy, family-friendly city is brimming with scenic hiking trails, charming downtown boutiques, and delicious Southern eats.

      Spring in Asheville brings blooming wildflowers and mild temperatures ranging from the 50s to 70s, ideal for exploring the Blue Ridge Parkway, visiting the Biltmore Estate, or enjoying a picnic along the French Broad River.

      Stay at Secret Garden, a storybook-style home that feels like it was plucked straight from a fairy tale. Tucked away on a serene wooded property, an escape that combines whimsical decor with modern luxury.

      Cozy fireplaces, curated art, a tucked-away hot tub, and stunning outdoor spaces that feel like your own enchanted forest. Just 10 minutes from downtown—that’s Asheville for you, giving you the best of both nature and nightlife, plus easy access to hiking, breweries, and local shops.

      For families who want a spring break that’s peaceful and playful, book an Asheville vacation home for a magical setting where memories bloom.

      Whidbey Island

      Madrona Beach House by AvantStay

      For a peaceful Pacific Northwest escape this spring break, look no further than Whidbey Island. Just a short ferry ride from Seattle, this island is perfect for families who want stunning coastal views, slow mornings, and easy access to nature.

      Spring on Whidbey means fresh blooms, crisp sea breezes, and quiet beaches where kids can hunt for shells while parents enjoy the sound of the waves. Don’t miss Deception Pass State Park for scenic hikes, or grab lunch in the charming town of Coupeville after strolling the pier.

      Langley

      Nicknamed the “Village by the Sea,” Langley is a storybook coastal town full of charm, sea views, and small-town magic. Spend your spring break strolling the quaint shops, grabbing gelato, or watching for gray whales in Saratoga Passage.

      Don’t miss the Langley Whale Center or a cozy dinner at one of the town’s locally loved restaurants. It’s the perfect mix of peaceful and picturesque.

      Why not spend your spring break here at Harbor View Haven? A modern waterfront home perched just above Penn Cove. With a stunning deck made for sunset dinners and an open-concept layout perfect for gathering the whole crew, this home is ideal for relaxing and reconnecting.

      Freeland

      Tucked on the island’s southern end, Freeland is where forest meets the sea. Surrounded by hiking trails, scenic coastline, and some of Whidbey’s best beaches, this laid-back hub is great for outdoor-loving families.

      Spend your days beachcombing at Double Bluff, wine tasting nearby, or catching the sunset at South Whidbey State Park. Spring break here feels like a true breath of fresh, salty air.

      Floor-to-ceiling windows showcase panoramic water views, while a fire pit and hot tub provide the ultimate post-hike reward. Whether you’re kayaking in the morning or stargazing at night, staying at a home that sounds just like this is where your family’s next favorite memories begin.

      Check out more of our Whidbey Island vacation homes.

      Choose Your Own Spring Break Vacation Destination 

      Don’t see your dream spring break destination on this list? We also offer properties in other destinations that are perfect for a family vacation, such as Lake Tahoe, Emerald Coast, Orlando, Destin, and many more.

      We are ready to assist you, may it be in selecting a vacation rental, offering travel tips, or ensuring your spring break is one to remember!

      Contact us for more information.

      12 Trendy Nashville Airbnbs for Bachelorettes & Girls’ Night Outs

      So you’ve booked the Airbnb, packed the fringe boots, and wrangled the group chat—now what? If you’re here for a bachelorette stay, a girls’ weekend, or just a good old-fashioned honky-tonk hoedown, Nashville is ready to show you a boot-scootin’ good time. 

      From rooftop bars to late-night karaoke, hot chicken joints to historic music venues, there’s no shortage of stops to add to your itinerary. Need help narrowing it down? We’ve rounded up the must-see, must-snap, and must-sip spots to hit while you’re in Music City. 

      This isn’t your average sightseeing checklist—it’s a girls’-trip-approved guide on your Nashville Airbnb stays, one for the books (and the grid). 

      Ready? Let’s go yeehaw!

      Lischey

      🚿 8 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 3 Bathrooms

      This bright and breezy townhome is the perfect crash pad between Broadway bar crawls and brunches with the crew. With three stories of stylish interiors and glam-ready bedrooms, Lischey brings serious main character energy to your Nashville weekend. Whether you’re sipping cocktails on the balcony or streaming the pregame playlist in the living room, this home is all about keeping the vibes.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Covered balcony with outdoor lounge seating, desk vanity space, plush sectional sofa, fully equipped kitchen

      📍 What’s Nearby: Butcher & Bee, Barista Parlor, Five Points Pizza, Basement East, Broadway

      💙 Why You’ll Love Lischey: The stylish interiors and glam-ready bedrooms and bathrooms make this home feel like your own private boutique stay.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Lindsley

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      Modern, walkable, and ideal for bestie bonding, Lindsley is a sleek downtown condo that lets you live your Broadway dreams without giving up style or space. Whether you’re pregaming in the living room or winding down on the private balcony with your favorite gals, this two-bedroom stay is your polished home base for a Music City weekend. Experience the best of Nashville at this spot. 

      🏠 Top Amenities: Private balcony, shared rooftop for lounging, full kitchen, in-unit laundry, fitness center

      📍 What’s Nearby: Broadway bars, Music Row, Bridgestone Arena, O-ku, Ryman Auditorium

      💙 Why You’ll Love Lindsley: This condo is cozy, cute, and just minutes from the action—perfect for duos who want glam with their honky-tonk.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Monty

      🚿 10 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 4 Bathrooms

      Sophisticated and social, Monty is made for crews that love to explore all day and unwind in style. The bright, open layout is perfect for catching up, getting glam, or enjoying something bubbly on the balcony before a night out. The sleek design and cozy touches give it the perfect balance of comfort and cool. Whether you’re brunching or Broadway-ing, this is your Nashville home base.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Top floor patio with outdoor chairs, open-concept layout, luxe kitchen, washer and dryer

      📍 What’s Nearby: Rolf & Daughters, O-ku, Monell’s, Bridgestone Arena, Broadway

      💙 Why You’ll Love Monty:  The sleek modern kitchen and stylish living space make it a perfect place to gather before heading out for a night in Music City.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      98 Degrees

      🚿 8 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 3 Bathrooms

      98 Degrees is a three-story townhome that hits all the right notes for your Nashville escape. Bright, bold, and built for a good time. Inside, you’ll find a stylish space for getting ready, winding down, and making memories with your crew. It’s your launchpad for Broadway nights and brunch-day recoveries with cozy lounging zones, and a dreamy kitchen that’s begging for brunch prep and champagne toasts. 

      🏠 Top Amenities: Covered balcony with outdoor sofa, luxe kitchen & bathrooms, desk vanity 

      📍 What’s Nearby: Broadway, Fifth + Broadway, Nissan Stadium, The Ryman, Prince’s Hot Chicken

      💙 Why You’ll Love 98 Degrees: The layout is made for mingling and every room brings the vibe from glam-ready setups to a hangout-friendly balcony.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      9th Avenue

      🚿 10 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 3 Bathrooms

      A modern comfort with a Music City twist. Come visit 9th Avenue. A stylish, sleek, and totally bachelorette-ready home that delivers all the vibes for your crew’s Nashville adventure. With clean lines and cool decor, it’s the kind of space that makes getting ready just as fun as going out. Sip mimosas on the private balcony, snap Insta-worthy pics in the bold living room, or fuel up around the dining table before a night on Broadway.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Private balcony, spacious kitchen and dining area, in-home laundry, parking for 2 cars

      📍 What’s Nearby: Broadway, Bridgestone Arena, The Ryman, Rolf & Daughters, O-ku, Pedal Taverns

      💙 Why You’ll Love 9th Avenue:  Its open layout and modern vibe make it a standout home base for any celebration—plus, it’s just minutes from the downtown action.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Wonderstruck 

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      Nestled in the vibrant heart of Midtown, this retro-chic condo hits all the right notes with its Andy Warhol flair and dreamy amenities. Whether you’re sipping cocktails in the sunlit living room or taking a selfie under the string lights by the pool, Wonderstruck keeps the vibe artsy and Instagrammable. With Centennial Park just a short stroll away, you’ll feel like a local in no time, and you’re always close to the action. 

      🏠 Top Amenities: Resort-style seasonal pool with a fire pit, gym, BBQ area, private balcony, laundry area, elevator

      📍 What’s Nearby: The Parthenon, BrickTop’s, Tito’s Mexican, Music Row, Broadway

      💙 Why You’ll Love Wonderstruck: This home has a bold design and all the perks of a boutique hotel, with Midtown charm and Broadway just minutes away.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      The Stage 

      🚿 8 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 3 Bathrooms

      Cue the lights—your girls’ trip just found its spotlight. Welcome to The Stage! The kind of place where your glam squads are paired with group selfies, and every morning starts with a good coffee on the balcony and ends with wine and karaoke. With bold interiors, plenty of space to get ready, and a location minutes from Broadway, this 3-story beauty was built for brides-to-be and birthday celebrants.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Covered balcony lounge, luxurious & fully equipped kitchen, desk vanity, bar-like dining seats

      📍 What’s Nearby: The Ryman, Broadway bars, Fifth + Broadway, Tootsie’s, East Nashville eats

      💙 Why You’ll Love The Stage: With room to get glam, lounge, and celebrate in style, it’s the perfect launchpad for your main character moment in Music City.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Muse at the Odyssey 

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      A stylish Midtown apartment that is giving sleek and city-chic vibes, perfect for girls’ trips, birthday weekends, or low-key luxury stays near all the Nashville fun. With floor-to-ceiling windows and a layout made for sipping wine and swapping stories, Muse at the Odyssey is where your group finds their groove—just steps from the Parthenon and a quick ride to Broadway.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Resort-style seasonal pool, on-site gym, BBQ area, fire pits, modern kitchen

      📍 What’s Nearby: Centennial Park, Tito’s Mexican, Broadway bars, Midtown eats, Ryman Auditorium

      💙 Why You’ll Love Muse at the Odyssey: Rooftop pool hangs by day, honky-tonk nights by Uber—Midtown’s best is all around you.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Nash Landing

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      Nash Landing is your groovy and bold crash pad in the heart of Midtown. With a retro-modern vibe and a killer first-floor location in the Odyssey building, it’s an ideal pick for duos or small groups who want to balance poolside lounging with Broadway bar-hopping. The layout is open and fun, with space to glam up before a night out or wind down after hitting every honky-tonk on the map.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Seasonal shared pool, fitness center, private patio, modern kitchen, in-unit washer/dryer

      📍 What’s Nearby: Centennial Park, The Parthenon, Music Row, Midtown bars & restaurants, Broadway 

      💙 Why You’ll Love Nash Landing: Its retro flair, walkability, and access to resort-style amenities make it perfect for a stylish girls’ weekend or birthday escape.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Rockin’ Riverfront

      🚿 4 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 1 Bathrooms

      Say hello to Rockin’ Riverfront, your best riverside retreat in the heart of Nashville. This modern 2-bedroom apartment offers stunning views of the Cumberland River from your own private balcony. Whether you’re in town for a bachelorette weekend, a concert, or simply to soak in Music City’s charm, this home has the perfect blend of comfort, style, and prime location that you’re looking for.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Private balcony with river views, modern kitchen, cozy house interiors

      📍 What’s Nearby: Broadway, Nissan Stadium, Germantown restaurants, Honky Tonk

      💙 Why You’ll Love Rockin’ Riverfront: Has an unbeatable location by the river, a cozy spot for unwinding, and a short stroll to the city’s best nightlife and attractions.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Astra

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      Astra is your go-to crash pad for soaking up the best of Nashville. This chic condo puts you in the action of Midtown, with stylish interiors and resort-style perks. Enjoy pool dips by day, head over to the firepit for hangs by night, and delight the iconic eats and beats just steps away. Whether you’re brunching at a buzzy café or preparing before bar hopping, this is the one that keeps your crew cool, cozy, and close to the action.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Seasonal communal pool, luxurious beddings, gym access, BBQ area, private balcony, washer and dryer

      📍 What’s Nearby: Bridgestone Arena, Centennial Park, Broadway, The Local Nashville, The Parthenon

      💙 Why You’ll Love Astra: This is a modern, light-filled oasis with hotel-style amenities and walkability that’s off the charts that you’ll definitely love.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Nashville Nightlife

      🚿 6 Guests | 2 Bedrooms | 2 Bathrooms

      Get ready to dance from dusk ‘til dawn at Nashville Nightlife, a modern yet groovy 2BR condo that’s steps from the tranquil fun and just minutes from Broadway’s honky-tonks. Whether you’re pre-gaming for a girls’ night or winding down from a food crawl, this retro pad hits all the right notes. From its open-concept design to the patio-perfect vibes, this spot sets the tone for a fun-filled getaway in Midtown.

      🏠 Top Amenities: Resort-style seasonal pool, fitness gym, private outdoor space, fully equipped kitchen, washer and dryer

      📍 What’s Nearby: Centennial Park, Broadway, The Parthenon, The Local Nashville, Music Row

      💙 Why You’ll Love Nashville Nightlife: The walkable glam puts you right in the middle of the party that is perfect for celebrating life’s milestones.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices!)

      Must-See Spots for Your Nashville Itinerary

      From honky-tonks to haute cuisine, Nashville has earned its nickname Nashvegas for good reason. It’s a city where country music meets cosmopolitan fun, and the energy is downright contagious. 

      Here are a few must-hit spots that keep Nashville at the top of every group’s bucket list:

      1. Broadway Street

      This is the nightlife strip. Rooftop bars, neon lights, live music pouring out of every door, and enough cowboy boots to outfit a rodeo. Come for the music, stay for the dancing at the Broadway.

      2. The Gulch

      An Instagram dream with upscale restaurants, boutiques, and the famous “Wings” mural. The Gulch is great for daytime exploring, dining, and grabbing that group selfie with your favorite gals.

      3. The Ryman Auditorium

      Known as the “Mother Church of Country Music,” the Ryman Auditorium has hosted legends from Johnny Cash to Taylor Swift. Whether you catch a show or just take a tour, this iconic venue gives you backstage access to Nashville’s music legacy.

      4. The Country Music Hall of Fame

      If your playlist includes anything from Patsy Cline to Kacey Musgraves, this music museum is a must. Interactive exhibits, rare memorabilia, and incredible storytelling make this museum both fun and inspiring—perfect for music lovers of all kinds.

      5. 12 South

      Picture-perfect streets lined with murals, local coffee shops, vintage stores, and cute brunch spots. 12 South is the low-key, charming, and totally made destination for strolling with iced lattes in hand.

      6. Pedal Taverns & Party Buses

      Yes, they’re touristy. But they’re also ridiculously fun. Book one for your group and turn downtown into your personal party loop in the Pedal Taverns & Party Buses.

      7. The Parthenon in Centennial Park

      Nashville has its own Parthenon replica and its in Centennial Park. This lush city park is perfect for picnics, laid-back afternoons, and a little sightseeing between meals. It’s a jaw-dropping spot perfect photos and taking in a little art and architecture in the heart of the city.

      Pro Tip: If you’re planning a bachelorette trip or birthday bash, make dinner reservations early—hotspots like The Hampton Social, Bourbon Steak, and The Twelve Thirty Club book up fast. Plus if you are looking for other things to do, check out our guide on the best things to do in Nashville.

      Everyone’s Heading to Nashville, and You Should Too!

      If you’re in town for a last fling before the ring or just a well-deserved girls’ weekend filled with rhinestones and rosé, Nashville knows how to show your crew a good time. 

      And the right Airbnb can take your girls’ trip from fun to unforgettable—so don’t settle for basic! Book your perfect stay now and let Music City do the rest. 

      Explore All of Nashville Homes & Hotels

      Ask the Expert Series: Photography

      How do we turn a vacation rental from average to an AvantStay? In our Ask the Expert series, we sit down with different members of the AvantStay team to learn just that. 

      We asked our Senior Photo Retoucher, Lindsey Averill, best practices for photographing your home, biggest photography mistakes made in home listings and more. Let’s dive in!

      1. What is your top tip for photographing a vacation home?

      Utilize straight on shots as much as possible! While angled shots can cover more area, straight on shots can give a more architectural/elevated vibe to your listing.

      2. Biggest mistake people make with home photos on a listing?

      I have two big photo no-nos. Don’t overly process your photos—I’m looking at you, intense HDR trend that won’t die. And tripods set too high. You don’t want your images to look like they’re taken from a security camera. Shoot from the heart—literally and figuratively. 

      3. Is lighting important when photographing a home? 

      Lighting is the MOST important variable in photography! Have your home shot when it receives the most natural light to really amplify your space.

      4. What’s your favorite photo of an AvantStay and why?

      This is the first shot that came to mind is from Yellowjacket in Coachella Valley. Love the shaft of light on the wall leading the viewer’s eye through the image. The framing is perfection! 

      Want to take your vacation rental to the next level with our team of experts? Learn how to list your home with AvantStay here.

      7 Best Places to Visit in October in USA for Fall Foliage

      When the air turns crisp and refreshing, carrying the scent of fallen leaves and woodsmoke, the landscape bursts into a fiery palette of reds, oranges, and golds. 

      October is truly the sweet spot for autumn adventures. It’s the perfect time to slow down and savor the season’s cozy vibes, from the crunch of leaves underfoot during mountain hikes to the warm glow of sunset over vineyard-covered hills. 

      Each destination brings its own unique charm of majestic mountain ranges painted with autumn hues, sprawling vineyards bursting with harvest energy, historic streets lined with golden trees, and desert landscapes softened by the mellow light of fall afternoons. 

      So if you’re planning a getaway with family, friends, or a romantic escape, prepare to be inspired by the beauty and magic of fall. Let these eight incredible destinations invite you to create memories that feel as rich and colorful as the season itself.


      1. Asheville, North Carolina

      Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

      Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville is a haven for leaf-peepers. The Blue Ridge Parkway offers breathtaking views, and the city’s vibrant arts scene adds a unique flair to your visit.

      Top Activities:

      • Hike the Blue Ridge Parkway for panoramic views
      • Explore the Biltmore Estate and its expansive grounds
      • Savor local brews at Asheville’s renowned craft breweries

      Where to Stay: Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate – A chic, spacious, and lakefront home perfect for groups, with Instagrammable views and modern amenities.

      👉 First time in Asheville? Check out our Asheville Airbnbs and things to do in Asheville to build your best trip itinerary.


      2. Lake Tahoe, California

      Peak Fall Foliage: Late September to mid-October

      Framed by towering pines and shimmering alpine waters, Lake Tahoe’s alpine beauty is amplified in fall. The golden aspens contrast beautifully with the deep blue waters, creating an Instagrammable setting. 

      Top Activities:

      • Hike the Eagle Lake Trail for stunning vistas
      • Enjoy a scenic drive around the lake
      • Visit the Taylor Creek Visitor Center to see spawning salmon

      Where to Stay: Hunter – A cozy forest house surrounded by greenery and trees, with a private hot tub and ample space for relaxation.

      👉 Your Lake Tahoe adventure starts here. Check out our Lake Tahoe vacation homes and ultimate guide to Lake Tahoe activities and best hiking trails in Lake Tahoe for the perfect mountain getaway.


      3. Sedona, Arizona

      Peak Fall Foliage: Early to mid-October

      Sedona’s iconic red rock formations take on a whole new level of magic in October, their fiery tones harmonizing beautifully with the crisp, clear autumn sky. The cooler temperatures make outdoor activities even more enjoyable.

      Top Activities:

      • Hike the Cathedral Rock Trail for panoramic views
      • Visit the Chapel of the Holy Cross
      • Experience the energy vortexes at Bell Rock

      Where to Stay: Timber & Rock Retreat – A timber-frame retreat with arched windows framing the red rocks, a private hot tub, and a gazebo-shaded deck built for slow desert evenings.

      👉 Visiting Sedona for the Red Rocks? Book one of our Sedona Airbnbs with Red Rock views and learn the best things to do in Sedona for an unforgettable desert retreat.


      4. Park City, Utah

      Peak Fall Foliage: Late September to early October

      Park City in the fall is a mountain playground awash in vibrant reds, oranges, and yellows that blanket the hillsides like a living tapestry. The crisp air is invigorating, perfect for hiking, biking, or simply wandering the charming historic Main Street, autumn festivals, and open-air markets. 

      Top Activities:

      • Hike or bike the Wasatch Mountain trails
      • Take a scenic gondola ride at Park City Mountain
      • Explore the historic Main Street

      Where to Stay: Park Ave Getaway – A stylish and cozy home with complete amenities, a hot tub, and close proximity to downtown’s Main Street and the Old Town lift.

      👉 If you’re ready for mountain adventures, browse our season-friendly Park City homes and Park City travel guide for the best hiking trails, dining, and seasonal activities.


      5. Charleston, South Carolina

      Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

      Did you know that Charleston’s historic charm is enhanced by the fall colors? This makes it an even romantic and picturesque destination. The mild temperatures are also perfect for exploring the city.

      Top Activities:

      • Stroll through the historic district and Waterfront Park
      • Visit the Magnolia Plantation and Gardens
      • Enjoy a carriage ride through the cobblestone streets

      Where to Stay: Lighthouse – A charming coastal home in front of the beach with direct access to the SC sands.

      👉Check out our beach homes in Charleston and the best Charleston travel guide for historic tours, beaches, and local restaurants


      6. Palm Springs, California

      Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

      While Palm Springs is known for being a summer destination and its desert landscapes, the surrounding mountains offer a unique fall experience. The cooler temperatures make it an ideal time to explore the area.

      Top Activities:

      • Take the Palm Springs Aerial Tramway for panoramic views
      • Explore the Indian Canyons and their fall colors
      • Relax at a luxury spa or by the pool

      Where to Stay: Palo Verde – A one-of-a-kind desert home with a private pool and stunning mountain, palm trees, and yucca views.

      👉 Experience the best desert escape with our Palm Springs Airbnbs for month-long stays. Also, know our best picks for the things to do while in Palm Springs.


      7. Big Bear, California

      Peak Fall Foliage: Early to mid-October

      October in Big Bear Lake is like stepping into a storybook, where crisp mountain air and fiery autumn foliage create a serene retreat. Surrounded by towering pines and golden aspens, the lake sparkles under soft autumn sunlight, invites you to explore nature’s beauty. 

      Top Activities:

      • Hiking through vibrant forest trails in the San Bernardino Mountains
      • Paddleboarding or fishing on the tranquil lake
      • Enjoying seasonal events like fall festivals and farmers’ markets

      Where to Stay: Lakeside in Bearadise – A charming cabin just 50 yards from the lake, featuring a game room with a pool table and a prime location in the Boulder Bay area.

      👉 Ready for a mountain lake getaway? Explore our Big Bear cabins for large groups or Big Bear Airbnbs, and things to do in Big Bear for hiking trails, water sports, and cozy cabin experiences.


      Seasonal Travel Tips for October

      Layer Up for Variable Weather

      October’s weather can be delightfully crisp but unpredictable—warm afternoons can quickly turn into chilly evenings, especially in mountainous or desert regions. Pack versatile layers like lightweight sweaters, scarves, and a good jacket to stay cozy whether you’re hiking a trail or dining al fresco. Don’t forget comfortable shoes for exploring charming towns and scenic nature spots!

      Book Early to Secure Your Ideal Stay

      The fall foliage season is one of the most sought-after travel times of the year, and AvantStay’s popular vacation homes fill up fast during this season. If you’re looking for a rustic mountain cabin or a stylish estate, early booking ensures you get the perfect spot for your getaway with all the amenities you want.

      Plan Scenic Drives and Outdoor Adventures

      Many destinations in October come alive with color along scenic byways and mountain roads. Consider renting a car to explore routes like the Blue Ridge Parkway near Asheville, the Lake Tahoe Loop, or the stunning drives around Napa Valley’s vineyards. Pack a picnic and plan stops at overlooks for unforgettable photo shots.

      Embrace Local Fall Festivals and Events

      October is bursting with harvest festivals, farmers’ markets, wine harvest celebrations, art fairs, and cultural events that showcase each region’s unique vibe. Check local event calendars before you go to time your visit with activities like Asheville’s Brewgrass Festival, Park City’s Film Festival, or Santa Fe’s Pueblo Feast Day.

      Bring Fall-Inspired Gear and Essentials

      Don’t forget to pack sunglasses and sunscreen—fall sun can be deceptively strong, especially at higher elevations. A reusable water bottle is also a must for staying hydrated during hikes or long drives. For wine country visits, consider a collapsible cooler bag to bring home your favorite bottles safely.

      Consider Midweek Stays for Better Rates

      If your schedule allows, booking stays during weekdays can often yield better availability and more competitive pricing. Plus, you’ll enjoy less crowded attractions and a more relaxed experience at popular fall spots.

      Prepare for Early Nightfalls

      Days get shorter in October, so plan your outdoor activities accordingly to make the most of daylight hours. Use early evenings to unwind at your AvantStay rental—many of our homes have cozy fireplaces, hot tubs, or outdoor fire pits perfect for gathering with friends or family under the stars.

      Stay Flexible and Explore Beyond the Usual

      October’s cooler weather invites you to try new activities, like hot air balloon rides or evening ghost tours in Charleston. Be open to spontaneous adventures, and you might discover hidden gems off the beaten path!


      🍂 Don’t Miss the Magic of Fall

      October is more than a month—it’s a mood. Crisp air, glowing leaves, cozy nights, and wide-open spaces. Whether you’re chasing foliage or just a peaceful getaway, these destinations deliver the very best of autumn.

      With AvantStay’s handpicked homes across the country, your perfect fall escape is ready and waiting. From mountain lodges to desert villas, we’ve got the space, the style, and the comfort your group deserves.

      Ready to fall in love with fall? Explore and book with AvantStay and start planning your October getaway as early as today!

      ​Live the Hollywood Dream with The Top 10 Los Angeles Airbnbs

      If you’ve ever watched a movie set in Los Angeles and thought of living like a celebrity, now you can too! Private pools, sweeping city views, fancy kitchens, and backyards that basically demand an afternoon spritz. 

      With these Los Angeles Airbnbs, whether you’re heading to town for sunshine, sushi, or stargazing from the sky and the sidewalk, these homes are your backstage pass to everything iconic about Los Angeles.

      From the hills of Hollywood to the beaches of Venice, we’ve rounded up the 10 top-rated LA homes that make you feel like you’re starring in your own show. You deserve a setting worthy of the spotlight, and these homes are more than places to crash.

      Best Los Angeles Airbnbs in 2025

      North Vista

      4 bedrooms & 4 bathrooms for 8 guests

      If luxury had a zip code, it’d be North Vista. A dazzling modern residence in the heart of West Hollywood. With sleek architecture and a private backyard oasis, you and your group can experience the full LA dream mode and feel the glam. Sip something bubbly by the pool while soaking in the vibrant West Hollywood scene. Plus, nothing beats sophistication to a whole new level with its upscale amenities.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Has a private pool, jacuzzi, outdoor lounging, and fireplace seating
      • Open-concept interior with statement furnishings and light fixtures
      • Bedrooms and bathrooms are finished with luxurious stone and marble
      • Expansive pocket doors for a seamless indoor-outdoor living experience
      • Conveniently located in Prime West Hollywood locations: Melrose Ave, the Grove, & Sunset Strip

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “This house was perfect for our family. It was a beautiful and clean home with spacious rooms and plenty of common areas. Our favorite feature was the pool! The location was perfect for us. We could walk to the coffee shops and restaurants which is deal for us and we’re centrally located for all of our outings (universal studios, dodger game, etc). Having a bathroom on every bedroom and balconies on all the upstairs bedroom was great too! It allowed each couple to have their own space. We would definitely recommend this house!” – Hannah H.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Mulholland Vista Estate

      3 bedrooms & 3 bathrooms for 6 guests

      Say hello to Mulholland Vista Estate, perched right on the famed Mulholland ridgeline where the whole city unspools beneath you. This is the Hollywood Hills fantasy at its most private — a modern retreat with sweeping views, a pool and hot tub tucked behind a brick wall of greenery, and the kind of quiet that shouldn’t be possible ten minutes from the Sunset Strip. Wake up, walk five minutes to Runyon Canyon, then come back to your own hillside resort.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Private pool and hot tub ringed by lush greenery, patio loungers, and outdoor dining
      • Primary suite with private balcony, rainfall shower, and a standalone soaking tub with gold hardware
      • Oversized windows in every room that pull the hills straight into the house
      • Air hockey table plus a dedicated desk space for working between adventures
      • Runyon Canyon is a 5-minute walk; Sunset Strip, Hollywood, and Beverly Hills are minutes away

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Edendale

      6 bedrooms & 6 bathrooms for  guests

      The cool architectural house you didn’t know you needed is what you’ll find here in Edendale. This three-story house gets tons of natural light due to its big windows & glass doors. The stylish interiors and award-winning design make every spot look great in photos. You can hang out in the open living spaces or host dinner parties on one of the three front patios; plus, the hill views make everything look like a movie.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Three front-facing patios with grill, outdoor dining/seating, and awesome hill views
      • Three-story modern house with award-winning design and stylish interiors
      • Fun stuff throughout, like foosball, board games, and cornhole
      • Open floor plan that’s great for big groups to spread out comfortably
      • Private and quiet spot in one of LA’s most popular neighborhoods, such as Los Feliz

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Beautiful home in the hills that was perfect for our family group of 10!! We loved hanging out in the large living room & on the many patios. Gorgeous views! We also cooked most of our meals in the kitchen which saved us a bunch of money during our stay! AvantStay had great communication the whole time. Would book again!” – Lindsay P.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Oak Hills

      5 bedrooms & 4 bathrooms for 16 guests

      Oak Hills is your private, palm-lined escape from the LA scene without being too far from the action. This villa is tucked on top of the rolling hills of Sherman Oaks, which has a sprawling layout, luxe finishes, and a backyard built for poolside hangs and champagne clinks. Whether you’re planning a girls’ getaway, a family trip, or a long weekend with your inner circle, Oak Hills brings the star power.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Overlooking views of LA with viewing spots by the house
      • Resort-style pool and spa surrounded by palms and loungers
      • Huge layout with musical instruments and spa beds
      • Gorgeous open kitchen perfect for catered dinners or DIY brunches
      • Just a short drive to Malibu, Topanga, and Studio City

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Had a really beautiful time at my AvantStay – super clean and cozy place, love the lemon tree and lavender in the yard! When something came up (had the wrong code for the door, needed something replaced) the team was very responsive and helpful. The area has plenty of onstreet parking, and the grocery and coffees shops nearby are great. So much light in the apt, and easy to use appliances. Would definitely stay here again!” – Paige M.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Art Deco

      2 bedrooms & 2 bathrooms for 4 guests

      Calling all vintage lovers and design dreamers, Art Deco is where Gatsby meets Hollywood in the hills. This show-stopping estate in the San Fernando Valley channels 1920s glam with bold architecture, geometric flair, and just the right amount of drama. From the moody velvet finishes to the pop of colors in the house, every inch feels like it belongs in a classic film scene or on the cover of a magazine.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Iconic interior design with bold, cinematic interiors
      • Fully equipped kitchen with modern appliances
      • Sleek living area with an open concept
      • Brand new Casper mattresses and a 55” TV in the living room
      • Close to boutiques, theater, studios, shopping & nightlife

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “This was the perfect Airbnb for our quick family trip! Being so close to Hollywood was very inconvenient. The Airbnb itself was very clean and comfortable to hang out in as well! It exceeded our expectations and hope to book with Avant Stay again in the future!” – Jori H.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Venice View

      4 bedrooms & 3 bathrooms for 8 guests

      For morning matcha or sunset selfies, you know that Venice View is your effortlessly cool house with the best views of the ocean. Perched just a few blocks from the sand, this coastal cutie is giving laid-back beach vibes with high-style finishes worthy of a magazine spread. When you’re not catching waves or cruising the Venice Boardwalk, head up to the rooftop deck for sunset views that’ll have you humming.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Rooftop deck with bath, outdoor seating, and wooden sauna. 
      • Sleek, modern interiors with updated kitchen appliances
      • Cafe-style coffee machine, wine fridge, BBQ grill
      • Dedicated nook for working and relaxing
      • Walkable to the beach and iconic Abbot Kinney shops, cafes & nightlife

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “The property was perfect for our Exec Team. Check-in was seemless, wi-fi access was perfect for multi users. Great location for afternoon walks and finding local restaurants nearby!” – Michelle P.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Shenandoah

      4 bedrooms & 3 bathrooms for 9 guests

      Roll credits and start the jazz, because Shenandoah is a timeless glam with a splash of LA cool. Nestled in the iconic Mid-City neighborhood, this Spanish-style villa brings vintage Hollywood vibes to life, with a twist of modern luxury. Think tiled archways, a sunny courtyard, and a dreamy blend of classic and contemporary. From the moment you step inside, the ambiance is pure golden-age Tinseltown. 

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Classic yet modern Spanish-style villa with gorgeous archways & details
      • Lush outdoor courtyard with seating & BBQ grill
      • Spacious interiors with a dedicated workspace desk
      • Located near museums, cafes, and iconic LA attractions
      • Perfect for groups craving comfort and character

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Thank you, we enjoyed our stay in LA. The house was great and great location. The hosts were pleasant and available.” – Chana A.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      City Living

      2 bedrooms & 2 bathrooms for 6 guests

      Cue the cinematic downtown views. City Living is your perfect LA escape right in the heart of the city, where you wake up to incredible skyline views every morning. This sleek urban spot is great for morning coffee or evening drinks with all of downtown LA spread out below you. It’s the kind of place where you could host friends, enjoy city life, or just relax while watching the lights twinkle across the skyline.

      Why this home steals the spotlight:

      • Amazing downtown LA views from bedrooms and the wrap-around deck
      • Great kitchen with top-quality Viking appliances and beautiful hardwood floors
      • Big artificial turf yard with cornhole, BBQ grill, and plenty of outdoor seating
      • Private outdoor space with tall wooden fences and ultra-high-speed wifi
      • Brand new home with smart touches like a convertible coffee table

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “Great communication. Even delivered a Thanksgiving cooking utensil bundle with roasting tray (without us asking!) Great location for us. Lovely neighborhood for walks – hilly. I will always look for AvantStay properties in the future” – Amy M.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      New Beauty

      3 bedrooms & 2 bathrooms for 8 guests

      If you’ve ever dreamed of living like a star in LA’s trendy Historic West Adams district, New Beauty is your golden ticket. This architecturally designed house has a modern style with cool skylights that fill the place with natural light. You can relax in the big private outdoor area while enjoying the neighborhood’s urban vibe. With lots of entertainment options, this place has everything you need for a great LA stay.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Big private outdoor area and cool skylights that make everything bright and open
      • Modern kitchen and bathrooms with brand new appliances and nice finishes
      • Four 50-inch TVs for everyone’s entertainment 
      • Great location close to USC, SOFI Stadium, Venice Beach, Hollywood, and The Grove
      • Walkable to the neighborhood with lots of trendy restaurants and famous LA hotspots

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “The stay was very comfortable. AvantStay resolved a minor issue with the property very quickly and was very responsive.” – Parker R.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with Avantstay (Best Price!)

      Silver Screen

      3 bedrooms & 2 bathrooms for 6 guests

      Classic Hollywood feels right in one of LA’s coolest neighborhoods. And that’s where Silver Screen is. Tucked away from all the bustle and chaos, yet close enough to access Griffith Observatory, Hollywood Blvd, it is the home that gives serenity. With tons of green space and outdoor spots, this is the perfect getaway for family and friends to hang out and have fun. It’s all about easy vibes, good style, and being comfortable here.

      Why this one’s a total scene-stealer:

      • Big, fully-fenced backyard with a swing, fire pit, and cornhole
      • Dedicated grassy area for any of your planned activities
      • Shaded al fresco dining area under the pergola vines
      • Great Silver Lake spot that’s perfect for walking around the family-oriented neighborhood
      • Near Atwater Village, Frogtown, and some of the city’s best restaurants

      ★ Hear from Our Recent Guest: 

      “This was a fantastic stay! The house is beautiful and comfortable by equal measure. The beds were fantastic and the decor spot on. The management team was beyond professional—communicative, proactive and kind. Our family of five will be back again!” – Erin S.

      👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

      Wanna Experience Living Like a Star?

      Let’s be honest. Everyone’s thought about what it’d be like to live in Los Angeles. Maybe it’s walking past movie sets, seeing palm trees everywhere, or catching that perfect sunset over the best hiking trails in LA

      Maybe it’s spotting a celebrity at your favorite smoothie shop (hey, it happens). Or maybe it’s just that feeling of being somewhere exciting, fun, and full of energy. 

      Staying at one of these amazing Los Angeles Airbnbs is like getting your own little slice of the Hollywood lifestyle. Big views, stylish rooms, backyard pools, cozy fireplaces—it’s all here. 

      If you’re visiting with family, planning a friend trip, or just need a break, these homes give you space to chill, play, and live it up. So, if you’re ready to treat yourself and your group to an unforgettable stay, this list is your red carpet. 

      Let the LA magic begin and cue the glam. Book today! 

      👉 Browse All LA Homes.

      Don’t Miss Your Cue!

      There’s something really special about LA. It’s not just where stars live, it’s where people come to relax, explore, and enjoy life in full color. And the best part? You don’t have to live here full-time to feel like you belong.

      The best homes in Los Angeles go fast, especially during peak season. And if you need help choosing which season to visit, check our guide on the best time to visit Los Angeles to learn more!